江苏省无锡新领航教育咨询有限公司高考英语专题复习(12份)

文档属性

名称 江苏省无锡新领航教育咨询有限公司高考英语专题复习(12份)
格式 zip
文件大小 976.7KB
资源类型 教案
版本资源 通用版
科目 英语
更新时间 2014-03-15 20:13:16

文档简介

学生姓名:周凌峰 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:10 教学时间 :2014/02/11 10:00-12:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
上次课程学生存在的问题:复习过的知识比以前掌握得好一些。
学生问题的解决方案:继续全面系统复习语法知识。
【知识要点】
一、定语从句的意义?
形容词性从句一般称为定语从句,在句子中起定语作用,修饰一个名词或代词,有时可修饰一个句子。被定语从句修饰的词叫先行词。?
定语从句的位置:一般置于先行词之后,由关系代词和关系副词引导。 ?
二、关系词的用法?
引导定语从句的关系代词有which,that,who,whom,whose。?
关系副词有when,where,why等。?
关系代词和关系副词不仅有连接先行词和从句的作用,而且在从句中担当一个句子成分。
1.关系代词的用法:?
1)由who引导的定语从句?
关系代词who只能指人,在从句中作主语或宾语。如:?
A teacher is a person who passes knowledge to the student.?
教师是传授知识的人。(关系代词在从句中作主语)?
The man who can do this work will get 1000 dollars.?
能够做此工作的人将获得1000美元。(关系代词who在从句中作主语)?
2)由whom引导的定语从句?
关系代词whom只能指人,是who的宾格,在从句中作宾语,在口语中常常省略。如:?
The man whom you met on the street is my father.?
你在街上碰到的那个人是我父亲。(关系代词who在从句中作宾语,可以省略)?
The woman (whom)you talked with yesterday will come here the day after tomorrow.?
昨天和你谈话的那位妇女后天来这儿。(关系代词whom在从句中作宾语,可以?省略)??
3)由that引导的定语从句?
关系代词that在从句中既可以作主语,又可作宾语;既可指人,又可指物。如:?
She is the woman that often comes here.?
她就是常常来这儿的那个妇女。(关系代词that在从句中作主语,指人)?
The book that is on the desk was written by my grandfather.?
桌子上的那本书是我祖父写的。(关系代词that在从句中作主语,指物。此句中的that可以用which替换)Is there anything that I can do for you 我能为你做点什么呢?(关系代词that在从句中作宾语,指物。此句中的that不能用which替换)?
The passenger and the suitcases that were still waiting had to be transferred to another plane. 仍在等待的乘客和行李只得改乘另一架飞机。(这句的关系代词that不能用which替换,因为它在此句中既指人又指物)?
4)由which引导的定语从句?
关系代词which一般指物,在从句中可作主语,也可以作宾语。如:?
He came late,which made the teacher angry.?
他来晚了,这使老师很生气。(which引导非限定性定语从句,在从句中作主语)?
That is the pencil which I lost yesterday.?
那就是我昨天丢失的铅笔。(which引导限定性定语从句,在从句中作宾语,which可以省略)5)由whose引导的定语从句?
关系代词whose是who的所有格,在从句中作定语,既可指人,又可指物。如:?
This is the boy whose parents died last year. 这是那个父母去年去世的男孩。 (whose作定语,指人)注:“whose+名词中心词”这一结构在定语从句中既能作主语,又能作宾语。whose 的先行词常用来指人,但有时也可以用来指具体事物或抽象概念,这时可以与of which 结构互换,词序是:“名词+of which”。如:They came to a house whose back wall had broken down.(= the back wall of which)他们来到后墙已经倒塌的一个房子。?
He’s written a book the name of which I’ve completely forgotten.(= whose name)他写了本书,书的名字我彻底忘了。
?
Those who want to see the film sign up here. 想看电影的人在这儿签名。?
一个句子带有两个定语从句时,其中一个定语从句的关系代词用that,另一个用who。?
The boy that you met at the school gate yesterday morning is our monitor who studies very hard.
昨天早上你在校门口遇到的那个男孩是我们班学习很用功的班长。?
2)当先行词指物时,许多情况下,既可以用关系代词which,也可用关系代词that,但在下列情况中,只能用关系代词that,而不用which。?
在there+be 的句型中,句子的主语是先行词,而且又是物。如:?
There are two novels that I want to read.我要读的有两本小说。?
There is no work that can be done now. 没有什么工作现在能做的了。?
当先行词为主句的表语或者关系代词为从句的表语时。如:?
This is the book that was bought yesterday.这就是昨天买的书。?
Our school is no longer the school that it used to be.我们的学校不再是以前的学校了。
以Here is (are)开头的句子时。如:?
Here is a film that will move anyone.这是一部将使任何人受感动的电影。?
Here are two books that I will buy.这是我要买的两本书。?
It is (high)time+定语从句中。如:?
It is time that we should have a rest.我们应该休息了。?
It is high time that they started out.他们该动身了。?
当先行词是way等词时,关系代词用that或者in which在定语从句中作方式状语时,在口语中,常可省略。如:?
This is the way that my father did this work.这就是我父亲做此工作的方式。?
She admired the way in which I answered the questions.她羡慕我回答问题的方式。?
在双重限定性定语从句中,如果一个从句用who或者which引导时,那么另一个从句用that引导。如:He is the student that I have ever see who can jump highest.?
他是我曾经看到过跳的最高的学生。?
My brother studies in the school which is the most beautiful in our city that isn’t far from here.?
我的弟弟在我们的城市最美丽的学校读书,并且离这儿不远。?
当先行词被the last ,the very 和the only修饰时。如:?
This is the very pen that I am looking for.这正是我找的钢笔。?
The only book I want to read is missing.我惟一想看的书不见了。?
在强调句子中,并且以who,which,what开头时。如:?
Who was it that was lost 究竟是谁迷路了?(此句中,最好不用who来代替that,避免重复)What was it that you did last week 你上周究竟做什么了??
当先行词前有序数词时。如:?
You are the first person that I want to ask for. 你是我要见的第一个人。?
This is the second book that I have ever written.这是我写的第二本书。?
当先行词被all,every,no,some,few,little,much,both等修饰时,如:?
This is all that I want to say at the meeting.这就是我在会上要说的。?
Have you any books that are worth reading 你有值得看的书吗??
当先行词既指人又指物时。如:?
The professor and his achievement that I heard about are admired by them.?
我听说的那位教授和他的成就得到他们的赞美。?
Let’s talk about the persons and the things that we can remember.?
让我们谈论能够想起的人和事。?
当先行词为anything,everything,nothing时,关系代词用that,不用which;但用something时,用which或者that均可。如:?
Everything we have seen in China is moving.我们在中国看见的东西件件感人。?
I have nothing that is worth reading.我没有什么值得一读的东西。?
当先行词是疑问代词who时。如:?
Who that you have ever seen can beat him in chess 你曾见过谁能在棋艺上打败他??
3)that,which,whom在定语从句中作宾语可以省略。如:?
This is the book (which) you were looking for yesterday. 这就是你昨天找的那本书。?
I don’t like the novel (that)you are reading.我不喜欢你看的这本小说。?
4)定语从句中关系代词作主语时,从句的人称、数与先行词一致。如:?
Those who are in their forties are required to have a physical examination this afternoon.?
请那些年龄在四十几岁的人于今天下午去进行体检。?
(先行词those是复数,关系代词who也就看作是复数,所以从句的谓语动词就用了复数形式are了)This is the magazine which was sent to me by post.这是通过邮局寄给我的杂志。?
(先行词the magazine是单数,关系代词which也就看作是单数,所以从句的谓语动词就用了单数形式was sent)?
5)定语从句的时态不要求与主句时态一致。如:?
The story which I read last night is very interesting.?
我昨天晚上看的那则故事非常有趣。
3.关系副词的用法?
1)when 指时间,在从句中作时间状语,它的先行词通常有time,day,morning,night,week,year 等。如:?
I still remember the time when I first became a college student.?
我仍然记得我成为大学生的那个时刻。?
Do you know the date when Lincoln was born 你知道林肯出生的日期吗??
注:when时常可以省略,特别是在某些句型和某些时间状语中。如:?
Each time he came,he did his best to help us.每次他来,都尽他所能帮我们。?
2)where指地点,在从句中作地点状语。它的先行词通常有place,spot,street,house,room,city,town,country等。如:?
This is the hotel where they are staying.这是他们住的旅馆。?
I forget the house where the Smiths lived.我不记得史密斯先生住过的房子了。?
注:where有时也可以省略。如:?
This is the place (where)we met yesterday. 这是我们昨天见面的地方。?
3)why指原因或理由,它的先行词只有reason。如:?
That is the reason why he is leaving so soon.那就是他为什么要离开的原因。?
注:why时常也可以省略。如:?
That is the real reason he did it.那就是他做此事的真正原因。
4.使用关系副词应注意下列几点:?
1)这三个关系副词在意义上都相当于一定的介词+which结构:?
when = on (in,at,during...)+which;?
where = in (at,on...)+which;?
why = for which.如:?
I was in Beijing on the day when (=on which)he arrived.?
他到的时候,当时我正在北京。?
The office where (=in which) he works is on the third floor.?
他工作的办公室在?三楼。??
This is the chief reason why (=for which)we did it.这是我们做这件事的主要原因。?
2)当先行词是表时间的time,day等和表地点的place,house等时,一定要注意分析从句的结构,如果缺少主语或宾语时,关系词应该用which或that,缺少时间状语或地点状语时,才能用when或where,试比较:?
I’ll never forget the day when my hometown was liberated.?
我将永远不会忘记我的家乡被解放的那一天。?
I’ll never forget the days which/that we spent together last summer.?
我将永远不会忘记去年夏天我们共同度过的那段时光。?
3)when和where既可以引导限制性定语从句,也可以引导非限制性定语从句。而why 只能引导限制性定语从句。 ?
三、“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句?
在这种结构中,关系代词若是表示人时,就只能用whom;关系代词若是表示事物时,就只能用which。
1.当介词放在关系代词的前面时,介词宾语只能用which (指物)或whom 关系代词不能省略。如:
He has found a good job for which he is qualified.?
他找到了一份他能胜任的工作。?
(qualify + 名词+for意为“使……具有……资格”)?
The man to whom you talked just now will chair the meeting tomorrow.?
你刚才与他谈话的那个人明天主持那个会议。( talk to+名词意为“与某人谈话”)?
He is bargaining with the landlord over the monthly price at which the apartment rents. 他在与房东就那套公寓出租的月租金进行磋商。(名词+rent at+表示价格的词意为“某物以某价格出租”)
2.当介词位于定语从句的末尾时,可用that/which(指物),that/whom/who(指人)作介词的宾语,而且作介词宾语的关系代词往往省略。如:?
This is the hero (that/who/whom)we are proud of.这就是我们引以为豪的英雄。?
This is the pen ( that/which)I wrote the letter with.这就是我用来写信的那枝笔。
3.“复合介词短语+关系代词which”引导的定语从句,这种结构引导的定语从句常与先行词用逗号分开,定语从句常用倒装语序。?
He lived in a big house,in front of which stood a big tall tree.?
他住在一所大房子里,房前有一棵大高树。?
The monkey crossed the river,in the middle of which he was almost killed.?
那只猴子过了河,在河中央它差点淹死。?
注意:在一些固定搭配的动词短语中,由于动词和介词不可分割,因此不能把介词置于关系代词之前。如:?
This is the pen which I’m looking for.这正是我在寻找的那枝笔。?
The boys he is looking after are very healthy. 他照看的那些小男孩都很健康。
4.介词+关系代词=关系副词?
1)这就是我们去年住过的房间。?
This is the room which we lived in last year.?
This is the room in which we lived last year.?
This is the room where we lived last year.?
2)我仍然记得我入党的那一天。?
I still remember the day on which I joined the Party.?
I still remember the day when I joined the Party.?
通过对上述知识的掌握,对于一个句子我们可用不同的表达方法来表达。如:?
那就是他工作的大学。?
四、定语从句的种类以及区别
1.定语从句分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句,现将它们之间的用法及区别列表如下
限制性定语从句 非限制性定语从句
和先行词的关系密切(删去后,影响整个句子意义的表达) 和先行词的关系不密切(是一种补充说明,删去后不影响整个句子意义的表达)
不用逗号分开 一般使用逗号分开
可用关系代词that引导 不可用关系代词that引导
可以省略(that,who,which在从句中担当宾语时可以省略) 不可以省略
可以替代(whom作宾语时,可用who或that替代) 不能替代
只可以修饰先行词,不可以修饰主句或主句的一部分 修饰整个主句或主句的一部分,此时定语从句前有逗号分开,只能用which或as引导。
请看下面例句的不同含义:?
限制性:她有两个当解放军的儿子。?
She has two sons who are P.L.A. men.?
(Maybe she has other sons who are not P.L.A. men.)?
非限制性:她有两个儿子,他们都是解放军。?
She has two sons,who are P.L.A. men.?
(She has only two sons. They are both P.L.A. men.)?
体会下列非限制性定语从句?
Yesterday I met Li Ping,who seemed to be busy.?
昨天我遇到了李平,他看起来?很忙。??
We will put off the meeting until next week,when we won’t be so busy.?
我们将把会议推迟到下周举行,到那时我们就不会这么忙了。
2.关系代词which与as引导定语从句的区别?
which与as都可以引导定语从句,但它们有许多用法上的区别,现就此简要分析如下:??
1)which与as引导非限定性定语从句的区别:?
which只能放在主句后面,而as引导的从句位置相对较灵活,可在前,可在后。如:?
As he realized,I was very useful to him.?
(在前)正像他所意识到的那样,我对他非常有用。?
Air,as we know,is a gas.(在中)空气,众所周知,是一种气体。?
He was a foreigner,as I know from his accent.?
(在后)他是个外国人,正像我从他的口音判断的那样。?
He came late again,which made his boss angry.?
(在后)他又来晚了,这一点使得老板很生气。?
在which引导的定语从句中,谓语动词若是am,is,are,则这些系动词不能省略,而as后面若是这种情况,则可以省略。如:?
He is a teacher,as (is)clear from his manner.(is可以省略)他是个老师,这从他的言谈举止可看清楚。?
He said he had never seen her before,which was not true.?
(was 不可省略)他说他从来没见过她,这一点不对。?
当which引导的从句在意义上近乎并列关系时,可以用and this,and that代替,意思是“这件事”。如:He changed his mind,which (and this,and that)made me very angry.?
他改变了主意,这使我很生气。?
She has married again,which (and this,and that)was unexpected.?
出乎意料的是,她又结婚了。?
而as主要起与上下文连接的作用,表达说话人的看法、观点,并指出主句内容的出处或根据等。如:?
Einstein,as we know,is a famous scientist.爱因斯坦,众所周知,是位伟大的科学家。?
As is announced in today’s newspaper,we must improve our style of work.?
今天的报纸上说,我们必须改进工作作风。?
作主语时,which既可以作系动词be的主语,也可以作实义动词的主语,而as只可以作系动词be的主语。如:?
He married her,which was natural.?
(可用as代替which)他和她结婚,这是很自然的事。??
He won a/the Nobel Prize in chemistry,which made him illustrious.?
(不可用as代替which)他获得了诺贝尔化学奖,这使他名扬天下。?
当定语从句位于主句之后,纯粹表示主句所述的内容,不带有“如……那样”的意思时,往往用which,而不用as。如:?
They were invited to the state banquet,which was a great honor to them.?
他们被邀请参加国宴,这对他们来说是莫大的荣幸。?
We had to sleep in our wet clothes,which was most uncomfortable.?
我们不得不穿着湿衣服睡觉,这简直太不舒服了。?
Mummy always treats me just like a baby,which I can’t bear.?
妈妈老把我当成小孩子对待,这让我无法忍受。?
当定语从句有“如同……那样”的意思时,用as比用which更常见,而这些从句几乎成为固定说法。如:
Things will turn out contrary to one’s wishes,as is often the case.?
事与愿违,这是常有的事。?
As was natural, this inordinate hope was followed by an excessive depression.?
这种过分希望之后,接着是极度的沮丧,是很自然的事。?
Chaucer is buried in “Poet’s Corner”,as might have been expected.?
正如人们已经预料的,乔叟被葬在“诗人角”。?
The material is elastic,as is show in the figure.这种材料有弹性,如图所示。?
as we know众所周知?
as has been said above/before正如前文所述?
as has been pointed out正如已经指出的?
as might be imagined可以想像得到?
当定语从句的关系代词指的是先行词本身时,只能用which。如:?
These apple trees,which I planted three years ago,have not borne any fruit.?
这些苹果树是我三年前种下的,没结出任何果实。?
The Thames,which is now clean enough to swim in,was polluted for over a hundred years.?
泰晤士河,现在已经很干净,可以在里面游泳,它曾被污染了一百多年。?
带介词的典型的定语从句,必须用which,不能用as。如:?
There is a great deal of oxygen around us,without which we could not live.我们周围有许多氧气,没有它我们就无法生存。?
The shed in our garden,in which we often played,has lasted for a long time.?
我们经常玩耍的花园里的那个棚子,已经有很长时间了。?
2)引导限制性定语从句时which与as的区别:?
先行词如为表示物的名词或代词,在从句中又作介词的宾语时,只能用which。如:?
This is the pan in which I boiled the milk. 这就是我煮牛奶的锅。?
前面有as时,引导定语从句的关系代词用as,不用which。如:?
There are as many dictionaries as are needed.所需要的字典都有了。?
前面有such时,引导定语从句的关系代词用as,不用which。如:?
Such women as know Tom thought he was charming.?
认识汤姆的女人都认为他很?迷人。??
I have never heard such stories as he tells.他讲的那些故事我从没听过。?
He is not such a man as I expected.他不是我期望的那种人。?
前面有the same时,引导定语从句的关系代词用as而不用which。如:?
We are facing the same problems as we did years ago.?
我们正面临着和多年以前同样的困难。?
This is the same wallet as I lost.这只钱包与我丢失的那只相同。?
I have the same trouble as you have.我和你有着同样的困难。?
总之,which与as引导定语从句的区别要在实践中多体会,体会多了,才能正确运用。?
五、定语从句中的谓语动词与先行词保持一致的问题
1.one of+复数名词+关系代词+复数形动词。如:?
Titanic is one of the most wonderful movies that have been produced in Hollywood.《泰坦尼克号》是在好莱坞拍的最好的电影之一。?
2.the (only)one of+复数名词+关系代词+单数形动词。如:?
The Great Wall is the (only)one of the buildings on the earth that is seen from the moon.?
长城是地球上惟一一个从月球上能够看到的建筑。?
3.当关系代词as或which引导非限制性定语从句,修饰主句内容时,若as或which作主语,则从句的谓语动词用单数形式。如:?
Great changes have taken place in China,as is known to all.?
中国发生了巨大的变化,众所周知。?
4.其他情况?
I,who am your teacher,will try my best to help you.我,你的老师,要尽全力帮助你。?
To own a color TV set in each family,which we thought was impossible twenty years ago,now becomes true.?
每家拥有一台彩电,这在20年前我们认为不可能的事情,现在变成了现实。?
Have you heard of the persons and things that are being talked about ?
你听说了他们谈论的人和事了吗??
【考点诠释】
考点1 “介词+关系代词which/whom”中介词和关系代词的选择
介词后作宾语的关系代词为历年高考考查的重点,一般来讲有两个:指人时只能用whom,指物时只能用which。当然关系代词作定语时也可用whose。如:
①The pen with which he wrote was made in China.他写字用的钢笔是中国制造的。
②The train on which Tom travelled to Canada was very fast.汤姆到加拿大去时乘坐的火车速度非常快。
③The teacher in front of whose house stands a tall tree is very patient with his students.那位老师对他的学生非常有耐心,他家的房子前面有一棵大树。
考点2 as与which引导的非限制性定语从句的判定
1.as引导的从句表示说话人对话语的看法、态度、解释或评论。
(1)此时的as意为“正如……,正像……”。翻译时有时可不必译出。如:
You are clever,as all those who know you can see.你很聪明,所有认识你的人都能看出来。
(2)在句法上,as常用作一些实义动词(如see,know,hear,watch,remember,say,tell,show,expect,guess等)的宾语,这类动词与as几乎成了一种固定搭配。如:
As we all know,China is becoming stronger and stronger.众所周知,中国正变得越来越强大。
(3)as引导的从句可以前置(而which引导的从句则不可)。如:
As is a fact,Mike is expected to make a top student.这是一个事实,迈克有望成为一名顶尖的学生。
特别提示
主句中出现the same,such,so修饰先行词时,要选择as作关系代词,在定语从句中作主语或宾语,此时as引导的是限制性定语从句。另外要注意:
(1)the same…that与the same…as引导的定语从句在意义上的区别:前者修饰的名词与原物是同一个东西;而后者修饰的是与先行词同类型的另一样东西。试比较:
①This is the same bag that I lost yesterday.这正是我昨天丢失的那个书包。(同一个书包)
②This is the same bag as I lost yesterday.这个书包和我昨天丢失的那个一样。(同类型的另一个)
(2)such/so…as…和such /so…that…结构不同,as引导定语从句,而that引导状语从句。如:
①They talked in such simple English as children could understand.他们用孩子们能听懂的简单的英语交谈。(定语从句,as代替先行词simple English作understand的宾语)
②He shut the window with such a force that the glass broke.他如此用力地关窗,结果玻璃碎了。(结果状语从句,that引导的从句表示用力关窗导致的结果)
2.which引导的此类从句对主句所叙述的事情进行补充说明,表明事物的状态或结果。
(1)which此时指前面主句所提到的,常译为“这一点,这件事”等。主句与从句通常要用逗号隔开,且从句只能位于被修饰句子的后面。如:
He works very well,which makes his boss satisfied.他工作干得不错.,这使得他的老板很满意。
(2)which在句法上一般用作实义动词的主语,这时它所引导的从句与主句之间常含有并列、因果关系。如:
She succeeded in the competition,which satisfied her parents.她在比赛中取得成功,这使得她的父母很满意。
(3)在从句中作定语或介词的宾语时,要用which。如:He often works far into the night,by which time everyone else has left the office.他通常工作到深夜,到那时其他人
已下班了。
特别提示
高考一般不考查as与which引导非限制性定语从句的区别,但近年高考试题中出现过这个考点。一般来说,如果从句的含义是顺接主句的叙述,那么这两个词都可以使用;如果从句的含义是对主句的否定,或者语意不是顺接的,则只能用which。如:
①He came late to school,which/as was what we had expected.他上学迟到了,这是我们意料中的。
②He came late to school,which surprised US a11.他上学迟到了,这让我们所有人都很惊讶。(不可用as)
考点3 关系代词、关系副词引导定语从句的辨别
关系代词在定语从句中充当主语、宾语或表语;而关系副词在定语从句中充当时间、地点、原因等状语。一般来说,关系副词在语义上相当于”介词+which”结构。试比较:
①I’ll never forget the days which I spent with you.我不会忘记我们在一起度过的岁月。(which在定语从句中作spent的宾语)
②I’ll never forget the days when(=in which)we studied in Beijing.我永远不会忘记我们一起在北京学习的时光。(when在定语从句中作时间状语,studied在此处为不及物动词,后面不再接宾语)
考点4 定语从句的间隔现象
定语从句一般紧接被它修饰的先行词,但有时候它和先行词之间有可能插入其他成分,使它与先行词分隔开来,这种定语从句叫做被分隔的定语从句。在这种情况下,对关系词的准确判断显得相当重要,而且在阅读文章时会经常遇到这种情况,在阅读时要注意识别。一般来说,定语从句被分割开来大致有以下三种情况:在先行词与定语从句之间插入一个状语、定语,或被谓语动词分隔开。如:
①Do you remember one afternoon ten years ago when I came to your house and borrowed a diamond necklace 你还记得十年前的一天下午,我来到你家,找你借了一条钻石项链吗
(先行词one afternoon与定语从句被状语ten years ago分隔开了)
②A new teacher will come tomorrow who will teach you German.明天,一位新老师将来教你们德语。(先行词a new teacher与定语从句被谓语部分和时间状语will come tomorrow隔开了)关系代词在下列情况下常省略:(1)作及物动词的宾语时;(2)作介词的宾语,当关系代词与介词分开使用时,可以省略。但若是关系代词与介词连用,则不能省略。如:
①The coat(that)I put on the desk is blue.我放在桌子上的那件外套是蓝色的。(作动词put的宾语)
②who is the teacher (whom)Li Ming is talking to 正在与李明谈话的老师是谁 (作介词to的宾语)
③Please tell me from whom you borrowed the English novel.请告诉我你从谁那儿借的这本英文小说。(关系代词不能省略)
有些句型结构如同位语从句、状语从句和强调句与定语从句结构较相似,稍不认真就会出错。
1.定语从句与同位语从句的区别
定语从句是对其先行词的修饰或限制,属于形容词性从句的范畴;而同位语从句是对前面抽象名词的进一一步说明和解释,属于名词性从句的范畴。如:
①He makes a promise that if he Call get the job,he will work hard to make as much money as he can for the company.他许诺如果他能获得那份工作,他将努力为公司挣尽可能多的
钱。(that引导的同位语从句是对先行词a promise的进一步解释和说明)
②Mike’s parents made a special promise to Tom that surprised Tom.迈克的父母对汤姆许下了一个特别的诺言,这使得汤姆很惊奇。(that引导的定语从句是对先行词promise的修饰和限制)
2.定语从句与强调句的区别
定语从句和强调句的判断方法:若将句中的“It is/was…that/who”去掉,而句子不缺成分,结构完整,说明原句是强
调句。如:
It was in 1 998 that the flood destroyed many houses in Jiangxi.在1998年,洪水毁坏了江西地区很多的房屋。(强调句)
(判断方法:如果去掉it was和that,剩下in 1998 the flood destroyed many houses in Jiangxi,句子结构完整,可判定原句为强调句)
3.定语从句与状语从句的区别
定语从句在句子中作定语,修饰名词、代词或句子;并且,这个被修饰的名词、代词或句子称为先行词,通常放在定语从句之前。状语从句在句子中作状语,修饰动词;通常不同的状语从句有不同的连词,位置较灵活,通常放在句首或句末,有时也放在句中。
以where为例来说明:
①Let’s have a short meeting where we met last time.我们在上次见面的地方开个短会吧。(Where we met last time是地点状语从句,在句中作地点状语,表示开会的地方)
②This is the place where we had a meeting last time.这就是我们上次开会的地方。(Where we had a meeting last time是定语从句,在句中作定语修饰the place)
定语从句考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. The factory was built in a secret place, around ______ high mountains.
A. which was B. it was
C. which were D. them were
【陷阱】容易误选A或B,将A、B中的 which 和 it 误认为是其后句子的主语。
【分析】最佳答案是C,around which were high mountains 是一个由“介词+which”引出的非限制性定语从句,而在该从句中,主语是 high mountains,around which 是表语,所以句子谓语应用复数were,而不是用单数 was。请做以下类例题目(答案均为C):
(1) Yesterday we visited a modern hospital, around _______ some fruit shops.
A. which is B. it is
C. which are D. them are
(2) The murder happened in an old building, beside ______ the city police station.
A. which are B. it is
C. which is D. them are
(3) Next month we’ll move to a new building, next to _______ a nice restaurants where we can have Chinese food.
A. which are B. it is
C. which is D. them are
2. A man with a bleeding hand hurried in and asked, “Is there a hospital around ______ I can get some medicine for my wounded hand ”
A. that B. which
C. where D. what
【陷阱】容易误选 B,认为 around 是介词,选 which 用以代替前面的名词 hospital,在此用作介词 around 的宾语。
【分析】最佳答案为C。以上语法分析并不算错,但问题是,照此分析,此句的意思即为:有没有这样一个医院,我在它的附近可以买药治我的手伤?这样的语境显然有点不合情理,因为人们通常是在医院里面治伤,而不是在医院附近治伤。此题选 C 的理由是:句中的 around 不是介词,而是副词,意为“在附近”;其后的 where 引导定语从句用以修饰其前的地点名词 hospital,句意为:附近有没有一家医院,我可以去治我的手伤?
3. _____ is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month.
A. It B. As
C. That D. What
【陷阱】容易误选 A,认为此处应填一个形式主语。
【分析】最佳答案是 B。as 引导的是一个非限制性定语从句。比较下面一题:
_______ is known to everybody that the moon travels round the earth once every month.
A. It B. As
C. That D. What
此题答案选 A,it 为形式主语,真正的主语是后面的 that 从句。
再比较下面一组题,其中第(1)题选 B,第(2)题选 D:
(1) ______ is mentioned above, the number of the students in senior school is increasing.
A. Which B. As
C. That D. It
(2) ______ is mentioned above that the number of the students in senior school is increasing.
A. Which B. As
C. That D. It
4. David is such a good boy _______ all the teachers like.
A. that B. who
C. as D. whom
【陷阱】此题容易误选A,许多同学一看到题干中的such,再联系到选项中的 that,便认为这是考查such … that …句式。况且,这样理解意思也还通顺。
【分析】最佳答案为C,不是A,因为在such … that … (如此……以至……)结构中,that 引导的是结果状语从句,并且 that 在从句中不充当句子成分,若在上句填入 such … that …,句末的动词 like 缺宾语。选C的理由如下:as 用作关系代词,用以引导定语从句,修饰其前的名词 boy,同时 as 在定语从句中用作动词 like 的宾语,句意为“所有老师都喜欢的一位好男孩”。有的同学可能还会问,假若选A,能否将其后的 that 视为引导定语从句的关系代词呢?不能,因为当先行词受到 such 的修饰时,其后的定语从句应用关系代词 as 来引导,而不用that。比较下面一题,答案为A,因为 like 后有自己的宾语 him:
David is such a good boy _______ all the teachers like him.
A. that B. who
C. as D. whom
请再做以下试题(答案选D):
It was not such a good dinner _______ she had promised us.
A. like B. that
C. which D. as
5. The buses, most of _______ were already full, were surrounded by an angry crowd.
A. that B. it
C. them D. which
【陷阱】容易误选 C,用 them 代指 the buses。
【分析】最佳答案是D。most of which were already full 为非限制性定语从句,修饰 the buses。类似地,以下各题也选D:
(1) His house, for _______ he paid $10, 000, is now worth $50, 000.
A. that B. it
C. them D. which
(2) Ashdown forest, through _______ we’ll be driving, isn’t a forest any longer.
A. that B. it
C. them D. which
(3) This I did at nine o’clock, after _______ I sat reading the paper.
A. that B. it
C. them D. which
类似地,以下各题选 whom,不选 them:
(4) George, with _______ I played tennis on Sundays, was a warm-hearted person.
A. that B. him
C. them D. whom
(5) Her sons, both of ______ work abroad, will come back home this summer.
A. that B. who
C. them D. whom
(6) I met the fruit-pickers, several of _______ were still university students.
A. that B. who
C. them D. whom
6. He had thousands of students, many of ______ gained great success in their own field.
A. whom B. them
C. which D. who
【陷阱】容易误选 B,用 them 代指 students。
【分析】最佳答案是A,many of whom gained great success in their own field 为非限制性定语从句。假若在many of… 的前面加上连词and,则选答案B。比较以下各题(答案均选A):
(1) He asked a lot of questions, none of ______ was easy to answer.
A. which B. them
C. what D. that
(2) He asked a lot of questions, and none of ______ was easy to answer.
A. them B. which
C. what D. that
(3) He told me that he had two girl-friends, neither of _______ knew anything about the other.
A. whom B. them
C. which D. who
(4) He told me that he had two girl-friends, and neither of _______ knew anything about the other.
A. them B. whom
C. which D. who
7. He had a lot of friends, only a few of ______ invited to his wedding.
A. whom B. them
C. which D. who
【陷阱】容易误选 A,认为这是非限制性定语从句。
【分析】最佳答案是B,这不是非限制性定语从句,而是一个独立主格结构,因为空格后的动词 invited 并不是一个完整的谓语,而是一个过去分词。当然,假若在 invited 前加上助动词 were,则是一个非限制性定语从句,答案便应选A。比较:
(1) They put forward a lot of plans at the meeting, none of _______ carried out in their work.
A. which B. them
C. what D. that
答案选B,none of them carried out in their work 是独立主格结构,其中的 carried out 为过去分词。
(2) They put forward a lot of plans at the meeting, none of _______ were carried out in their work.
A. which B. them
C. what D. that
答案选A,none of them were carried out in their work 是非限制性定语从句,注意与上例比较句中多了一个助动词were。
(3) They put forward a lot of plans at the meeting, but none of _______ were carried out in their work.
A. which B. them
C. what D. that
答案选B,由于两句之间增加了一个并列连词but,使得该句成了一个并列句。
8. On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents seated together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
【陷阱】容易误选B,认为这是非限制性定语从句。
【分析】最佳答案是A。与上面一题相似,their parents seated together joking 不是非限制性定语从句,而是一个独立主格结构,因为空格后的动词 seated 不是谓语,而是一个过去分词,因为 seat 作动词用时,是及物动词。比较以下相似题:
(1) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents were seated together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
选B。whose parents were seated together joking 为非限制性定语从句,因为其后有完整的谓语 were seated。
(2) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, and _______ parents were seated together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
选A。因为句中有并列连词and,整个句子为并列句。
(3) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents sitting together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
选A。their parents sitting together joking 为独立主格结构。
(4) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents sat together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
选B。whose parents sat together joking 为非限制性定语从句,因为句中有完整的谓语 sat。
(5) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents were sitting together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
选B。whose parents were sitting together joking 为非限制性定语从句,因为句中有完整的谓语 were sitting。
9. If the man is only interested in your looks, _____ just shows how shallow he is.
A. as B. which
C. what D. that
【陷阱】容易误选A或B,误这是非限制性定语从句。
【分析】正确答案为D,注意逗号前是一个条件状语从句,逗号后是该状语从句的主句,that 在此代表前文所述的情况,用作主句的主语。类似地,下面几道题也选 that,而不选 which:
(1) If you promise to go with us, _____ will be OK.
A. as B. which
C. and it D. that
(2) If you want a double room, _____ will cost another £15.
A. as B. which
C. what D. that
(3) Whether you go or not, _______ is quite all right with me.
A. that B. which
C. and it D. so
(4) When I say two hours, _____ includes time for eating.
A. as B. which
C. what D. that
10. She says that she’ll never forget the time ________ she’s spent working as a secretary in our company.
A. which B. when
C. how D. where
【陷阱】容易误选B,机械地认为时间名词后必须用关系副词when,地点名词后用关系副词 where。
【分析】正确答案为A。在时间名词和地点名词后是否用关系副词要看它在定语从句中充当什么句子成分。一般说来,若用作主语或宾语,用关系代词;若用作状语,则用关系副词。上面一题中的动词 spent 缺宾语,故应用关系代词 which或that。比较下面一题,由于空格后的句子不缺少主语或宾语,所以选关系副词when:
She says that she’ll never forget the time ________ she works as a secretary in our company.
A. which B. when
C. how D. where
请再做一组试题(答案均选A):
(1) Our company will move to a tall building _______ we bought last month.
A. which B. when
C. how D. where
选A,which 在定语从句中用作动词 bought 的宾语。
(2) Our company will move to a tall building _______ has just been complete.
A. which B. when
C. how D. where
选A,which 在定语从句中用作主语。
(3) Our company will move to a tall building _______ we worked two years ago.
A. where B. when
C. that D. which
选A,where 在定语从句中用作状语。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. All of the flowers now raised here have developed from those _______ in the forest.
A. once they grew B. they grew once
C. they once grew D. once grew
2. In the office I never seem to have time until after 5:30 pm, _____ many people have gone home.
A. that B. which
C. whose time D. by which time
3. Is this the reason _______ at the meeting for his carelessness in his work
A. he explained B. what he explained
C. how he explained D. why he explained
4. Luckily, we’d brought a road map without ______ we would have lost our way.
A. it B. that
C. this D. which
5. When he was working there he caught a serious illness from _____ efforts he still suffers.
A. which B. that
C. whose D. what
6. It’s said that he’s looking for a new job, one ______ he can get more money to support his family.
A. when B. where
C. that D. which
7. We are living in an age ______ many things are done on computer.
A. which B. that
C. whose D. when
8. The little time we have together we’ll try _____ wisely.
A. spending it B. to spend it
C. to spend D. spending that
9. The old building, behind _______ was a famous church, was _______ we used to work.
A. that, the place B. it, the place
C. which, where D. what, where
10. We will be shown around the city: schools, museums, and some other places, _______ other visitors seldom go.
A. what B. which
C. where D. when
11. The modern history of Italy dates from 1860, ______ the country became united.
A. when B. if
C. since D. until
12. All of the flowers now raised here have developed from those _____ in the forest.
A. once they grew B. they grew once
C. that once grew D. once grew
13. You could see the runners very well from ______ we stood.
A. which B. where
C. that D. when
14. Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase, _______ was very reasonable.
A. which price B. the price of which
C. its price D. the price of whose
15. What have you got _____ will help a cold
A. what B. that
C. it D. who
16. He was very angry and I can still remember the way _____ he spoke to me.
A. how B. that
C. what D. which
17. Do you know the man from ________ house the pictures were stolen
A. which B. that
C. what D. whose
18. I can think of many cases _______ students obviously knew a lot of English words and expressions but couldn’t write a good essay.
A. why B. which
C. as D. where
19. Is this all that you need If you married me, I’d give you everything you _____.
A. want B. wanted
C. had wanted D. are wanting
20. I met the teacher in the street yesterday ________ taught me English three years ago.
A. which B. when
C. where D. who
21. He’s got himself into a dangerous situation _____ he is likely to lose control over the plane.
A. where B. which
C. while D. why
22. He made another wonderful discovery, ______ of great importance to science.
A. which I think is B. which I think it is
C. which I think it D. I think is
23. Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, ____, of course, made the others unhappy.
A. who B. which
C. this D. what
24. Their problem today is somewhat similar to _____ they faced many years ago.
A. that B. which
C. that which D. it
25. I saw some trees the leaves of _____ were black with disease.
A. that B. which
C. it D. what
26. The famous basketballer, _______ tried to make a comeback, attracted a lot of attention.
A. where B. when
C. which D. who
27. When they went into the shop and asked to look at the engagement rings, the girl brought out a cheaper one, _______ she had arranged with James.
A. the which was what B. what was that
C. which was what D. that was that
【答案与解析】
1. 选 C。先行词是 those,可视为 those flowers 之省略。they once grew 前省略了关系代词 which。全句意为:这儿所养的花是由他们曾在森林里种植的花培养出来的。
2. 选D。by which time 引出的是一个非限制性定语从句,其中 by which time 相当于 and by that time。
3. 选 A。注意不能选 D,因为动词 explained 缺宾语。
4. 选 D。which 指 the road map。
5. 选C。from whose efforts he still suffers 为修饰 a serious illness 的定语从句,whose 在定语从句中用作定语,修饰 efforts。
6. 选B。where 引导定语从句修饰 one。注:one 在此指 a new job。类似地,下面一题的答案是C,因为one that 相当于 a problem that:
The problem is _____ has caused us a lot of trouble.
A. one B. that
C. one that D. that one
7. 选 D。先行词是表时间的 age(时代),由于关系词在定语从句中作状语,故用 when。
8. 选C。该句的正常词序为 We will try to spend the little time we have together wisely.
9. 选C。第一空填 which,指 the old building;第二空填 where,用以引导表语从句。
10. 选 C。先行词是地点名词 places,由于关系词在定语从句中作状语,故用 where。
11. 选A。when 引导的是非限制性定语从句。
12. 选C。that once grew in the forest 为修饰 those 的定语从句。
13. 选B。where 在此相当于 the place where。
14. 选 B。the price of which was very reasonable 为非限制性定语从句,其中的 the price of which 相当于 and its price 或 and the price of it。假若空格前有并列连词 and,则可选 C。
15. 选B。that will help a cold 为修饰 what 的定语从句。比较:Have you got anything that will help a cold 以及 I’ve got nothing that will help a cold.
16. 选B。the way 后不接how 引导的从句,换句说,how 不是关系代词或关系副词,不能引导定语从句。以the way 为先行词的定语从句通常用 that 或 in which 来引导,在非正式文体中也可省略 that 和 in which。
17. 选D。from whose house the pictures were stolen 为修饰 the man 的定语从句,whose 在定语从句中用作定语,修饰 house。
18. 选 D。先行词是 many cases,关系副词 where =in which。
19. 选A。尽管句中用了 if you married me, I’d give you everything 这样的虚拟语气句子,但修饰everything 的定语从句 (that) you want 却要用陈述语语气,因为它是回答前面 Is this all that you need 这一提问的。
20. 选 D。因定语从句缺主语,且关系代词指人,故选D。
21. 选A。where 所引导的为修饰 a dangerous situation 的定语从句。
22. 选 A。选项中的 I think 是插入语,若略去不看便可清楚地看出答案。
23. 选 B。of course 为插入语,若将项其去掉,则答案显然是B。
24. 选C。that which相当于 the problem which。
25. 选B。the leaves of which 相当于 whose leaves。
26. 选 D。先行词是 The famous basket baller(著名的篮球明星),故要用 who 来引导定语从句,因为其余三项均不用于指人。
27. 选 C。which 引导一个非限制性定语从句,其中 which 指代 a cheaper one,且在定语从句中用作主语。which was what 中的 what引导一个表语从句,它相当于 the one that。
【试题放送】
名词性从句在高考中的考查重点:
1. that和what引导名词性从句的区别;
2.名词从句的语序和时态;
3. it作形式主语、形式宾语的几种情况;
4.宾语从句的否定转移;
5.whether和if的用法区别;
6.what在名词性从句中的使用;
7.doubt后的名词性从句的使用;
8.Who / whoever, what / whatever等的用法区别;
9.连接词that的省略;[2013·上海卷]
38. An ecosystem consists of the living and nonliving things in an area ______ interact with one another.
A. that B. where C. who D. what
38. 答案:A
解析:题干的意思是:“生态系统是由一个区域里相互作用的生物和非生物构成的”。分析句子结构,______ interact with one another是定语从句,先行词是the living and nonliving things,通过还原法可知,先行词在从句中作主语,不是人,所以用that。务必记住:what不可引导定语从句。
[2013·浙江卷]13The museum will open in the spring with an exhibition and a viewing platform_________ visitors can watch the big glasshouses being built.
A. what B. where C. when D. why
13.B。考查定语从句。where引导的定语从句修饰platform,where再从句中充当地点状语。解题思路:1.确定从句类型,主句主干完整,可判断出是定语从句而非名词性从句;2.查找先行词;3.判断从句主干是否完整,确定关系代词或关系副词在从句中充当什么成分。
【句意】这家博物馆将在春天开放,有一个展览和一个观看平台,在这个平台上参观者可以看到正在建造一个大玻璃屋。
[2013·重庆卷] 24John invited about 40 people to his wedding, most of ________ are family members.
A.them B.that
C.which D.whom
24. D。本题考查定语从句。逗号之后是一个非限定性定语从句,关系词that只能引导限定性定语从句,排除;先行词是people,which 只能指物,排除选项C;如果用them, 则逗号之后应该加上一个连词and,排除。
【拓展】英语中两个句子之间是必须要有一个连词的,简单说,如果在一个逗号的前面和后面的句子之中没有连词的话,那这个句子就是错误的。
【句意】约翰邀请了四十个人参加他的婚礼,其中大部分是家庭成员。
[2013·陕西卷]16 is often the case with children, Amy was better by the time the doctor arrived.
A. It B. That C. What D. As
16. B。本题考查定语从句。as在此句中引导非限定性定语从句,放在句首,同时在从句中作主语,为正确答案;如果用it或者that,那么整个句子中缺少一个连词,排除选项A和B; 如果用what,逗号前面应该是一个主语从句,主语从句之后应该是谓语动词,而不是逗号之后再来一个句子,排除。
【句意】等医生到的时候,Amy好多了,孩子都这样。
[2013·四川卷]9 Nowadays people are more concerned about the environment ________ they live.
A. what B. which
C. when D. where
9. D。本题考查定语从句。the environment是先行词,在定语从句中做地点状语,“他们生活在这个环境中”,故用关系代词where。
【拓展】关系词的选择,最关键的就是看先行词在定语从句中作什么成分,而不是看先行词是表示什么的单词,如表示地点的先行词之后未必用where,同样表示时间的先行词之后未必用when。
【句意】现在人们更加关心他们所生活的环境。
[2013·山东卷]35 Finally he reached a lonely island ________ was completely cut off from the outside world.
A. when B. where C. which D. whom
35.C。本题考查定语从句。定语从句的先行词为island,而先行词在从句中所做的成分是主语,所以用关系代词that或which;when和where引导定语从句时用做状语;而whom引导定语从句时做宾语。
【句意】最终他们到达了一个完全与外界隔绝的荒岛上。
[2013·山东卷] 31There is no simple answer, ________ is often the case in science.
A. as B. that C. when D. where
31.A。本题考查as引导的非限制性定语从句。That是不可以引导非限制性定语从的;而when和where引导定语从句时不做主语。
【句意】没有简单的答案,正如科学界的许多情况一样。
[2013·辽宁卷] 34 He may win the competition, ________ he is likely to get into the national team.
A.in which case B.in that case
C.in what case D.in whose case
34. A。本题考查非限制性定语从句。分析句子结构,He may win the competition为主句,剩下的只可以为从句,故先排除B。本题中,in which case引导非限制性定语从句,相当于and in that case。所以选A。[来源:21世纪教育网]
【拓展】考生务必牢记:what不可引导定语从句。
[2013·江西卷] 33 He wrote a letter ________ he explained what had happened in the accident.
A. what B. which
C. where D. how
33.C.考查定语从句。解题关键是判断定语从句关联词的选择方法,即:根据先行词在定语从句中做的成分来判断。本题中先行词letter在从句中做地点状语,因此,正确答案为C。
【句意】他写了一封信,在信中他解释了事故中发生的一切。
【拓展】what与how都不可以引导定语从句。
[2013·江苏] 32 The president of the World Bank says he has a passion for China,________ he remembers starting as early as his childhood.
A.where B.which C.what D.when
33. C。本题考查固定短语在语境中的使用。A. take a share分担……,为……出力 B. take a chance冒险 C. take a turn转弯,转;(情况、形势等)转变 D. take a lead领先,带头。根据本句,for the better的提示,可见是讲转变,变得更好,所以选C。
【句意】有了源于其他食品文化的灵感,美国饮食文化可以变得更好。
[2013·湖南卷] 21 Happiness and success often come to those ________ are good at recognizing their own strengths.
A. whom B. who C. what D. which
21. B。考查定语从句。who指代先行词those(那些人),在从句中做主语, whom不能做主语,which指物,what不能引导定语从句,故选择B。
解题技巧:找主干,析从句。1.找主干:因为主句完整, Happiness and success often come to those.不难看出本题考查定语从句,排除what。2.析从句:____are good at recognizing their own strengths,缺主语,先排除whom,先行词those(那些人),排除which,故选择who。
【句意】幸福和成功总青睐能善于意识到自己长处的人们。
[2013·福建卷]27 The book tells stories of the earthquake through the eyes of those ________ lives were affected.
A. whose B. that C. who D. which
27. A。本题考查定语从句。____ lives were affected.是定语从句,修饰those,从句的主语是____ lives,缺修饰语,所以选whose。
【句意】这本书从经历过地震的人的角度来讲述地震的故事。
[2013·北京卷] 27Many countries are now setting up national parks ________ animals and plants can be protected.
A. when B. which C. whose D. where
27. D。本题考查定语从句的连词。空处之后是一个定语从句,先行词是park,在定语从句中作地点状语,“in the park”,故应该选用关系副词where。
【句意】许多国家都在建立国家公园,可以保护很多动植物。
【小窍门】定语从句中关系词的选择取决于在定语从句中的句法作用,要看它做什么成分,而不是表示什么,如表示时间,地点等的先行词,在定语从句中未必就是做时间或者地点状语,如果是做主语,宾语,表语,那就不能用关系副词when,where,而应该根据具体情况,选用关系代词。
[2013·安徽卷] 29 Mo Yan was awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature in 2012, ________ made one of the Chinese people's long-held dreams come true.
A.it B.that C.what D.which
29. D。本题考查定语从句的关系词。首先根据句意确定逗号之后是一个非限定性定语从句,锁定正确答案是which;that 不能引导非限定性定语从句,排除;what不能引导定语从句,排除;如果用it, 根据句子结构,它的前面缺少一个连词,排除。
【句意】莫言被授予2012年诺贝尔文学奖,使得中国人长久以来的一个梦想成真了。
[2013·天津卷]6 We have launched another man-made satellite,________ is announced in today's newspaper.
A. that B. which C.who D.what
6.B。本题考查非限制性定语从句。本句中which指代的就是前面整句话的内容,即我们又发射了一颗人造卫星这件事,可翻译成“这一点”。
【句意】我们又发射了一颗人造卫星,这一事件在今天的新闻中得到了报道。
[2013·课标全国卷Ⅱ] 4When I arrived, Bryan took me to see the house ________ I would be staying.
A. what B. when C. where D. which
4. C。本题考查定语从句的连词。空处之后是一个定语从句,解题关键就是看关系词在定语从句中作什么成分。这个句子中,先行词是house,在定语从句中,做地点状语,即:I would be staying in the house,所以要用关系副词where。
【句意】当我到达的时候,布莱恩带我去看房子,我将住在那个房子里。
【小窍门】定语从句关系词的选择,关键要看关系词在定语从句中的句法作用,而不是看它是关于什么的名词,例如,如果先行词是表示时间地点的名词,具体用哪个关系词,要看它在从句中是做状语还是做主语宾语表语,如果是做时间或者地点状语,那就用关系副词when或者where;如果是做主语宾语表语,那就要根据具体情况选用关系代词。
[2013浙江]5. The children, ______ had played the whole day long, were worn out.
A. all of what B. all of which C. all of them D. all of whom
5.D。考查 定语从句。非限制性定语从句,介词of后用whom指代着前面的children。解题思路:1.数谓语,句子中有两个谓语,需要连词,排除C;2.确定从句类型,主句主干完整,可判断出是定语从句而非名词性从句,排除A;3.先行词是人,排除B,选择D。
【句意】孩子们,玩了一整天,都筋疲力尽了。
【2012辽宁卷】34. The newcomer went to the library the other day and searched for he could find about Mark Twain.
A. wherever B. however C. whatever D. whichever
【考点】连词用法
【答案】C
【解析】介词for后面加的是宾语从句,且从句中find缺少宾语,所以用whatever,选C项
【2012四川卷】17. Scientists study ____ human brains work to make computers.
A. when B. how C. that D. whether
【答案】 B
【考点】本题考查名词性从句。
【解析】句意为:科学家研究人类大脑是如何工作以制造出电脑的。根据句意,故答案选B。
【2012江西卷】25.It suddenly occurred to him he had left his keys in the office.
A.whether B.where C.which D.that
【答案】D  
【考点】考察名词性从句当中的主语从句。
【解析】it作形式主语,真正的主语为that he had left his keys in the office。且that在句中无意义,并不充当任何成分。
【2012湖南】6. Everyone in the village is very friendly. It doesn't matter ____ you have lived there for a short or a long time.
A. why B. how C. whether D. when
【答案】C
【2012浙江卷】4. I made a promise to myself______ this year, my first year in high school, would be different.
A. whether B. what C. that D. how
【考点】名词性从句—同位语从句
【答案】C
【解析】that引导同位语从句,在从句中不做句子成分,补充说明同位语promise的内容。
【2012江苏卷】27.The notice came around two in the afternoon ____the meeting would be postponed.
A. when B. that C. whether D. how
【考点】名词性从句-同位语从句
【答案】B
【解析】句意为:会议将被延期的通知大约下午两点钟来。空格后的句子是解释说明名词the notice,作同位语从句,在从句中不做任何成分,所以用that引导。
【举一反三】同位语从句就是在复合句中作名词的同位语的名词性从句。
1.同位语从句的功能?
同位语从句对名词进一步解释,说明名词的具体内容,一般由that引导。如:?
The king’s decision that the prisoner would be set free surprised all the people.?
国王作出的这名囚犯释放的决定让人们大吃一惊。
2.同位语在句子中的位置?
同位语从句有时可以不紧跟在它所说明的名词后面,而是被别的词隔开。如:?
He got the news from Mary that the sports meeting was put off.?
他从玛丽那里得知运动会要延期举行。
3.同位语从句与定语从句的区别?
1)定语从句中的that既代替先行词,同时在从句中作某个成分(主语或宾语),而同位语从句中的that是连词,只起连接主句与从句的作用,不充当句中任何成分。?
2)定语从句是形容词性的,其功能是修饰先行词,对先行词加以限定,描述它的性质或特征;同位语从句是名词性的,其功能是对名词进行补充说明。如:?
The news that he told me is that Tom would go abroad next year.?
他告诉我的消息是汤姆明年将出国。(第一个that引导的从句是定语从句,that在从句中作宾语)?
The news that Tom would go abroad is told by him.?
汤姆将出国的消息是他讲的。(同位语从句,that在句中不作任何成分)
【试题延伸】(2011·天津)Modern science has given clear evidence ____smoking can lead to many diseases.
A. what B. which C. that D. where)]
点拨. C。题意:抽烟会导致多种疾病,对此现代科学已经给出了明确的证据。本题考查名词性从句(同位语从句)。evidence后的从句说明的是其具体内容,从句中不缺少句子成分,故用that引导同位语从句。 其他三项引导同位语从句都要在从句中作成分。
【2012安徽卷】27.The limits of a person’s intelligence generally speaking, are fixed at birth, but
he reaches these limits will depend on his environment.
A. where B. whether C. that D. why
【答案】B
【解析】首先把插入语generally speaking删掉,选择B.本题考查名词性从句,but whether he reaches these limits 【作为句子主语】will depend on his environment.
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【2012全国新课程】24. It is by no means clear the president can do to end the strike.
A. how B. which
C. that D. what
【答案】
D
【解析】此处it是形式主语,what引导的是主语从句,作真正的主语。What作do的宾语。句意:总统采取什么行动结束这次罢工一点也不清楚。
【考点】考查主语从句的连接词。
【2012山东卷】25. It doesn’t matter ________ you pay by cash or credit card in this store.
A. how B. whether
C. what D. why
【答案】B
【解析】此处it是形式主语,后面whether...or…引导的主语从句是真正的主语,whether...or…意为:是…还是…都行。句意:在这个商店中用现金或信用卡支付都可以。
【考点】考查主语从句的连接词。
【2012福建卷】35. We promise attends the party a chance to have a photo taken with the movie star.
A. who B. whom C. whoever D. whomever
【考点】本句考查连词的辨析
【答案】C
【解析】首先本句考查的关键短语是promise sb sth“向某人承诺某事“本句指的是向参加聚会的人提供一个和电影明星合影的机会,不定式做chance的定语,然后就是参加聚会的任何人whoever=anyone who,这样句子就很清晰了,所以划分句子成分非常关键,以前考察whoever都是做状语,而本题考查的是作promise的宾语,挺新颖的。
【2011北京卷 22】__________ Barbara Jones offers to her fans is honesty and happiness.
A. Which B. What C. That D. Whom
【答案】B
【考点】考察名词性从句中的主语从句。
【解析】句意:这个惊人的消息使我意识到我们将面临多么严重的问题。结合句意可知答案为A,此处what引导的宾语从句是一个感叹句。
【2011北京卷 31】The shocking news mad me realize ________ terrible problems we would face.
A. what B. how C. that D. why
【答案】A
【考点】考查名词性从句中的宾语从句。
【解析】由句中的IS可知其前面是由what引导的主语从句,且what在从句中作offer的宾语,故答案为A项。
【2011上海卷 35】There is clear evidence _____ the most difficult feeling of all to interpret is bodily pain.
A. what B. if C. how D. that
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词性从句中的同位语从句。
【解析】句意为:证据表明,所有能够说明的感觉中最困难的是身体的疼痛。分析句子结构,从句中不错成分,故用关联词that。
【2011上海卷 38】The message you intend to convey through words may be the exact opposite of _____ others actually understand.
A. why B. that C. which D. what
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词性从句中的宾语从句。
【解析】句意为:你试图通过言语表达的意思或许恰恰跟别人理解的相反。
【2011山东卷 26】I am afraid he’s more of a talker than a doer, which is ______ he never finishes anything.
A. that B. when C. where D. why
【答案】D
【考点】考查表语从句。
【解析】句义:我恐怕他比起来一个实践家更是一个空谈家,那就是他一事无成的原因。本文“which is..”引导的一个非限定性定语从句中有一个表语从句根据句意用“why”引导。
【2011山东卷 33】We’ve offered her the job, but I don’t know______ she’ll accept it.
A. where B. what . whether D. which
【答案】C
【考点】此题考查宾语从句的引导词。
【解析】根据句意“我们提供给她了这份工作,但我不知道她是否会接受”。whether “是否“, where “哪里“what “什么”,which “哪个“。
【2011江西卷 26.】The villagers have already known ______ we’ll do is to rebuild the bridge.
A. this B. that C. what D. which
【答案】C
【考点】考察宾语从句和主语从句。
【解析】村民们已经知道我们将要做的事情是重建这座桥,后面的宾语从句的主语从句中缺少主语且指物,所以选择what。
【2011江苏卷 26】It was never clear _______ the man hadn’t reported the accident sooner.
A. that B. how C. when D. why
【答案】A
【考点】考查主语从句。
【解析】句意:这名男子没有早点报告这次事故的原因根本没有搞清楚。It在句中是形式主语,真正的主语是why引导的主语从句。
【2011安徽卷 33】His writing is so confusing that it’s difficult to make out _____it is he is trying to express.
A. that B. how C. who D. what
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【解析】句意为:他的笔迹非常混乱,很难弄清他想表达什么意思。本题考查动词短语make out引起的的宾语从句,该空在宾语从句中作express的宾语,表示事物,故选择D项。That在宾语从句中不作句子成分;how作方式状语;who作主语,指人。只有what可用作宾语并且指事物。
【2011四川卷 10】Our teachers always tell us to believe in ________ we do and who we are if we want to succeed.
A. why B. how C. what D. which
【答案】C
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【解析】in介词之后所接的宾语从句中缺少及物动词do的宾语,指事物,故填what。why“为什么”;how“怎么样”;which“哪一个”。
【2011辽宁卷 23】Twenty students want to attend the class that aims to teach ______ to read first.
A. what B. who . how D. why
【答案】C
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【解析】句子意思:20个学生想要去听旨在教授如何快速阅读的课程。根据句子结构可知,that aims to teach ______ to read first.是定语从句,修饰先行词class,在此定语从句中,teach后接的宾语从句中缺少表示方式的连接词,故how正确。此处为“连接词+to do”结构。
【2011辽宁卷 32】When the news came _____ the war broke out, he decided, to serve in the army.
A. since B. which C. that D. because
【答案】C
【考点】考查同位语从句。
【解析】句意:当战争爆发的消息传来时,他决定去部队服役。此处的“ the war broke out”解释说明the news的具体内容,且从句中不缺少成分,故为同位语从句,用that连接。
【2011天津卷 13】Modern science has given clear evidence ______ smoking can lead to many diseases.
A. what B. which C. that D. where
【答案】C
【考点】考查名词性从句中的同位语从句。
【解析】句意为:现代科技已经给出了充分的证据,表明吸烟可能引起许多疾病。
【2011陕西卷 15】I’d like to start my own business–that’s ____ I’d do if I had the money.
A. why B. when C. which D. what
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词性从句中的表语从句。
【解析】后面从句不完整,do后面缺少宾语,所以要填连接代词what,答案D。
【2011重庆卷 22】It is still under discussion __________the old bus station should be replaced with a modern hotel or not.
A. whether B. when C. which D. where
【答案】A
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【解析】still under discussion“还在讨论中”说明“旧中巴车站是否应该被一个宾馆替代”还没决定。且根据后面的whether…or not也可以做出正确选择。
【2011重庆卷 34】It is not always easy for the public to see _______ use a new invention can be of to human life.
A. whose B. what C. which D. that
【答案】B
【考点】考查宾语从句。
【解析】What引导宾语从句,同时在从句中作use的定语。还原句子为“a new invention can be of what use”。
【2011湖南卷)31】Before a problem can be solved, it must be obvious ______the problem itself is.
A. what B. that C. which D. why
【答案】A
【考点】本题考察的是名词性从句中主语从句。
【解析】从句中缺表语,排除B和D;又因题目没有给出problem的范围,故选A;句意:在解决问题之前,一定要弄清楚问题是什么。
〖10福建〗We should respect food and think about the people who don’t have we have here and treat food nicely.
A. that B. which C. what D. whether
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗宾语从句
〖解析〗空格在句中充当宾语。我们应该尊重食物, 考虑那些我们所拥有的东西和认真对待食物的态度。
〖10湖南〗Cindy shut the door heavily and burst into tears. No one in the office knew
she was so angry.
A. where B. whether C. that D. why
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗考查名词性从句。
〖解析〗该空引导宾语从句, 根据句意 “办公室中没人知道她为什么如此生气”可判断选D项。
〖10天津〗As a new graduate, he doesn’t know it takes to start a business here.
A. how B. what C. When D. which
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗考查名词性从句。
〖解析〗句意:作为一名新毕业生, 他不知道需要什么才能在这里开始经营。空格后的从句中takes是动词, 其后缺少宾语, 所以引导该宾语从句的连接词要用what。
〖10北京〗 some people regard as a drawback is seen as a plus by many others.
A. Whether B. What C. That D. How
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查主语从句。
〖解析〗句意:一些人眼中的缺点是别人眼中的优点。从句中缺宾语, 只能用B. what来引导. C.中的That引导主语从句不做成分。
〖10浙江〗—How about camping this weekend, just for a change
—OK, you want.
A. whichever B. however C. whatever D. whoever
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗本题考查引导词。
〖解析〗句意:“这个周末野营怎么样, 来点新鲜的?” “好啊, 按你的意思吧!”根据语境分析出后者支持前面的提出的观点。
〖10浙江〗It is uncertain side effect the medicine will bring about, although about two thousand patients have taken it.
A. that B. what C. how D. whether
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查主语从句的引导词。
〖解析〗根据句意:尽管大约有两千名病人服用过这种药物, 但是, 它会带来什么样的副作用还不确定。side effect意思是 “副作用”, 还原主语从句中的主干是the medicine will bring about ______ side effect。故选择what, 形容词 “什么样的”, 起修饰作用。
〖10上海〗One reason for her preference for city life is she can have easy access to places like shops and restaurants.
A. that B. how C. what D. why
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗此处考查的是同位语从句。
〖解析〗考查that引导同位语从句的用法。此处that不可以省略。
〖10湖北〗The news ________(房价将要下跌)has caused many people to sell their houses at lower prices. (fall)
〖答案〗that the housing price will fall
〖考点〗同位语从句
〖解析〗用 “that” 引导同位语从句, “房价”译成 “housing price”。
〖10山东〗Before the sales start, I make a list of ______ my kids will need for the coming season.
A. why B. what C. how D. which
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查宾语从句的引导词。
〖解析〗句意应为 “在大甩卖开始前, 我把孩子们在下个季节里要用到的东西列了一个清单。”分析句式结构可知, 空格处在句中引导宾语从句且在从句中充当need的宾语, 所以B项结构正确。which 引导名词性从句时多表示疑问且要有一个明确的范围。
〖10上海〗When changing lanes, a driver should use his turning signal to let other drivers know .
A. he is entering which lane B. which lane he is entering
C. is he entering which lane D. which lane is he entering
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查宾语从句。
〖解析〗which引导的句子做know的宾语, 句子用陈述语序。
〖10四川〗How much one enjoys himself travelling depends largely on he goes with, whether his friends or relatives. w_
A. what B. who C. how D. why w
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗考查介词后的宾语从句。
〖解析〗根据句末的 whether his friends or relatives可知应是和谁去, 故选B。句意为 “一个人旅游多么享受很大程度上取决于他和谁去, 无论是他的朋友还是亲戚。”
〖10全国Ⅰ〗We haven’t discussed yet ______ we are going to place our new furniture.
A. that B. which C. what D. where
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗根据选项此题考查从句。题
〖解析〗句意:我们还没有讨论把我们的新家具放在哪里。干中空格划在动词discuss的后面, 因此考查宾语从句, 根据句意在宾语从句中缺少地点状语, 因此选择D。
〖10湖北〗I want to be liked and loved for I am inside.
A. who B. where C. what D. how
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗宾语从句
〖解析〗我想别人喜欢我是因为我的内在。也就是我inside的品质。只有what可以指代是什么。很多同学误选A, 错误的用中文语言习惯去做英文题。
〖10全国Ⅱ〗—Have you finished the book
---No,I’ve read up to _________the children discover the secret cave.
A. which B. what C. that D. where
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗考查宾语从句。
〖解析〗Up to为介词结构, 后接宾语从句从句;而句意是 “读到孩子们发现秘密洞穴的地方”, 故用where引导这个宾语从句最合适。
〖10江苏〗—I prefer shutting myself in and listening to music all day on Sundays.
—That’s_______I don’t agree. You should have a more active life.
A. where B. how C. when D. what
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗考查表语从句。
〖解析〗这就是我不同意的地方.agree 是不及物动词,所以用where. 用表语从句。
〖10北京〗Part of the reason Charles Dickens loved his own novel, David Copperfield, was _______ it was rather closely modeled on his own life.
A. what B. that C. why D. whether
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查表语从句。
〖解析〗从句不缺成分, 因此用that来引导。句意:狄更斯喜欢他自己的小说大卫科波菲尔的部分原因是小说创作非常贴近他本人的真实生活。学生姓名:周凌峰 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:10 教学时间:2014/02/11 10:00-12:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
【知识要点】
一、定语从句的意义?
形容词性从句一般称为定语从句,在句子中起定语作用,修饰一个名词或代词,有时可修饰一个句子。被定语从句修饰的词叫先行词。?
定语从句的位置:一般置于先行词之后,由关系代词和关系副词引导。 ?
二、关系词的用法?
引导定语从句的关系代词有which,that,who,whom,whose。?
关系副词有when,where,why等。?
关系代词和关系副词不仅有连接先行词和从句的作用,而且在从句中担当一个句子成分。
1.关系代词的用法:?
1)由who引导的定语从句?
关系代词who只能指人,在从句中作主语或宾语。如:?
A teacher is a person who passes knowledge to the student.?
教师是传授知识的人。(关系代词在从句中作主语)?
The man who can do this work will get 1000 dollars.?
能够做此工作的人将获得1000美元。(关系代词who在从句中作主语)?
2)由whom引导的定语从句?
关系代词whom只能指人,是who的宾格,在从句中作宾语,在口语中常常省略。如:?
The man whom you met on the street is my father.?
你在街上碰到的那个人是我父亲。(关系代词who在从句中作宾语,可以省略)?
The woman (whom)you talked with yesterday will come here the day after tomorrow.?
昨天和你谈话的那位妇女后天来这儿。(关系代词whom在从句中作宾语,可以?省略)??
3)由that引导的定语从句?
关系代词that在从句中既可以作主语,又可作宾语;既可指人,又可指物。如:?
She is the woman that often comes here.?
她就是常常来这儿的那个妇女。(关系代词that在从句中作主语,指人)?
The book that is on the desk was written by my grandfather.?
桌子上的那本书是我祖父写的。(关系代词that在从句中作主语,指物。此句中的that可以用which替换)Is there anything that I can do for you 我能为你做点什么呢?(关系代词that在从句中作宾语,指物。此句中的that不能用which替换)?
The passenger and the suitcases that were still waiting had to be transferred to another plane. 仍在等待的乘客和行李只得改乘另一架飞机。(这句的关系代词that不能用which替换,因为它在此句中既指人又指物)?
4)由which引导的定语从句?
关系代词which一般指物,在从句中可作主语,也可以作宾语。如:?
He came late,which made the teacher angry.?
他来晚了,这使老师很生气。(which引导非限定性定语从句,在从句中作主语)?
That is the pencil which I lost yesterday.?
那就是我昨天丢失的铅笔。(which引导限定性定语从句,在从句中作宾语,which可以省略)5)由whose引导的定语从句?
关系代词whose是who的所有格,在从句中作定语,既可指人,又可指物。如:?
This is the boy whose parents died last year. 这是那个父母去年去世的男孩。 (whose作定语,指人)注:“whose+名词中心词”这一结构在定语从句中既能作主语,又能作宾语。whose 的先行词常用来指人,但有时也可以用来指具体事物或抽象概念,这时可以与of which 结构互换,词序是:“名词+of which”。如:They came to a house whose back wall had broken down.(= the back wall of which)他们来到后墙已经倒塌的一个房子。?
He’s written a book the name of which I’ve completely forgotten.(= whose name)他写了本书,书的名字?
任何触犯法律的人都应该受到?惩罚。??
先行词为those时,宜用who。如:?
Those who want to see the film sign up here. 想看电影的人在这儿签名。?
一个句子带有两个定语从句时,其中一个定语从句的关系代词用that,另一个用who。?
The boy that you met at the school gate yesterday morning is our monitor who studies very hard.
昨天早上你在校门口遇到的那个男孩是我们班学习很用功的班长。?
2)当先行词指物时,许多情况下,既可以用关系代词which,也可用关系代词that,但在下列情况中,只能用关系代词that,而不用which。?
在there+be 的句型中,句子的主语是先行词,而且又是物。如:?
There are two novels that I want to read.我要读的有两本小说。?
There is no work that can be done now. 没有什么工作现在能做的了。?
当先行词为主句的表语或者关系代词为从句的表语时。如:?
This is the book that was bought yesterday.这就是昨天买的书。?
Our school is no longer the school that it used to be.我们的学校不再是以前的学校了。
以Here is (are)开头的句子时。如:?
Here is a film that will move anyone.这是一部将使任何人受感动的电影。?
Here are two books that I will buy.这是我要买的两本书。?
It is (high)time+定语从句中。如:?
It is time that we should have a rest.我们应该休息了。?
It is high time that they started out.他们该动身了。?
当先行词是way等词时,关系代词用that或者in which在定语从句中作方式状语时,在口语中,常可省略。如:?
This is the way that my father did this work.这就是我父亲做此工作的方式。?
She admired the way in which I answered the questions.她羡慕我回答问题的方式。?
在双重限定性定语从句中,如果一个从句用who或者which引导时,那么另一个从句用that引导。如:He is the student that I have ever see who can jump highest.?
他是我曾经看到过跳的最高的学生。?
My brother studies in the school which is the most beautiful in our city that isn’t far from here.?
我的弟弟在我们的城市最美丽的学校读书,并且离这儿不远。?
当先行词被the last ,the very 和the only修饰时。如:?
This is the very pen that I am looking for.这正是我找的钢笔。?
The only book I want to read is missing.我惟一想看的书不见了。?
在强调句子中,并且以who,which,what开头时。如:?
Who was it that was lost 究竟是谁迷路了?(此句中,最好不用who来代替that,避免重复)What was it that you did last week 你上周究竟做什么了??
当先行词前有序数词时。如:?
You are the first person that I want to ask for. 你是我要见的第一个人。?
This is the second book that I have ever written.这是我写的第二本书。?
当先行词被all,every,no,some,few,little,much,both等修饰时,如:?
This is all that I want to say at the meeting.这就是我在会上要说的。?
Have you any books that are worth reading 你有值得看的书吗??
当先行词既指人又指物时。如:?
The professor and his achievement that I heard about are admired by them.?
我听说的那位教授和他的成就得到他们的赞美。?
Let’s talk about the persons and the things that we can remember.?
让我们谈论能够想起的人和事。?
当先行词为anything,everything,nothing时,关系代词用that,不用which;但用something时,用which或者that均可。如:?
Everything we have seen in China is moving.我们在中国看见的东西件件感人。?
I have nothing that is worth reading.我没有什么值得一读的东西。?
当先行词是疑问代词who时。如:?
Who that you have ever seen can beat him in chess 你曾见过谁能在棋艺上打败他??
3)that,which,whom在定语从句中作宾语可以省略。如:?
This is the book (which) you were looking for yesterday. 这就是你昨天找的那本书。?
I don’t like the novel (that)you are reading.我不喜欢你看的这本小说。?
4)定语从句中关系代词作主语时,从句的人称、数与先行词一致。如:?
Those who are in their forties are required to have a physical examination this afternoon.?
请那些年龄在四十几岁的人于今天下午去进行体检。?
(先行词those是复数,关系代词who也就看作是复数,所以从句的谓语动词就用了复数形式are了)This is the magazine which was sent to me by post.这是通过邮局寄给我的杂志。?
(先行词the magazine是单数,关系代词which也就看作是单数,所以从句的谓语动词就用了单数形式was sent)?
5)定语从句的时态不要求与主句时态一致。如:?
The story which I read last night is very interesting.?
我昨天晚上看的那则故事非常有趣。
3.关系副词的用法?
1)when 指时间,在从句中作时间状语,它的先行词通常有time,day,morning,night,week,year 等。如:?
I still remember the time when I first became a college student.?
我仍然记得我成为大学生的那个时刻。?
Do you know the date when Lincoln was born 你知道林肯出生的日期吗??
注:when时常可以省略,特别是在某些句型和某些时间状语中。如:?
Each time he came,he did his best to help us.每次他来,都尽他所能帮我们。?
2)where指地点,在从句中作地点状语。它的先行词通常有place,spot,street,house,room,city,town,country等。如:?
This is the hotel where they are staying.这是他们住的旅馆。?
I forget the house where the Smiths lived.我不记得史密斯先生住过的房子了。?
注:where有时也可以省略。如:?
This is the place (where)we met yesterday. 这是我们昨天见面的地方。?
3)why指原因或理由,它的先行词只有reason。如:?
That is the reason why he is leaving so soon.那就是他为什么要离开的原因。?
注:why时常也可以省略。如:?
That is the real reason he did it.那就是他做此事的真正原因。
4.使用关系副词应注意下列几点:?
1)这三个关系副词在意义上都相当于一定的介词+which结构:?
when = on (in,at,during...)+which;?
where = in (at,on...)+which;?
why = for which.如:?
I was in Beijing on the day when (=on which)he arrived.?
他到的时候,当时我正在北京。?
The office where (=in which) he works is on the third floor.?
他工作的办公室在?三楼。??
This is the chief reason why (=for which)we did it.这是我们做这件事的主要原因。?
2)当先行词是表时间的time,day等和表地点的place,house等时,一定要注意分析从句的结构,如果缺少主语或宾语时,关系词应该用which或that,缺少时间状语或地点状语时,才能用when或where,试比较:?
I’ll never forget the day when my hometown was liberated.?
我将永远不会忘记我的家乡被解放的那一天。?
I’ll never forget the days which/that we spent together last summer.?
我将永远不会忘记去年夏天我们共同度过的那段时光。?
3)when和where既可以引导限制性定语从句,也可以引导非限制性定语从句。而why 只能引导限制性定语从句。 ?
三、“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句?
在这种结构中,关系代词若是表示人时,就只能用whom;关系代词若是表示事物时,就只能用which。
1.当介词放在关系代词的前面时,介词宾语只能用which (指物)或whom 关系代词不能省略。如:
He has found a good job for which he is qualified.?
他找到了一份他能胜任的工作。?
(qualify + 名词+for意为“使……具有……资格”)?
The man to whom you talked just now will chair the meeting tomorrow.?
你刚才与他谈话的那个人明天主持那个会议。( talk to+名词意为“与某人谈话”)?
He is bargaining with the landlord over the monthly price at which the apartment rents. 他在与房东就那套公寓出租的月租金进行磋商。(名词+rent at+表示价格的词意为“某物以某价格出租”)
2.当介词位于定语从句的末尾时,可用that/which(指物),that/whom/who(指人)作介词的宾语,而且作介词宾语的关系代词往往省略。如:?
This is the hero (that/who/whom)we are proud of.这就是我们引以为豪的英雄。?
This is the pen ( that/which)I wrote the letter with.这就是我用来写信的那枝笔。
3.“复合介词短语+关系代词which”引导的定语从句,这种结构引导的定语从句常与先行词用逗号分开,定语从句常用倒装语序。?
He lived in a big house,in front of which stood a big tall tree.?
他住在一所大房子里,房前有一棵大高树。?
The monkey crossed the river,in the middle of which he was almost killed.?
那只猴子过了河,在河中央它差点淹死。?
注意:在一些固定搭配的动词短语中,由于动词和介词不可分割,因此不能把介词置于关系代词之前。如:?
This is the pen which I’m looking for.这正是我在寻找的那枝笔。?
The boys he is looking after are very healthy. 他照看的那些小男孩都很健康。
4.介词+关系代词=关系副词?
1)这就是我们去年住过的房间。?
This is the room which we lived in last year.?
This is the room in which we lived last year.?
This is the room where we lived last year.?
2)我仍然记得我入党的那一天。?
I still remember the day on which I joined the Party.?
I still remember the day when I joined the Party.?
通过对上述知识的掌握,对于一个句子我们可用不同的表达方法来表达。如:?
那就是他工作的大学。?
四、定语从句的种类以及区别
1.定语从句分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句,现将它们之间的用法及区别列表如下
限制性定语从句 非限制性定语从句
和先行词的关系密切(删去后,影响整个句子意义的表达) 和先行词的关系不密切(是一种补充说明,删去后不影响整个句子意义的表达)
不用逗号分开 一般使用逗号分开
可用关系代词that引导 不可用关系代词that引导
可以省略(that,who,which在从句中担当宾语时可以省略) 不可以省略
可以替代(whom作宾语时,可用who或that替代) 不能替代
只可以修饰先行词,不可以修饰主句或主句的一部分 修饰整个主句或主句的一部分,此时定语从句前有逗号分开,只能用which或as引导。
请看下面例句的不同含义:?
限制性:她有两个当解放军的儿子。?
She has two sons who are P.L.A. men.?
(Maybe she has other sons who are not P.L.A. men.)?
非限制性:她有两个儿子,他们都是解放军。?
She has two sons,who are P.L.A. men.?
(She has only two sons. They are both P.L.A. men.)?
体会下列非限制性定语从句?
Yesterday I met Li Ping,who seemed to be busy.?
昨天我遇到了李平,他看起来?很忙。??
We will put off the meeting until next week,when we won’t be so busy.?
我们将把会议推迟到下周举行,到那时我们就不会这么忙了。
2.关系代词which与as引导定语从句的区别?
which与as都可以引导定语从句,但它们有许多用法上的区别,现就此简要分析如下:??
1)which与as引导非限定性定语从句的区别:?
which只能放在主句后面,而as引导的从句位置相对较灵活,可在前,可在后。如:?
As he realized,I was very useful to him.?
(在前)正像他所意识到的那样,我对他非常有用。?
Air,as we know,is a gas.(在中)空气,众所周知,是一种气体。?
He was a foreigner,as I know from his accent.?
(在后)他是个外国人,正像我从他的口音判断的那样。?
He came late again,which made his boss angry.?
(在后)他又来晚了,这一点使得老板很生气。?
在which引导的定语从句中,谓语动词若是am,is,are,则这些系动词不能省略,而as后面若是这种情况,则可以省略。如:?
He is a teacher,as (is)clear from his manner.(is可以省略)他是个老师,这从他的言谈举止可看清楚。?
He said he had never seen her before,which was not true.?
(was 不可省略)他说他从来没见过她,这一点不对。?
当which引导的从句在意义上近乎并列关系时,可以用and this,and that代替,意思是“这件事”。如:He changed his mind,which (and this,and that)made me very angry.?
他改变了主意,这使我很生气。?
She has married again,which (and this,and that)was unexpected.?
出乎意料的是,她又结婚了。?
而as主要起与上下文连接的作用,表达说话人的看法、观点,并指出主句内容的出处或根据等。如:?
Einstein,as we know,is a famous scientist.爱因斯坦,众所周知,是位伟大的科学家。?
As is announced in today’s newspaper,we must improve our style of work.?
今天的报纸上说,我们必须改进工作作风。?
作主语时,which既可以作系动词be的主语,也可以作实义动词的主语,而as只可以作系动词be的主语。如:?
He married her,which was natural.?
(可用as代替which)他和她结婚,这是很自然的事。??
He won a/the Nobel Prize in chemistry,which made him illustrious.?
(不可用as代替which)他获得了诺贝尔化学奖,这使他名扬天下。?
当定语从句位于主句之后,纯粹表示主句所述的内容,不带有“如……那样”的意思时,往往用which,而不用as。如:?
They were invited to the state banquet,which was a great honor to them.?
他们被邀请参加国宴,这对他们来说是莫大的荣幸。?
We had to sleep in our wet clothes,which was most uncomfortable.?
我们不得不穿着湿衣服睡觉,这简直太不舒服了。?
Mummy always treats me just like a baby,which I can’t bear.?
妈妈老把我当成小孩子对待,这让我无法忍受。?
当定语从句有“如同……那样”的意思时,用as比用which更常见,而这些从句几乎成为固定说法。如:
Things will turn out contrary to one’s wishes,as is often the case.?
事与愿违,这是常有的事。?
As was natural, this inordinate hope was followed by an excessive depression.?
这种过分希望之后,接着是极度的沮丧,是很自然的事。?
Chaucer is buried in “Poet’s Corner”,as might have been expected.?
正如人们已经预料的,乔叟被葬在“诗人角”。?
The material is elastic,as is show in the figure.这种材料有弹性,如图所示。?
as we know众所周知?
as has been said above/before正如前文所述?
as has been pointed out正如已经指出的?
as might be imagined可以想像得到?
当定语从句的关系代词指的是先行词本身时,只能用which。如:?
These apple trees,which I planted three years ago,have not borne any fruit.?
这些苹果树是我三年前种下的,没结出任何果实。?
The Thames,which is now clean enough to swim in,was polluted for over a hundred years.?
泰晤士河,现在已经很干净,可以在里面游泳,它曾被污染了一百多年。?
带介词的典型的定语从句,必须用which,不能用as。如:?
There is a great deal of oxygen around us,without which we could not live.我们周围有许多氧气,没有它我们就无法生存。?
The shed in our garden,in which we often played,has lasted for a long time.?
我们经常玩耍的花园里的那个棚子,已经有很长时间了。?
2)引导限制性定语从句时which与as的区别:?
先行词如为表示物的名词或代词,在从句中又作介词的宾语时,只能用which。如:?
This is the pan in which I boiled the milk. 这就是我煮牛奶的锅。?
前面有as时,引导定语从句的关系代词用as,不用which。如:?
There are as many dictionaries as are needed.所需要的字典都有了。?
前面有such时,引导定语从句的关系代词用as,不用which。如:?
Such women as know Tom thought he was charming.?
认识汤姆的女人都认为他很?迷人。??
I have never heard such stories as he tells.他讲的那些故事我从没听过。?
He is not such a man as I expected.他不是我期望的那种人。?
前面有the same时,引导定语从句的关系代词用as而不用which。如:?
We are facing the same problems as we did years ago.?
我们正面临着和多年以前同样的困难。?
This is the same wallet as I lost.这只钱包与我丢失的那只相同。?
I have the same trouble as you have.我和你有着同样的困难。?
总之,which与as引导定语从句的区别要在实践中多体会,体会多了,才能正确运用。?
五、定语从句中的谓语动词与先行词保持一致的问题
1.one of+复数名词+关系代词+复数形动词。如:?
Titanic is one of the most wonderful movies that have been produced in Hollywood.《泰坦尼克号》是在好莱坞拍的最好的电影之一。?
2.the (only)one of+复数名词+关系代词+单数形动词。如:?
The Great Wall is the (only)one of the buildings on the earth that is seen from the moon.?
长城是地球上惟一一个从月球上能够看到的建筑。?
3.当关系代词as或which引导非限制性定语从句,修饰主句内容时,若as或which作主语,则从句的谓语动词用单数形式。如:?
Great changes have taken place in China,as is known to all.?
中国发生了巨大的变化,众所周知。?
4.其他情况?
I,who am your teacher,will try my best to help you.我,你的老师,要尽全力帮助你。?
To own a color TV set in each family,which we thought was impossible twenty years ago,now becomes true.?
每家拥有一台彩电,这在20年前我们认为不可能的事情,现在变成了现实。?
Have you heard of the persons and things that are being talked about ?
你听说了他们谈论的人和事了吗??
【考点诠释】
考点1 “介词+关系代词which/whom”中介词和关系代词的选择
介词后作宾语的关系代词为历年高考考查的重点,一般来讲有两个:指人时只能用whom,指物时只能用which。当然关系代词作定语时也可用whose。
考点2 as与which引导的非限制性定语从句的判定
1.as引导的从句表示说话人对话语的看法、态度、解释或评论。
特别提示
主句中出现the same,such,so修饰先行词时,要选择as作关系代词,在定语从句中作主语或宾语,此时as引导的是限制性定语从句。
2.which引导的此类从句对主句所叙述的事情进行补充说明,表明事物的状态或结果。
特别提示
高考一般不考查as与which引导非限制性定语从句的区别,但近年高考试题中出现过这个考点。一般来说,如果从句的含义是顺接主句的叙述,那么这两个词都可以使用;如果从句的含义是对主句的否定,或者语意不是顺接的,则只能用which
考点3 关系代词、关系副词引导定语从句的辨别
关系代词在定语从句中充当主语、宾语或表语;而关系副词在定语从句中充当时间、地点、原因等状语。一般来说,关系副词在语义上相当于”介词+which”结构。
考点4 定语从句的间隔现象
定语从句一般紧接被它修饰的先行词,但有时候它和先行词之间有可能插入其他成分,使它与先行词分隔开来,这种定语从句叫做被分隔的定语从句。在这种情况下,对关系词的准确判断显得相当重要,而且在阅读文章时会经常遇到这种情况,在阅读时要注意识别。一般来说,定语从句被分割开来大致有以下三种情况:在先行词与定语从句之间插入一个状语、定语,或被谓语动词分隔开。
有些句型结构如同位语从句、状语从句和强调句与定语从句结构较相似,稍不认真就会出错。
1.定语从句与同位语从句的区别
定语从句是对其先行词的修饰或限制,属于形容词性从句的范畴;而同位语从句是对前面抽象名词的进一一步说明和解释,属于名词性从句的范畴。
2.定语从句与强调句的区别
定语从句和强调句的判断方法:若将句中的“It is/was…that/who”去掉,而句子不缺成分,结构完整,说明原句是强调句。
3.定语从句与状语从句的区别
定语从句在句子中作定语,修饰名词、代词或句子;并且,这个被修饰的名词、代词或句子称为先行词,通常放在定语从句之前。状语从句在句子中作状语,修饰动词;通常不同的状语从句有不同的连词,位置较灵活,通常放在句首或句末,有时也放在句中。
定语从句考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. The factory was built in a secret place, around ______ high mountains.
A. which was B. it was
C. which were D. them were
请做以下类例题目:
(1) Yesterday we visited a modern hospital, around _______ some fruit shops.
A. which is B. it is
C. which are D. them are
(2) The murder happened in an old building, beside ______ the city police station.
A. which are B. it is
C. which is D. them are
(3) Next month we’ll move to a new building, next to _______ a nice restaurants where we can have Chinese food.
A. which are B. it is
C. which is D. them are
2. A man with a bleeding hand hurried in and asked, “Is there a hospital around ______ I can get some medicine for my wounded hand ”
A. that B. which
C. where D. what
3. _____ is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month.
A. It B. As
C. That D. What
比较下面一题:
_______ is known to everybody that the moon travels round the earth once every month.
A. It B. As
C. That D. What
再比较下面一组题:
(1) ______ is mentioned above, the number of the students in senior school is increasing.
A. Which B. As
C. That D. It
(2) ______ is mentioned above that the number of the students in senior school is increasing.
A. Which B. As
C. That D. It
4. David is such a good boy _______ all the teachers like.
A. that B. who
C. as D. whom
比较下面一题:
David is such a good boy _______ all the teachers like him.
A. that B. who
C. as D. whom
请再做以下试题:
It was not such a good dinner _______ she had promised us.
A. like B. that
C. which D. as
5. The buses, most of _______ were already full, were surrounded by an angry crowd.
A. that B. it
C. them D. which
类似地:
(1) His house, for _______ he paid $10, 000, is now worth $50, 000.
A. that B. it
C. them D. which
(2) Ashdown forest, through _______ we’ll be driving, isn’t a forest any longer.
A. that B. it
C. them D. which
(3) This I did at nine o’clock, after _______ I sat reading the paper.
A. that B. it
C. them D. which
(4) George, with _______ I played tennis on Sundays, was a warm-hearted person.
A. that B. him
C. them D. whom
(5) Her sons, both of ______ work abroad, will come back home this summer.
A. that B. who
C. them D. whom
(6) I met the fruit-pickers, several of _______ were still university students.
A. that B. who
C. them D. whom
6. He had thousands of students, many of ______ gained great success in their own field.
A. whom B. them
C. which D. who
比较以下各题:
(1) He asked a lot of questions, none of ______ was easy to answer.
A. which B. them
C. what D. that
(2) He asked a lot of questions, and none of ______ was easy to answer.
A. them B. which
C. what D. that
(3) He told me that he had two girl-friends, neither of _______ knew anything about the other.
A. whom B. them
C. which D. who
(4) He told me that he had two girl-friends, and neither of _______ knew anything about the other.
A. them B. whom
C. which D. who
7. He had a lot of friends, only a few of ______ invited to his wedding.
A. whom B. them
C. which D. who
比较:
(1) They put forward a lot of plans at the meeting, none of _______ carried out in their work.
A. which B. them
C. what D. that
(2) They put forward a lot of plans at the meeting, none of _______ were carried out in their work.
A. which B. them
C. what D. that
(3) They put forward a lot of plans at the meeting, but none of _______ were carried out in their work.
A. which B. them
C. what D. that
8. On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents seated together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
比较以下相似题:
(1) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents were seated together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
(2) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, and _______ parents were seated together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
(3) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents sitting together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
(4) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents sat together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
(5) On Sundays there were a lot of children playing in the park, _______ parents were sitting together joking.
A. their B. whose
C. which D. that
9. If the man is only interested in your looks, _____ just shows how shallow he is.
A. as B. which
C. what D. that
类似地:
(1) If you promise to go with us, _____ will be OK.
A. as B. which
C. and it D. that
(2) If you want a double room, _____ will cost another £15.
A. as B. which
C. what D. that
(3) Whether you go or not, _______ is quite all right with me.
A. that B. which
C. and it D. so
(4) When I say two hours, _____ includes time for eating.
A. as B. which
C. what D. that
10. She says that she’ll never forget the time ________ she’s spent working as a secretary in our company.
A. which B. when
C. how D. where
比较下面一题:
She says that she’ll never forget the time ________ she works as a secretary in our company.
A. which B. when
C. how D. where
请再做一组试题:
(1) Our company will move to a tall building _______ we bought last month.
A. which B. when
C. how D. where
(2) Our company will move to a tall building _______ has just been complete.
A. which B. when
C. how D. where
(3) Our company will move to a tall building _______ we worked two years ago.
A. where B. when
C. that D. which
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. All of the flowers now raised here have developed from those _______ in the forest.
A. once they grew B. they grew once
C. they once grew D. once grew
2. In the office I never seem to have time until after 5:30 pm, _____ many people have gone home.
A. that B. which
C. whose time D. by which time
3. Is this the reason _______ at the meeting for his carelessness in his work
A. he explained B. what he explained
C. how he explained D. why he explained
4. Luckily, we’d brought a road map without ______ we would have lost our way.
A. it B. that
C. this D. which
5. When he was working there he caught a serious illness from _____ efforts he still suffers.
A. which B. that
C. whose D. what
6. It’s said that he’s looking for a new job, one ______ he can get more money to support his family.
A. when B. where
C. that D. which
7. We are living in an age ______ many things are done on computer.
A. which B. that
C. whose D. when
8. The little time we have together we’ll try _____ wisely.
A. spending it B. to spend it
C. to spend D. spending that
9. The old building, behind _______ was a famous church, was _______ we used to work.
A. that, the place B. it, the place
C. which, where D. what, where
10. We will be shown around the city: schools, museums, and some other places, _______ other visitors seldom go.
A. what B. which
C. where D. when
11. The modern history of Italy dates from 1860, ______ the country became united.
A. when B. if
C. since D. until
12. All of the flowers now raised here have developed from those _____ in the forest.
A. once they grew B. they grew once
C. that once grew D. once grew
13. You could see the runners very well from ______ we stood.
A. which B. where
C. that D. when
14. Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase, _______ was very reasonable.
A. which price B. the price of which
C. its price D. the price of whose
15. What have you got _____ will help a cold
A. what B. that
C. it D. who
16. He was very angry and I can still remember the way _____ he spoke to me.
A. how B. that
C. what D. which
17. Do you know the man from ________ house the pictures were stolen
A. which B. that
C. what D. whose
18. I can think of many cases _______ students obviously knew a lot of English words and expressions but couldn’t write a good essay.
A. why B. which
C. as D. where
19. Is this all that you need If you married me, I’d give you everything you _____.
A. want B. wanted
C. had wanted D. are wanting
20. I met the teacher in the street yesterday ________ taught me English three years ago.
A. which B. when
C. where D. who
21. He’s got himself into a dangerous situation _____ he is likely to lose control over the plane.
A. where B. which
C. while D. why
22. He made another wonderful discovery, ______ of great importance to science.
A. which I think is B. which I think it is
C. which I think it D. I think is
23. Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, ____, of course, made the others unhappy.
A. who B. which
C. this D. what
24. Their problem today is somewhat similar to _____ they faced many years ago.
A. that B. which
C. that which D. it
25. I saw some trees the leaves of _____ were black with disease.
A. that B. which
C. it D. what
26. The famous basketballer, _______ tried to make a comeback, attracted a lot of attention.
A. where B. when
C. which D. who
27. When they went into the shop and asked to look at the engagement rings, the girl brought out a cheaper one, _______ she had arranged with James.
A. the which was what B. what was that
C. which was what D. that was that
【试题放送】
名词性从句在高考中的考查重点:
1. that和what引导名词性从句的区别;
2.名词从句的语序和时态;
3. it作形式主语、形式宾语的几种情况;
4.宾语从句的否定转移;
5.whether和if的用法区别;
6.what在名词性从句中的使用;
7.doubt后的名词性从句的使用;
8.Who / whoever, what / whatever等的用法区别;
9.连接词that的省略;
[2013·上海卷]38. An ecosystem consists of the living and nonliving things in an area ______ interact with one another.
A. that B. where C. who D. what
[2013·浙江卷]13The museum will open in the spring with an exhibition and a viewing platform_________ visitors can watch the big glasshouses being built.
A. what B. where C. when D. why
[2013·重庆卷] 24John invited about 40 people to his wedding, most of ________ are family members.
A.them B.that
C.which D.whom
[2013·陕西卷]16 is often the case with children, Amy was better by the time the doctor arrived.
A. It B. That C. What D. As
[2013·四川卷]9 Nowadays people are more concerned about the environment ________ they live.
A. what B. which
C. when D. where
[2013·山东卷]35 Finally he reached a lonely island ________ was completely cut off from the outside world.
A. when B. where
C. which D. whom
[2013·山东卷] 31There is no simple answer, ________ is often the case in science.
A. as B. that
C. when D. where
[2013·辽宁卷] 34 He may win the competition, ________ he is likely to get into the national team.
A.in which case B.in that case
C.in what case D.in whose case
[2013·江西卷] 33 He wrote a letter ________ he explained what had happened in the accident.
A. what B. which
C. where D. how
[2013·江苏] 32 The president of the World Bank says he has a passion for China,________ he remembers starting as early as his childhood.
A.where B.which
C.what D.when
[2013·湖南卷] 21 Happiness and success often come to those ________ are good at recognizing their own strengths.
A. whom B. who
C. what D. which
[2013·福建卷]27 The book tells stories of the earthquake through the eyes of those ________ lives were affected.
A. whose B. that C. who D. which
[2013·北京卷] 27Many countries are now setting up national parks ________ animals and plants can be protected.
A. when B. which C. whose D. where
[2013·安徽卷] 29 Mo Yan was awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature in 2012, ________ made one of the Chinese people's long-held dreams come true.
A.it B.that C.what D.which
[2013·天津卷]6 We have launched another man-made satellite,________ is announced in today's newspaper.
A. that B. which
C.who D.what
[2013·课标全国卷Ⅱ] 4When I arrived, Bryan took me to see the house ________ I would be staying.
A. what B. when C. where D. which
[2013浙江]5. The children, ______ had played the whole day long, were worn out.
A. all of what B. all of which C. all of them D. all of whom
【2012辽宁卷】34. The newcomer went to the library the other day and searched for he could find about Mark Twain.
A. wherever B. however C. whatever D. whichever
【2012四川卷】17. Scientists study ____ human brains work to make computers.
A. when B. how C. that D. whether
【2012江西卷】25.It suddenly occurred to him he had left his keys in the office.
A.whether B.where C.which D.that
【2012湖南】6. Everyone in the village is very friendly. It doesn't matter ____ you have lived there for a short or a long time.
A. why B. how C. whether D. when
【2012浙江卷】4. I made a promise to myself______ this year, my first year in high school, would be different.
A. whether B. what C. that D. how
【2012江苏卷】27.The notice came around two in the afternoon ____the meeting would be postponed.
A. when B. that C. whether D. how
【试题延伸】(2011·天津)Modern science has given clear evidence ____smoking can lead to many diseases.
A. what B. which C. that D. where)]
【2012安徽卷】27.The limits of a person’s intelligence generally speaking, are fixed at birth, but
he reaches these limits will depend on his environment.
A. where B. whether C. that D. why
【2012全国新课程】24. It is by no means clear the president can do to end the strike.
A. how B. which
C. that D. what
【2012山东卷】25. It doesn’t matter ________ you pay by cash or credit card in this store.
A. how B. whether
C. what D. why
【2012福建卷】35. We promise attends the party a chance to have a photo taken with the movie star.
A. who B. whom C. whoever D. whomever
【2011北京卷 22】__________ Barbara Jones offers to her fans is honesty and happiness.
A. Which B. What C. That D. Whom
【2011北京卷 31】The shocking news mad me realize ________ terrible problems we would face.
A. what B. how C. that D. why
【2011上海卷 35】There is clear evidence _____ the most difficult feeling of all to interpret is bodily pain.
A. what B. if C. how D. that
【2011上海卷 38】The message you intend to convey through words may be the exact opposite of _____ others actually understand.
A. why B. that C. which D. what
【2011山东卷 26】I am afraid he’s more of a talker than a doer, which is ______ he never finishes anything.
A. that B. when C. where D. why
【2011山东卷 33】We’ve offered her the job, but I don’t know______ she’ll accept it.
A. where B. what . whether D. which
【2011江西卷 26.】The villagers have already known ______ we’ll do is to rebuild the bridge.
A. this B. that C. what D. which
【2011江苏卷 26】It was never clear _______ the man hadn’t reported the accident sooner.
A. that B. how C. when D. why
【2011安徽卷 33】His writing is so confusing that it’s difficult to make out _____it is he is trying to express.
A. that B. how C. who D. what
【2011四川卷 10】Our teachers always tell us to believe in ________ we do and who we are if we want to succeed.
A. why B. how C. what D. which
【2011辽宁卷 23】Twenty students want to attend the class that aims to teach ______ to read first.
A. what B. who . how D. why
【2011辽宁卷 32】When the news came _____ the war broke out, he decided, to serve in the army.
A. since B. which C. that D. because
【2011天津卷 13】Modern science has given clear evidence ______ smoking can lead to many diseases.
A. what B. which C. that D. where
【2011陕西卷 15】I’d like to start my own business–that’s ____ I’d do if I had the money.
A. why B. when C. which D. what
【2011重庆卷 22】It is still under discussion __________the old bus station should be replaced with a modern hotel or not.
A. whether B. when C. which D. where
【2011重庆卷 34】It is not always easy for the public to see _______ use a new invention can be of to human life.
A. whose B. what C. which D. that
【2011湖南卷)31】Before a problem can be solved, it must be obvious ______the problem itself is.
A. what B. that C. which D. why
〖10福建〗We should respect food and think about the people who don’t have we have here and treat food nicely.
A. that B. which C. what D. whether
〖10湖南〗Cindy shut the door heavily and burst into tears. No one in the office knew
she was so angry.
A. where B. whether C. that D. why
〖10天津〗As a new graduate, he doesn’t know it takes to start a business here.
A. how B. what C. When D. which
〖10北京〗 some people regard as a drawback is seen as a plus by many others.
A. Whether B. What C. That D. How
〖10浙江〗—How about camping this weekend, just for a change
—OK, you want.
A. whichever B. however C. whatever D. whoever
〖10浙江〗It is uncertain side effect the medicine will bring about, although about two thousand patients have taken it.
A. that B. what C. how D. whether
〖10上海〗One reason for her preference for city life is she can have easy access to places like shops and restaurants.
A. that B. how C. what D. why
〖10湖北〗The news ________(房价将要下跌)has caused many people to sell their houses at lower prices. (fall)
〖10山东〗Before the sales start, I make a list of ______ my kids will need for the coming season.
A. why B. what C. how D. which
〖10上海〗When changing lanes, a driver should use his turning signal to let other drivers know .
A. he is entering which lane B. which lane he is entering
C. is he entering which lane D. which lane is he entering
〖10四川〗How much one enjoys himself travelling depends largely on he goes with, whether his friends or relatives. w_
A. what B. who C. how D. why w
〖10全国Ⅰ〗We haven’t discussed yet ______ we are going to place our new furniture.
A. that B. which C. what D. where
〖10湖北〗I want to be liked and loved for I am inside.
A. who B. where C. what D. how
〖10全国Ⅱ〗—Have you finished the book
---No,I’ve read up to _________the children discover the secret cave.
A. which B. what C. that D. where
〖10江苏〗—I prefer shutting myself in and listening to music all day on Sundays.
—That’s_______I don’t agree. You should have a more active life.
A. where B. how C. when D. what
〖10北京〗Part of the reason Charles Dickens loved his own novel, David Copperfield, was _______ it was rather closely modeled on his own life.
A. what B. that C. why D. whether学生姓名:周凌峰 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:12 教学时间:2014/02/13 10:00-12:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
【知识要点】
一、在句中起名词作用的从句叫名词性从句,它包括主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句。
如:Whether he will come here or not is unimportant to me.(主语从句)?
I don’t know what he means.(宾语从句)?
I’m glad that you are here.(宾语从句用在形容词之后)?
The teacher is satisfied with what you have done.(介词宾语从句)?
That was because he was ill.(表语从句)?
The news that he got killed in the race surprised us all.(同位语从句)??
二、引导名词性从句的连接词
连接词 词义 功能
that 无词义 不作成分,只起连接?作用
whether/if 是否 不作成分,起连接作用
what, which 什么,哪个 作主语、宾语、表语
who, whom, whose 谁,谁的 作主语、宾语、定语
when, where, how, why 什么时候/地方,怎么样,为什么 作状语
how many/much 多少 作定语
how soon/often/long/much 多久,多久一次,多长,多么 作状语
... ... 词义及功能同疑问词
whatever=anything that 无论什么 作主语、宾语、表语、?定语
whosever=anyone whose 无论谁的 作主语、宾语、定语、?表语
whichever=anything that 无论哪个 作宾语、定语、主语、表语
whoever=anyone who 无论谁 作主语
whomever=anyone whom 无论谁 作宾语
  1.that引导的从句如果作介词宾语只可用在except,in,but,besides等少数介词后。如:
I could say nothing but that I’m sorry.?
that引导的从句可作it的同位语从句。如:?
You may depend upon it that all the goods will be delivered in time.
  2.that引导宾语从句时可省略;引导其他名词性从句时,一般不省略,特别是引导主语从句且位于句首时。如:?
That the earth is round is true.
The fact that he is a thief got around.?
注意:下面一句中,第一个that可省略,第二个that不可省略:?
He said(that) he had been working here for ten years and that he wanted to go home.
3.whether与if引导名词性从句时的区别。
(1)在引导宾语从句时whether与if可互换,但如果和or not连用则只用whether。如:
I don’t know whether or not he can stay here longer.?
(2)如果宾语从句是否定结构,则用if而不用whether引导。如:?
He asked me if I wasn’t going there.?
(3)介词宾语从句只能用whether引导。如:?
I’m not interested in whether he is rich.?
(4)引导主语从句、表语从句或同位语从句一般多用whether。如:?
The question is whether you can do it yourself.?
The question whether he will come here himself isn’t decided yet.?
Whether it will do us harm or good remains to be seen.?
(5)用it作形式主语时,whether或if都可以引导主语从句。如:?
It is not clear to me whether/if he likes the present.
5.注意how long/how soon/how often/how much的区别。
How long will he stay here
他将在这里待多久??
How soon can you be ready ?
你多久能准备好??
How often do you visit her ?
你多长时间去探望她一次??
How much is that dress ?
那件衣服多少钱?
6.当主句谓语动词表示不肯定或怀疑时,宾语从句用whether/if引导;表示有把握时用that引导。如:I doubt whether/if he can win the match.?
I don’t doubt that he can win the match.
7.what与that在引导主语从句时的区别?
what引导主语从句时在从句中充当句子成分,如主语、宾语、表语,而that则不然。如:? What you said yesterday is right.?
That she is still alive is a fact.
8.主语从句不可位于句首的五种情况??
(1)if引导的主语从句不可居于复合句句首。?
(2)It is said/reported...结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
It is said that President Jiang will visit our school next week.(right)?
That President Jiang will visit our school next week is said.(wrong)?
(3)It happens...,It occurs...结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
It occurred to him that he failed in the examination.(right)?
That he failed in the examination occurred to him.(wrong)?
(4)It doesn’t matter how/whether....结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:
It doesn’t matter whether he is wrong or not.(right)?
Whether he is wrong or not doesn’t matter.(wrong)?
(5)含主语从句的复合句是疑问句时,主语从句不可提前。如:?
Is it likely that it will rain in the evening (right)?
Is that will rain in the evening likely (wrong)?
一、主语从句
主语从句是在复合句中充当主语的从句,通常放在主句谓语动词之前或由形式主语it代替,而本身放在句子末尾。
1.it 作形式主语和it引导强调句的比较?
it 作形式主语代替主语从句,主要是为了平衡句子结构,主语从句的连接词没有变化。而it引导的强调句则是对句子某一部分进行强调,无论强调的是什么成分,都可用连词that。被强调部分指人时也可用who/whom。如:?
It is a pity that you didn’t go to see the film.你没去看那场电影真是遗憾。?
It doesn’t interest me whether you succeed or not.你成功与否对我没有什么吸引力。
2.用it 作形式主语的结构?
1)It is +名词+从句?
It is a fact that ...事实是……?
It is an honor that...非常荣幸?
It is common knowledge that...……是常识?
2)it is +形容词+从句?
It is natural that...很自然……?
It is strange that...奇怪的是……?
3)it is +不及物动词+从句?
It seems that...似乎……?
It happened that...碰巧……?
4)it +过去分词+从句?
It is reported that...据报道……?
It has been proved that...已证实……
3.主语从句不可位于句首的五种情况?
1)if 引导的主语从句不可居于复合句句首。?
2)It is said ,(reported)...结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
据说江主席下周要来我校视察。?
It is said that President Jiang will visit our school next week.(right)?
That President Jiang will visit our school next week is said.(wrong)?
3)It happens...,It occurs... 结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
他考试没及格。?
It occurred to him that he failed in the examination.(right)?
That he failed in the examination occurred to him.(wrong)?
4)It doesn’t matter how/whether ...结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
他是不是错了,这一点不重要。?
It doesn’t matter whether he is wrong or not.(right)?
Whether he is wrong or not doesn’t matter.(wrong)?
5)含主语从句的复合句是疑问句时,主语从句不可提前。如:?
傍晚有可能下雨吗??
Is it likely that it will rain in the evening (right)?
Is that will rain in the evening likely (wrong)
4.what 与that 在引导主语从句时的区别?
what 引导主语从句时在从句中充当句子成分,如主语、宾语、表语,而that 则不然。如:What you said yesterday is right. 你昨天说的是对的。??
二、宾语从句
宾语从句就是在复合句中作宾语的名词性从句,通常放在主句谓语动词(及物动词)或介词之后。?
1.作动词的宾语?
1)由that引导的宾语从句(that 通常可以省略),如:?
I heard that he joined the army. 我听说他参军了。?
2)由what,whether (if)引导的宾语从句,如:?
She did not know what had happened. 她不知道发生了什么事。?
3)动词+间接宾语+宾语从句。如:?
She told me that she would accept my invitation. 她跟我说她愿意接受我的邀请。
2.作介词的宾语,如:?
Our success depends upon how well we can cooperate with one another.?
我们的成功取决于我们的合作情况。
3.作形容词的宾语,如:?
I am afraid (that)I’ve made a mistake. 我恐怕是犯错了。?
that 引导的从句常跟在下列形容词后作宾语:?
anxious,aware,certain,confident,convinced,determined,glad,proud,surprised,worried,sorry,thankful,ashamed,disappointed,annoyed,pleased,hurt,satisfied,content 等。也可以将此类词后的that 从句看作原因状语从句。
4.it 可以作为形式宾语?
it不仅可以作为形式主语,还可以作为形式宾语而把真正的宾语that 从句放在句尾,特别是在带复合宾语的句子中。如:?
We heard it that she would get married next month. 我们听说她打算下个月结婚。
5.后边不能直接跟that从句的动词?
这类动词有allow,refuse,let,like,cause,force,admire,condemn,celebrate,dislike,love,help,take,forgive等。这类词后可以用不定式或动名词作宾语,但不可以用that引导的宾语从句。如:?
我非常羡慕他们赢得了比赛的胜利。 ?
I admire their winning the match. (right)?
I admire that they won the match. (wrong)
6.不可用that从句作直接宾语的动词?
有些动词不可用于“动词+间接宾语+that从句“结构中,常见的有envy,order,accuse,refuse,impress,forgive,blame,denounce,advise,congratulate等。如:?
作为一个诚实的人,他给经理留下了很深的印象。?
He impressed the manager as an honest man.(right)?
He impressed the manager that he was an honest man.(wrong)
7.否定的转移?
若主句谓语动词为think,consider,suppose,believe,expect,fancy,guess,imagine等,其后的宾语从句若含有否定意义,一般要把否定词转移到主句谓语上,从句谓语用肯定式。如:I don’t think this dress fits you well.(我认为这件衣服不适合你穿。)??
三、表语从句
表语从句是在复合句中作表语的名词性从句,放在系动词之后,一般结构是“主语+连系动词+表语从句”。可以接表语从句的连系动词有be,look,remain,seem等。另外,常用的还有The reason is that... 和It is because 等结构。如:?
The question is whether we can make good preparation in such a short time.?
问题是我们能否在那么短的时间内作好充分的准备。?
This is why we can’t get the support of the people.?
这就是我们为什么得不到人民支持的原因。??
四、同位语从句
同位语从句就是在复合句中作名词的同位语的名词性从句。
1.同位语从句的功能?
同位语从句对名词进一步解释,说明名词的具体内容,一般由that引导。如:?
The king’s decision that the prisoner would be set free surprised all the people.?
国王作出的这名囚犯释放的决定让人们大吃一惊。
2.同位语在句子中的位置?
同位语从句有时可以不紧跟在它所说明的名词后面,而是被别的词隔开。如:?
He got the news from Mary that the sports meeting was put off.?
他从玛丽那里得知运动会要延期举行。
3.同位语从句与定语从句的区别?
1)定语从句中的that既代替先行词,同时在从句中作某个成分(主语或宾语),而同位语从句中的that是连词,只起连接主句与从句的作用,不充当句中任何成分。?
2)定语从句是形容词性的,其功能是修饰先行词,对先行词加以限定,描述它的性质或特征;同位语从句是名词性的,其功能是对名词进行补充说明。如:?
The news that he told me is that Tom would go abroad next year.?
他告诉我的消息是汤姆明年将出国。(第一个that引导的从句是定语从句,that在从句中作宾语)?
The news that Tom would go abroad is told by him.?
汤姆将出国的消息是他讲的。(同位语从句,that在句中不作任何成分)
【考点诠释】
考点1 主语从句
引导主语从句的连接词主要有三类:连接词that,whether;
连接代词what,who,whose,whatever,whichever,whoever等;
连接副词when,where,why,how等。
1.连接词that,whether引导
特别提示
(1)if不能引导主语从句。
(2)形式主语it替代主语从句。
2.连接代词引导
3.连接副词引导
考点2 宾语从句
引导宾语从句的连接词主要有三类:连接词that,whether,if等,连接代词what,who,whose,whatever,whichever,whoever等,连接副词when,where,why,how等。
1.连接词that,whether,if引导
特别提示
whether/if都意为“是否”。一般情况下,它们可以互换,口语中常用if,但以下情况中,只能用whether。
(1)与or not紧接连用时。
(2)作介词的宾语从句时。
2.连接代词和连接副词引导
连接代词有what,who,whose,whatever,whichever,whoever等,连接副词有when,where,why,how等。
3.宾语从句的语序
在宾语从句中要用陈述句语序。
4.宾语从句的时态
(1)当主句的谓语动词是一般现在时时,其宾语从句的时态可以是任何适当的时态。
(2)当主句的谓语动词是一般过去式时,其宾语从句的时态一般要用适当的过去时态。
(3)当宾语从句是表达客观真理和规律的句子时,其时态仍旧用一般现在时。
特别提示
在使用宾语从句时需要注意下面几点:
(1)动词find,feel,think,consider,make,believe,guess,suppose,assume等后有宾语补足语时,则需要用it作形式宾语,而将that宾语从句后置。
(2)hate,like,take,owe,have,take for granted等表示“喜欢;痛恨;认为”的动词或动词短语和see to表示“注意,留意”后有宾语补足语时,需要用it作形式宾语而将宾语从句后置。
(3)介词后的宾语从句。如:
(4)宾语从句的否定转移。将think,believe,suppose,expect,fancy,imagine等动词后面宾语从句的否定词转移到主句中,即主句的谓语动词用否定式,而从句的谓语动词用肯定式。
考点3、表语从句
常由连接词that,whether;连接代词who,whom,whose,which,what,whoever,whomever,whichever,whatever;连接副词when,where,how,why引导。
1.连接词引导
2.连接代词和连接副词引导
特别提示
(1)as/as if/as though引导的表语从句常跟在特定动词后面,
如seem,appear,look,taste,sound,feel等。
(2)当主句的主语是reason时,表语从句一般由that引导,这种用法常见于句型The reason why…is that…。
考点4 同位语从句
同位语从句在句子中作某一名词的同位语,一般位于该名词之后,说明该名词的具体内容。这些名词常见的有idea,fact,news,hope,belief,thought,doubt,promise,suggestion,order等。
1.通常用连词that引导同位语从句,that无词义,也不作句子成分,但不能省略。注意从句用陈述句语序。
2.同位语从句还可以用whether,when,where,why,how等引导。 .
考点5 名词性从句需要注意的事项
1.that的用法。在主语从句、表语从句和同位语从句中that一般不能够省略;在宾语从句中有时可以省略,一般需要注意下面两点:
(1)当that从句作介词宾语时,that不能省略。
(2)当主句谓语动词后接两个或两个以上的宾语从句时,可以省略第一个that,其他的不省略。
2.that与what的区别。that在从句中不能够充当句子成分,也没有含义;what可以在从句中作主语、表语、宾语或定语,意思是”什么,……的事情”。
3.定语从句与同位语从句的区别。定语从句是从句对其先行词的修饰或限制;而同位语从句是对从句前面的抽象名词作进一步的说明和解释。
名词性从句考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. She was so angry and spoke so fast that none of us understood _______ he said meant.
A. that B. what
C. that that D. what what
2. After _______ had happened he could not continue to work there.
A. which B. how
C. what D. having
请再做下面一题:
He pointed to ______ looked like a tomb and said, “Ghost.”
A. that B. what
C. which D. as
3.“Is ______ you want to say ” asked the teacher.
A. this B. that
C. all that D. that all
4. “When ______ leave for Japan ” “ When ______ leave for Japan is kept secret.”
A. they will, will they B. will they, they will
C. they will, they will D. will they, will they
请做以下试题:
(1) None knows if _______ that boy, but if _______ him, her parents will be disappointed.
A. she will marry, she will marry B. she marries, she marries
C. she will marry, she marries D. she marries, she will marry
(2) “Where _______ go to work ” “Where _______ go to work is not known.”
A. we shall, we shall B. shall we, shall we
C. shall we, we shall D. we shall, shall we
5. Someone is ringing the doorbell. Go and see ______.
A. who is he B. who he is
C. who is it D. who it is
比较以下两句:
Mr Smith is at the door. He wants to see you. 史密斯先生在门口,他想见你。
Someone is at the door. It may be the postman. 有个人在门口,可能是邮递员。
6. Don’t you know, my dear friend, ______ it is your money not you that she loves
A. who B. which
C. that D. what
请做以下试题:
(1) Everyone knows, perhaps except you, _______ your girl-friend is a cheat.
A. who B. which
C. that D. what
(2) I think, though I could be mistaken, ______ she liked me.
A. who B. which
C. that D. what
(3) He told me the news, believe it or not, ______ he had earned $1 000 in a single day.
A. that B. which
C. as D. because
前面两题 that 引导宾语从句,后面一题 that同位语从句(修饰the news)。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. They lost their way in the forest, and _______ made matters worse was that night began to fall.
A. it B. which
C. that D. what
2. Patience is a kind of quality — and that is ___A___ it takes to do anything well.
A. what B. which
C. which D. how
3. It has come to my notice _______ some of you have missed classes.
A. what B. which
C. that D. when
4. “What were you trying to prove to the police ” “___ I was last night.”
A. That B. When
C. Where D. What
5. Country life gives him peace and quiet, which is ______ he can’t enjoy while living in big cities.
A. that B. why
C. where D. what
6. It is pretty well understood _______ controls the flow of carbon dioxide in and out the atmosphere today.
A. that B. when
C. what D. how
7. _______ she couldn’t understand was ______ fewer and fewer students showed interest in her lessons.
A. What; why B. That; what
C. What; because D. Why; that
8. _______ we are doing has never been done before.
A. That B. What
C. Which D. Whether
9. People have heard _______ the President has said; they are waiting to see _______ he will do.
A. how, how B. what, what
C. when, how D. that, what
10. When you answer questions in a job interview, please remember the golden rule: Always give the monkey exactly _______ he wants.
A. what B. which
C. when D. that
11. These wild flowers are so special I would do _______ I can to save them.
A. whatever B. that
C. which D. whichever
12. _______ she was invited to the ball made her very happy.
A. What B. That
C. When D. Because
13. Eat ______ cake you like and leave the others for ______ comes in late.
A. any, who B. every, whoever
C. whichever, whoever D. either, whoever
14. I had neither a raincoat nor an umbrella. _______ I got wet through.
A. It’s the reason B. That’s why
C. There’s why D. That’s because
15. ____ has helped to save the drowning girl is worth praising.
A. Who B. The one
C. Anyone D. Whoever
16. _______ medicine works in a human body is a question _______ not everyone can understand fully.
A. How; that B. That; which
C. That; which D. What; that
【试题放送】
名词性从句在高考中的考查重点:
1. that和what引导名词性从句的区别;
2.名词从句的语序和时态;
3. it作形式主语、形式宾语的几种情况;
4.宾语从句的否定转移;
5.whether和if的用法区别;
6.what在名词性从句中的使用;
7.doubt后的名词性从句的使用;
8.Who / whoever, what / whatever等的用法区别;
9.连接词that的省略;
1. 【2013北京31】______ makes the book so extraordinary is the creative imagination of the writer.
A. That B. What C. Who D. Which
2. 【2013北京33】 Experts believe _____ people can waste less food by shopping only when it is necessary.
A. why B. where C. that D. what
3. 【2013湖南28】. Do not let any failures discourage you, for you can never tell _______ close you may be to victory.
A. how B. that C. which D. where
4. 【2013江西30】_______ one of you breaks the window will have to pay for it.
A. Whoever B. Whatever C. Whichever D. Wherever
5. 【2013山东30】It’s good to know______ the dogs will be well cared for while we’re away.
A. what B. whose C. which D. that
6. 【2013陕西20】It remains to be seen the newly formed committee’s policy can be put into practice.
A. that B. which C. what D. whether
7. 【2013四川6】 ______ you said at the meeting describes a bright future for the company.
A. When B. How C. What D. That
8. 【2013天津15】 I want to tell you is the deep love and respect I have for my parents.
A. That B. Which C. Whether D. What
9. 【2013新课标I卷26】Police have found appears to be the lost ancient statue.
A. which B. where C. how D. what
10. 【2013浙江16】The only way to succeed at the highest level is to have total belief ______ you are better than anyone else on the sports field.
A. how B. that C. which D. whether
11. 【2013重庆28】. ______struck me most in the movie was the father’s deep love for his son.
A. That B. It C. What D. Which
12. 【2013安徽21】.From space, the earth looks blue. This is ______about seventy-one percent of its surface is covered by water.
A. why B. how C. because D. whether[来源:21世纪教育网]
【2012辽宁卷】34. The newcomer went to the library the other day and searched for he could find about Mark Twain.
A. wherever B. however C. whatever D. whichever
【2012四川卷】17. Scientists study ____ human brains work to make computers.
A. when B. how C. that D. whether
【2012江西卷】25.It suddenly occurred to him he had left his keys in the office.
A.whether B.where C.which D.that
【2012湖南】6. Everyone in the village is very friendly. It doesn't matter ____ you have lived there for a short or a long time.
A. why B. how C. whether D. when
【2012浙江卷】4. I made a promise to myself______ this year, my first year in high school, would be different.
A. whether B. what C. that D. how
【2012江苏卷】27.The notice came around two in the afternoon ____the meeting would be postponed.
A. when B. that C. whether D. how
【举一反三】同位语从句就是在复合句中作名词的同位语的名词性从句。
1.同位语从句的功能?
同位语从句对名词进一步解释,说明名词的具体内容,一般由that引导。如:?
The king’s decision that the prisoner would be set free surprised all the people.?
国王作出的这名囚犯释放的决定让人们大吃一惊。
2.同位语在句子中的位置?
同位语从句有时可以不紧跟在它所说明的名词后面,而是被别的词隔开。如:?
He got the news from Mary that the sports meeting was put off.?
他从玛丽那里得知运动会要延期举行。
3.同位语从句与定语从句的区别?
1)定语从句中的that既代替先行词,同时在从句中作某个成分(主语或宾语),而同位语从句中的that是连词,只起连接主句与从句的作用,不充当句中任何成分。?
2)定语从句是形容词性的,其功能是修饰先行词,对先行词加以限定,描述它的性质或特征;同位语从句是名词性的,其功能是对名词进行补充说明。如:?
The news that he told me is that Tom would go abroad next year.?
他告诉我的消息是汤姆明年将出国。(第一个that引导的从句是定语从句,that在从句中作宾语)?
The news that Tom would go abroad is told by him.?
汤姆将出国的消息是他讲的。(同位语从句,that在句中不作任何成分)
【试题延伸】(2011·天津)Modern science has given clear evidence ____smoking can lead to many diseases.
A. what B. which C. that D. where)
【2012安徽卷】27.The limits of a person’s intelligence ,generally speaking, are fixed at birth, but
he reaches these limits will depend on his environment.
A. where B. whether C. that D. why
【2012全国新课程】24. It is by no means clear the president can do to end the strike.
A. how B. which
C. that D. what
【2012山东卷】25. It doesn’t matter ________ you pay by cash or credit card in this store.
A. how B. whether
C. what D. why
【2012福建卷】35. We promise attends the party a chance to have a photo taken with the movie star.
A. who B. whom C. whoever D. whomever
【2011北京卷 22】__________ Barbara Jones offers to her fans is honesty and happiness.
A. Which B. What C. That D. Whom
【2011北京卷 31】The shocking news mad me realize ________ terrible problems we would face.
A. what B. how C. that D. why
【2011上海卷 35】There is clear evidence _____ the most difficult feeling of all to interpret is bodily pain.
A. what B. if C. how D. that
【2011上海卷 38】The message you intend to convey through words may be the exact opposite of _____ others actually understand.
A. why B. that C. which D. what
【2011山东卷 26】I am afraid he’s more of a talker than a doer, which is ______ he never finishes anything.
A. that B. when C. where D. why
【2011山东卷 33】We’ve offered her the job, but I don’t know______ she’ll accept it.
A. where B. what . whether D. which
【2011江西卷 26.】The villagers have already known ______ we’ll do is to rebuild the bridge.
A. this B. that C. what D. which
【2011江苏卷 26】It was never clear _______ the man hadn’t reported the accident sooner.
A. that B. how C. when D. why
【2011安徽卷 33】His writing is so confusing that it’s difficult to make out _____it is he is trying to express.
A. that B. how C. who D. what
【2011四川卷 10】Our teachers always tell us to believe in ________ we do and who we are if we want to succeed.
A. why B. how C. what D. which
【2011辽宁卷 23】Twenty students want to attend the class that aims to teach ______ to read first.
A. what B. who . how D. why
【2011辽宁卷 32】When the news came _____ the war broke out, he decided, to serve in the army.
A. since B. which C. that D. because
【2011天津卷 13】Modern science has given clear evidence ______ smoking can lead to many diseases.
A. what B. which C. that D. where
【2011陕西卷 15】I’d like to start my own business–that’s ____ I’d do if I had the money.
A. why B. when C. which D. what
【2011重庆卷 22】It is still under discussion __________the old bus station should be replaced with a modern hotel or not.
A. whether B. when C. which D. where
【2011重庆卷 34】It is not always easy for the public to see _______ use a new invention can be of to human life.
A. whose B. what C. which D. that
【2011湖南卷)31】Before a problem can be solved, it must be obvious ______the problem itself is.
A. what B. that C. which D. why
〖10福建〗We should respect food and think about the people who don’t have we have here and treat food nicely.
A. that B. which C. what D. whether
〖10湖南〗Cindy shut the door heavily and burst into tears. No one in the office knew _____
she was so angry.
A. where B. whether C. that D. why
〖10天津〗As a new graduate, he doesn’t know it takes to start a business here.
A. how B. what C. When D. which
〖10北京〗 some people regard as a drawback is seen as a plus by many others.
A. Whether B. What C. That D. How
〖10浙江〗—How about camping this weekend, just for a change
—OK, you want.
A. whichever B. however C. whatever D. whoever
〖10浙江〗It is uncertain side effect the medicine will bring about, although about two thousand patients have taken it.
A. that B. what C. how D. whether
〖10上海〗One reason for her preference for city life is she can have easy access to places like shops and restaurants.
A. that B. how C. what D. why
〖10湖北〗The news ________(房价将要下跌)has caused many people to sell their houses at lower prices. (fall)
〖10山东〗Before the sales start, I make a list of ______ my kids will need for the coming season.
A. why B. what C. how D. which
〖10上海〗When changing lanes, a driver should use his turning signal to let other drivers know .
A. he is entering which lane B. which lane he is entering
C. is he entering which lane D. which lane is he entering
〖10四川〗How much one enjoys himself travelling depends largely on he goes with, whether his friends or relatives. w_
A. what B. who C. how D. why w
〖10全国Ⅰ〗We haven’t discussed yet ______ we are going to place our new furniture.
A. that B. which C. what D. where
〖10湖北〗I want to be liked and loved for I am inside.
A. who B. where C. what D. how
〖10全国Ⅱ〗—Have you finished the book
---No, I’ve read up to _________the children discover the secret cave.
A. which B. what C. that D. where
〖10江苏〗—I prefer shutting myself in and listening to music all day on Sundays.
—That’s_______I don’t agree. You should have a more active life.
A. where B. how C. when D. what
〖10北京〗Part of the reason Charles Dickens loved his own novel, David Copperfield, was _______ it was rather closely modeled on his own life.
A. what B. that C. why D. whether学生姓名: 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数: 教学时间:2014/02/06 08:00-10:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
上次课程学生存在的问题:
学生问题的解决方案:
一、形容词和副词的基本用法
A.形容词:就是用来修饰名词或不定代词,表示人或事物的性质、状态和特征的词。形容词主要作定语、表语、补语。如:
1. This is a new pen. 这是支新钢笔。(形容词new作名词pen定语)
2. These oranges taste ________. (全国卷)
A. good B. well C. to be good D. to be well
【分析】答案选A。系动词taste(尝起来)后要接形容词作表语。
3. John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes ________. (全国卷)
A. open B. to be opened C. to open D. opening
【分析】答案选A。形容词open(开着的)作宾补,表示状态。注意:不要选答案D,因为open是短暂性动词,不能表状态。
B.副词:就是修饰动词、形容词、其它副词或全句,说明时间、地点、程度、方式等概念的词。副词在句中主要作状语。如:
It’s raining heavily. 雨下得很大。(副词heavily修饰谓语动词)
It’s a rather interesting job. 这是一份相当有趣的工作。(副词rather修饰形容词interesting)
She speaks English very well. 她的英语说得很好。(副词very修饰副词well)
This is just what he said. 这正是他所说的。(副词just修饰what he said)
注:here, there, in, out, away, abroad等少数副词也可以作表语;here, there, home, abroad, below等表示地点或方位的词及today, tomorrow, yesterday, back, out等表示时间或动词方向词还可以作定语。如:
Tom isn’t here. 汤姆不在这里。(here作表语)
The people there were very kind to us. 那里的人对我们很友好。(副词there作定语,修饰people)
二、定语形容词与表语形容词
A.表语形容词:有的形容词一般只作表语,如表示健康状况的well, unwell, ill, faint,表示情感反应的glad, sorry, fond, worth, able,以a开头的afraid, alone, asleep, alive, awake, alike, ashamed等。但有的可作后置定语或补语。
B.定语形容词:通常只作定语的形容词,如起强调作用的only(唯一的), single(唯一的), certain(某一), real(真正的), true(真正的), very(正是), live(活的), exact(准确的), present(在场的),由名词等转化而来的wooden(木制的), woolen(羊毛制的), drunken(醉的), medical, daily, weekly, electric, former(前任的), some, any, little, many, 及one-eyed之类的复合形容词等。如:
This is a medical school. (不说This school is medical. )
________ to take this adventure course will certainly learn a lot of useful skills. (全国卷)
A. Brave enough students B. Enough brave students
C. Students brave enough D. Students enough brave
【分析】答案选C。enough修饰形容词时要位于形容词之后,排除B和D。brave enough to…是形容词短语作定语,修饰students,要置于名词students之后。
B.表语形容词作定语要后置。如:
All the people ________ at the party were his supporters. (北京卷)
A. present B. thankful C. interested D. important
【分析】答案选A。表语形容词present(出席的、在场的)作定语,要放在所修饰的名词后。
C.形容词修饰不定代词something, anything, nothing等时,要位于后面。如:
Is there anything important in the paper 报纸上有什么重要新闻吗?
四、多个形容词作定语的排序
多个形容词修饰名词时,其排序规律是:(限定词+程度副词+) 描绘性形容词+表示大小(长短、高低)、形状、年龄(新旧)的形容词+表颜色的形容词+表国籍或产地的形容词+表物质材料的形容词+表类别或用途的形容词+名词。如:
1. John Smith, a successful businessman, has a ________ car. (辽宁卷)
A. large German white B. large white German C. white large German D. German large white
【分析】答案选B。按“大小+颜色+产地”的顺序排列。
2. ________ students are required to take part in the boat race. (浙江卷)
A. Ten strong young Chinese B. Ten Chinese strong young
C. Chinese ten young strong D. Young strong ten Chinese
【分析】答案选A。数词是限定词,应排在形容词前,排除C和D;又strong是描绘,young是年龄,Chinese是国籍,其先后应为“描绘+年龄+国籍”。
3. The ________ house smells as if it hasn’t been lived in for years. (江苏卷)
A. little white wooden B. little wooden white C. white wooden little D. wooden white little
【分析】答案选A。little是限定词,应放在形容词前面,排除C和D;表示颜色的应放在表示物质材料的形容词的前面,排除B。
注:限定词的排序:前位限定词 (指量限定词all, both, half等;倍数词double, twice等;分数词one-third, two-fifths等) +中位限定词 (冠词;指示代词;形容词性物主代词;名词所有格)+后位限定词 (序数词及last, next等;基数词及few, several等)。如:
1. The husband gave his wife ________ every month in order to please her. (重庆卷)
A. all half his income B. his half all income C. half his all income D. all his half income
【分析】答案选A。all和half都是前位限定词,his是中位限定词,所以his要位于all和half之后,只有A正确。
2. —How was your recent visit to Qingdao
—It was great. We visited some friends, and spent the ________ days at the seaside. (全国卷)
A. few last sunny B. last few sunny C. last sunny few D. few sunny last
【分析】答案选B。last, few是限定词,sunny是描绘性形容词,根据“限定词+形容词”的原则,排除C和D。又根据“序数词(包括last, past, next, another等)+基数词(包括few, several等)”的原则,排除A。
五、副词在句中的位置规律
1) 副词修饰形容词或其它副词时,一般位于被修饰词的前面,但enough却要放在被修饰的形容词或副词的后面。如:
1. —Mum, I think I’m ________ to get back to school.
—Not really, my dear. You’d better stay at home for another day or two. (全国卷)
A. so well B. so good C. well enough D. good enough
【分析】答案选C。指“身体好”用形容词well (=healthy)而不用good;副词enough修饰形容词时,要位于形容词之后。
2. If I had ________, I’d visit Europe, stopping at the small interesting places. (全国卷)
A. a long enough holiday B. an enough long holiday
C. a holiday enough long D. a long holiday enough
【分析】答案选A。enough要放在形容词long之后。
3. ________, some famous scientists have the qualities of being both careful and careless. (上海卷)
A. Strangely enough B. Enough strangely C. Strange enough D. Enough strange
【分析】答案选A。修饰整个句子,要用副词,排除C和D;副词enough应放在它所修饰的副词strangely的后面,所以选A。
2) 频度副词always, usually, often, never等一般放在行为动词前,或者情态动词、助动词或be动词之后。如:
She always gets up early. 她总是起得早。(副词always放在行为动词gets之前)
She is seldom late for school. 他很少上学迟到。(副词seldom放在be动词之后)
3) 词表示地点的副词常放在句末;表示确定时间的副词放在句首或句末;表示方式的副词词通常放在“动词(+宾语)”之后,也可放在其它位置;同时有表示时间、地点和方式的副词时,其顺序一般为:方式+地点+时间。如:
________ I went to the railway station to see my friend off. (全国卷)
A. After eating quickly my dinner B. After my quickly eating dinner
C. After eating my dinner quickly D. After eating my quickly dinner
【分析】答案选C。方式副词一般位于“动词(+宾语)”之后。
六、–ed形容词和-ing形容词的区别
-ed形容词,通常说明人,意为“(某人)感到…”;-ing形容词通常说明事物,意为“(某事物)令人…”或“令人…的(事物)”。这样成对的形容词有:interested / interesting; excited / exciting; frightened / frightening; surprised / surprising; pleased / pleasing; moved / moving; disappointed / disappointing等。
1. Laws that punish parents for their little children’s actions against the laws get parents ________. (重庆卷)
A. worried B. to worried C. worrying D. worry
【分析】答案选A。表示人“感到忧虑的”用-ed形容词。句意是:…法律使得做父母的感到忧虑。
2. It is believed that if a book is ________, it will surely ________ the reader.
A. interested; interest B. interesting; be interested
C. interested; be interesting D. interesting; interest
【分析】答案选D。指书令人有趣用interesting而不interested,排除A和C。interest是动词,“使…有趣”。
注:即使-ed形容词用以说明事物,那也是指与该事物相关的人;即使-ing形容词用以说明人,也是指此人具有该性质或特征。如:
He told me the news in an excited voice. 他告诉了那个消息,声音很激动。
The man is interesting. 这个有很有趣。
另外,glad, happy, sorry, angry, thankful, proud等的主语也只能是人;而pleasant, easy, difficult, important等则通常以事物或it作主语,因为它们是说明事物的。如:
—I’m very ________ with my own cooking. It looks nice and smells delicious.
—Mn, it does have a ________ smell. (北京卷)
A. pleasant; pleased B. pleased; pleased C. pleasant; pleasant D. pleased; pleasant
【分析】答案选D。pleased指“(人)感到高兴”,pleasant指“令人愉快的(事物)”。
【考点诠释】
考点1 形谷词、副词的比较等级
1.形容词或副词的as…as结构
两者相比,当A=B时,用“as+面/adv.原级+as”来表示。如:
Jack runs as fast as Tom.杰克和汤姆跑得一样快。
双方相比,当A≠B,或指A的程度较低时,用“not as/so+adj./adv.原级+as”表示。如:
He does not work as/so hard as his sister.他不如他妹妹学习努力。
2.形容词或副词的比较级+than 、
当双方比较,A>B时,用“比较级+than”结构。当A不及B的程度时,用“less+adj./adv.原级+than”的结构。如:
①Blood is thicker than water.[谚]血浓于水。
②Health is better than wealth.[谚]健康胜过财富。
3.表示双方相比,一方超过另一方,并强调超出的程度和数量时,可在比较级前加表示程度的状语,如:even,much,very much,still,any,a lot,a bit,a little,far,yet,by far,a great deal,twice,three times,rather,slightly等,而very,quite,SO,fairly等词不可修饰形容词或副词的比较级
A car runs a great deal faster than a truck.小汽车比卡车快得多。
4.“the+比较级,the+比较级”结构表示“越……越……”
The more tickets you sell,the more money you will get.你卖的票越多,你得到的钱就会越多。
5.当三者或三者以上相比,表示最高程度时,用最高级这种句式中一般常有表示比较范围的介词短语;最高级可被序数词以及much,by far,nearly,almost,by no means,not
quite,not really,nothing like等修饰。如:
The building being built now is by far the highest in the city.目前在建的那座大楼是本市最高的大楼。
6.比较级表示最高级含义
(1)比较级+than any other+可数名词单数。如:
The Chang jiang River is longer than any other river in China.在中国,长江比其他任何一条河流都长。
(2)比较级+than all(the)other+可数名词复数。如:
China is larger than all the other Asian countries.中国比亚洲的其他国家都大。
(3)no/never/nothing…+比较级。如:
Nothing is more valuable than time.时间比任何东西都珍贵。
(4)“否定词+不定冠词+形容词的比较级+名词”或“否定词+副词的比较级”表示“从未……;未曾……”。如:
This film is very moving.I have never seen a better one.这部电影很感人,我从没有看过一部比它更好的。
考点2、 形容词修饰名词的位置
1.多个形容词作定语时的排列顺序
如果两个以上的形容词修饰一个名词,与被修饰的名词关系较密切的形容词靠近名词,如果几个形容词的密切程度差不多,则音节少的形容词在前,音节多的在后。它们的顺序是:限定词(冠词、物主代词、指示代词、不定代词)+数词(序数词,基数词)+描绘性形容词(nice,good,interesting,beautiful…)+特征形容词(大小、长短、高低、形状、年龄、新旧)+颜色形容词+国籍、出处+物质、材料+用途、类别+中心名词。我们可以用下面的一段顺El溜帮助
记忆:
限数描、大长高,形状年龄和新老。
颜色国籍出材料,作用类别往后靠。
在实际运用中,很少会同时出现这么多修饰词,但我们必须记住以上规则,此外,还应当多阅读,多体会,以增强语感。如:
another three English books另外三本英语书;a beautiful white Chinese military jeep一辆漂亮的白色中国军用吉普车
2.形容词作定语后置的几种情况
(1)当形容词修饰由some,any,all,every构成的复合词,如something,anything,nothing等时。如:
Is there anything new in today’S newspaper 今天的报纸上有什么新的东西吗
(2)当“形容词+介词/不定式”构成的短语作定语时。如:
There is a bag full of rice on his table.他的桌上有满满一袋米。
(3)当两个意义相反的形容词用both…and…,and,or或so连接在一起作定语时。如:
People in the village,young and old,men and women are fond of singing and dancing.村里的男女老幼都喜爱唱歌跳舞。
(4)当old,long,high,wide,deep等词附有数量词短语作定语时。如:
The peasants dug a well about fifty meters deep.农民们挖了一口约五十米深的井。
(5)有些表语形容词作定语时,如afraid,alone,awake,asleep,alive,ashamed,worth等。如:
Tom was the only boy awake at that time.汤姆是那时唯一醒着的男孩。
考点3 形容词、副词的辨析
1.形容词主要用来修饰名词,也可修饰something,nothing等不定代词,在句中作定语、表语、宾语补足语或状语。作状语时表示伴随、原因等,或是对主语进行解释,可以看成是“being+形容词”,位于句首、句中或句尾,表示伴随时通常用逗号与其他成分隔开
①He lay in bed,wide awake.他躺在床上,完全清醒着。
②He went to bed,cold and hungry.他上床睡觉,又冷又饿。
2.副词主要用作状语,修饰动词、形容词、从句或整个句子。修饰整个句子时,可置于句首、句中或句尾
Fortunately,he escaped from the fire.他幸运地从大火中逃了出来。
3.有些副词有两种形式,其中一种形式与形容词形式相同,另一种是在形容词后加ly。这两种形式的副词在意义上有所不同:不带ly的副词往往表示的是具体概念(也就是词的本义);加ly的往往表示抽象概念(也就是词的引申义)。close接近(指距离)_closely仔细地,密切地;free免费_freely自由地,自如地;deep深地_deeply深刻地,深入地;wide充分(张开)地,宽阔地_+widely广泛地;high高地_highly高度地,非常;late迟,晚一lately最近,近来;near邻近地_nearly几乎;most最一mostly主要地。如:
He jumped that high in the sports meeting in our school and is highly thought of by his classmates.他在我们学校运动会上跳得那么高,赢得了同学们的高度赞扬。
特别提示
一般说来,形容词+ly构成的是副词,如:deeply,highly,widely等;名词+ly构成的是形容词或名词,如:friendly,brotherly,lovely,weekly,monthly等。
4.rather,very,quite,fairly的区别
(1)rather常用来修饰贬义的形容词或副词,如bad,poor,badly等;fairly常用来修饰褒义的形容词或副词,如nice,well,clever等。如:
She is fairly clever,but does rather badly in her lessons.她很聪明,但她的功课做得相当差。
(2)如果修饰中性的形容词或副词,如easy,fast,thin等,fairly表示肯定的概念,即说话人的态度是赞美的、满意的;而rather表示否定的概念,即说话人是不满意的。如:
①The soup is fairly hot.这汤还算热。(表示喜欢热汤)
②)The soup is rather hot.这汤太烫了。(表示讨厌太烫的汤)
特别提示
rather可用在similar,different,too,介词like,以及形容词、副词的比较级之前,也可修饰动词,而fairly,quite则不能,但可以说quite better。如:
今天比昨天暖和得多。
【误】It is fairly warmer today than yesterday.
【正】It is rather warmer today than yesterday.
(3)quite表示的程度比fairly深,表示主观看法,可理解为“十分”。如:
The news is quite amazing.这个消息十分惊人。
(4)fairly只能用在不定冠词之后;而quite和rather用于不定冠词前、后皆可。如:
This is a fairly heavy/rather a heavy/a rather heavy/a quite heavy/quite a heavy job for US.对我们来说,这是一项相当繁重的工作。
另外,rather有时与褒义词尤其是表示“好”的词连用时,强调被修饰词的程度,可与fairly,quite互换。如:Your English is rather/fairly/quite good.你的英语相当好。
高考经常考查形容词的辨析和副词的辨析,所以我们在学习中要注意近义词的用法差异。以下是常见的几组近义词:alone,lonely;living,alive,live,lively;likely,possible,probable;no more than,not more than;no less than,not less than;too much,much too;no longer,no more;almost,nearly。◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. We don’t care if a hunting dog smells _____, but we really don’t want him to smell ____.
A. well, well B. bad, bad
C. well, badly D. badly, bad
【陷阱】容易误选B,认为两个smell 均为连系动词,后接形容词作表语。
【分析】这是1995年的一道上海高考题,最佳答案为D。句中的第一个 smell 为实义动词,意为“闻气味”、“嗅觉”,smell badly 意为“嗅觉差”;第二个 smell 为连系动词,意为“闻起来(有某种气味)”,smell bad 意为“闻起来气味难闻”。全句意为“我们并不介意一条猎狗的嗅觉不好,但我们的确不希望它的气味难闻”。
2. “_____ do you think of your English teacher ” “Oh, he is an _____ man.”
A. What, interesting B. What, interested
C. How, interesting D. How, interested
【陷阱】容易误选D,认为第一空应填 how,表示“如何”;第二空应填 interested,因为有的书上说 –ing 形容词主要说明事物,-ed 形容词主要说明人。
【分析】其实最佳答案应是A。英语中表示汉语的“你觉得……如何 ”时,可用How do you like ... 或 What do you think of ... 注意两者搭配不同,即 like 与 how 搭配,think of 与 what 搭配。另一方面,有的书认为:-ing形容词说明事,-ed形容词说明人。此说法在很多情况下是可行的,但表述欠严谨。严谨的表述应该是:表示使(别)人感到如何, 用-ing形容词;表示人自己本身感到如何,用-ed形容词。比较:
All the children are interested. 所有的孩子都很感兴趣。
All the children are interesting. 所有的孩子都很有趣。
I read an interested expression on his face. 我看到他脸上露出一种感兴趣的表情。
I read an interesting expression on his face. 我看到他脸上露出一种有趣的表情。
再比较:
He is frightened. 他很害怕。
He is frightening. 他很吓人。
He has a frightened look on his face. 他脸上带有惊恐的神情。
He has a frightening look on his face. 他脸上带有吓人的神情。
3. The operation was successful, but I still felt _____.
A. very painful B. much painful
C. a lot of pain D. very paining
【陷阱】容易误选A,想当然地认为:pain 表示“痛”,其形容词painful自然表示表示“感到疼痛的”。
【分析】其实 painful 的意思并不是“感到疼痛的”,而是表示“使人感到疼痛的”、“使人感到痛苦的”,所以它通常用于说明事物,而不宜用于说明人。比较并体会:
他仍很痛苦。
正:He is still in pain. 误:He’s still painful.
你感到痛吗
正:Do you feel any pain 误:Are you painful
见到你这样生活我很痛心。
正:I am pained to see you living this way. 误:I am painful to see you living this way.
听到他的死讯,我们都很痛苦。
正:We were all pained to hear of his death. 误:We were all painful to hear of his death.
他眼睛痛。
正:He has painful eyes. 误:He’s painful in the eyes.
4. “Our team is _____ to win the match.” “Really But I don’t think so.”
A. easy B. difficult
C. possible D. sure
【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能误选,因为假若单纯从中文意思来看,四个答案均说得通。
【分析】正确答案为D,A、B、C三项填入空格处虽然从汉语来看说得通,但不合英语习惯。因为按英语习惯,easy 和difficult 后接不定式时,其主语(或逻辑主语)通常应是 it,而不能是具体的人或物,除非这个主语与其后不定式有动宾关系。如:
他回答案这个问题很容易。
误:He’s very easy to answer this question.
正:It is very easy for her to answer this question. (用形式主语 it 作主语)
正:The question is very easy for her to answer. (主语为具体的事物,但它与其后不定式有动宾关系,即 to answer this question)
我们很难在半小时内完成这工作。
误:We are very difficult to finish the work in half an hour.
正:It is very difficult for us to finish the work in half an hour. (用形式主语 it 作主语)
对possible 来说,后接不定式时,其主语只能是 it,不能是具体的人或事物,即使该主语与其后的不定式有动宾关系也不可以。如:
我们可能会赢得这场比赛。
误:We are possible to win the match.
误:The match is possible for us to win.
正:It is possible that we will win the match.
正:It is possible for us to win the match.
5. I think he is _____ to tell us the secret, but I’m not sure.
A. possible B. likely
C. impossible D. certain
【陷阱】A、B、C三项均有可能被选择。
【分析】根据句意首先排除D;再根据上面一题的分析,排除A和C;也就是说,此题最佳答案为B。注意likely 的用法,它与possible所用句型不同,请看实例:
Are we likely to arrive in time 我们会及时赶到吗
It’s very likely that he will ring me tonight. 今晚他很可能会给我来电话。
They will very likely come by car. 他们很可能会坐汽车来。(该句中的likely为副词,而前两句中的likely为形容词)
6. Let’s make it at seven o’clock on Tuesday morning at my office if ________.
A. you’re convenient B. it is convenient for you
C. you feel convenient D. it is convenient with you
【陷阱】容易误选A或C,因为许多同学将汉语中的“如果你方便的话”直译为 if you are convenient 或 if you feel convenient。
【分析】最佳答案为B,因为英语中的 convenient不是表示“感到方便的”,而是表示“使人感到方便的”,所以 be convenient 的主语通常不能是“人”。要表示“如果你方便的话”,英语通常 if it is convenient for [to] you,其中的介词可用 for 或 to,但一般不用 with。顺便说一句,偶尔也可见到用人或物作 be convenient的主语,但此时的句子必须具备这样的特点:句子主语是其后不定式的逻辑宾语,如:
Mary is convenient to see on Sunday. / It is convenient to see Mary on Sunday. 星期天去见玛丽较为方便。
The furniture is convenient to move. / It is convenient to move the furniture. 这家具搬起来很方便。
7. We were two hours late that day, which was due to the ______.
A. crowded traffic B. crowded traffics
C. busy traffic D. busy traffics
【陷阱】容易误选A,因为许多同学将汉语中的“拥挤的交通”直译为 crowded traffic(s);由于 traffic 不可数,排除含 traffics 的选项,所以许多考生便选定答案A。
【分析】其实,此题的最佳答案是C,因为英语的 traffic 习惯上不用 crowded 修饰,而用 busy 或 heavy 修饰,以说明“交通”的“拥挤”。类似这样的在修饰语方面需特别注意的还有:
(1) 汉语的“绿茶”说成英语是green tea,但相应的“红茶”却是black tea 而不是 red tea。
(2) 可说thick soup(浓汤),但不说thick coffee (tea);要表示“浓咖啡(茶)”,可用strong coffee (tea)。
(3) 可说thin soup(稀汤),但不说thin coffee (tea);要表示“淡咖啡(茶)”,可用weak coffee (tea)。
8. Mary is very clever and _____ worth teaching, but her brother is not. Look, he is now _____ asleep in class.
A. very, very B. much, very
C. well, very D. well, fast
【陷阱】容易误选A,因为许多学生往往将汉语中的“很”与英语中的 very 等同。
【分析】但是,许多汉语中的“很”是不能用英语中的 very 来直译的。如汉语“我很喜欢英语”,在英语中就不能说成 I very like English,而应说成 I like English very much,因为副词 very 在英语中习惯上不用来修饰动词。上面一题不能选A,是因为形容词 worth 和 asleep 习惯上不能用副词 very 来修饰,而是分别用 well 和 fast修饰,即说成 be well worth doing sth(很值得做某事),be fast (或 sound) asleep(熟睡),所以此题的最佳答案应选D。
9. “Could I take your order now ” “Yes. One _____ tea and two _____ coffees.”
A. black, white B. red, white
C. black, green D. red, black
【陷阱】容易误选B或D。
【分析】按汉语习惯,在“茶”前要加表颜色的形容词通常应是“红”和“绿”,即说“红茶”和“绿茶”。但是在英语中,人们虽然可直接用 green tea来表示“绿茶”,但却不能直接用 red tea 来表示“红茶”,汉语中的“红茶”说成英语应是 black tea,所以第一空应填black,即选A或C。对于第二空,coffee 前通常使用的表颜色的形容词是 white 和 black,其中 white coffee 指“牛奶咖啡”(因牛奶呈白色),black coffee 指“没有加牛奶的咖啡”(即纯咖啡或清咖啡),由此可知上题的最佳答案应是A。
10. Entering the house we found him lying on the bed with his mouth _______ and eyes _______.
A. open, close B. opened, closed
C. opened, close D. open, closed
【陷阱】此题很容易误选A。
【分析】答案应选 D。open 和 close 均可用作动词,前者表示“开”,后者表示“关”,是一对反义词,如:
Please open your mouth and close your eyes. 请张开嘴,闭上眼。
但是 open 和 close 也可用作形容词,此时前者意为“开着的”,后者意为“接近的”、“亲近的”等,而并不表示“关着的”,要表示“关着的”,英语用 closed,即用作形容词时,open 与close 不是一对反义词,而与 closed 才是反义词。
11. A ______ road goes ______ from one place to another.
A. straight, straight B. straightly, straightly
C. straight, straightly D. straightly, straight
【陷阱】容易误选C。认为straightly 是straight 的副词形式。
【分析】在现代英语中,straight 既可用作形容词,也可用作副词。而straightly这个副词在现代英语中已被废弃,许多词典均不再收录此词。所以此题最佳答案应选A。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. It was _____ opportunity to miss.
A. too good an B. a too good
C. too a good D. too good
2. I don’t like it at all. It can’t be _____.
A. better B. worse
C. best D. worst
3. There was nothing special about this film — it was only ______.
A. particular B. average
C. interesting D. strange
4. She looks very _____ but I can’t remember her name.
A. similar B. familiar
C. friendly D. strange
5. He said he would return the money, and I was ______.
A. fool enough to believe him
B. enough fool to believe him
C. fool enough believing him
D. enough fool believing him
6. “This book is ______ more useful for us students.” “Yes, but it is _______ too difficult.”
A. quite, quite B. much, rather
C. rather, quite D. quite, much
7. The children all looked _____ at the broken model plane and felt quite _____.
A. sad, sad B. sadly, sadly
C. sad, sadly D. sadly, sad
8. The child dreamed that he had once lived in a _______ house in the forest.
A. wooden pretty little B. little pretty wooden
C. pretty little wooden D. wooden little pretty
9. He wanted to read more, so he asked his friends if there was _______ to read.
A. something easy enough B. something enough easy
C. enough easy something D. easy enough something
10. The doctor assured the patient that there was ______ with her, but she could not help worrying.
A. seriously wrong nothing B. nothing serious wrong
C. nothing seriously wrong D. serious nothing wrong
11. —How is your father
—He’s fine. He’s______ to play tennis every Sunday.
A. enough active still B. enough still active
C. still active enough D. still enough active
12. —Did you wash your new suit in hot water
—Of course not. I am not ______ foolish.
A. very B. that
C. very much D. too
13.—Which team is _______ to win the game
—I don’t know, but I’ve found _______ for ours to win.
A. probable; it unlikely B. likely; it possible
C. possible; it possible D. likely; it possibly
14. He didn’t understand the _______ question, so there was a ______ expression on his face.
A. puzzling; puzzled B. puzzling; puzzling
C. puzzled; puzzled D. puzzled; puzzling
15. She can speak _______ in front of Mack, but she can’t eat ______ in his restaurant.
A. free, free B. free, freely
C. freely, free D. freely, freely
16. It was raining heavily. Little Mary felt cold, so she stood ____ to her mother.
A. close B. closely
C. closed D. closing
17. Fred is second to none in maths in our class, but believe it or not, he _______ passed the last exam.
A. easily B. hardly
C. actually D. successfully
◆答案与解析◆
1. 选A,too … to … 结构除用于“too + 形容词或副词 + to do sth”外,也可用于“too + 形容词 + a / an + 单数可数名词 + to do sth”。
2. 选B,it can’t be worse 相当于 It’s the worst thing I ever knew。
3. 选B,average 意为“平常的”、“普通的”。
4. 选B,similar 指“相似”,familiar 指“熟悉”。
5. 选A,此处的 fool 虽为名词,但具有形容词的性质,相当于 foolish。
6. 选B。虽然 quite, rather, much 均可用于加强语气,但是修饰比较级或副词 too(太)时,只能用 rather 或 much,而不用 quite。
7. 选D。第一个 look是实义动词(注意与之搭配的介词 at),第二个look 是连系动词。
8. 选 C。多个形容词共同修饰一个名词时,它们的位置遵循这样的原则:描绘形容词—大小(长短高低)形容词—形状形容词—年龄(新旧)形容词—颜色形容词—国籍形容词—材料形容词—用途(类别)形容词—名词(动名词)。
9. 选A。做对此题要注意两点:一是修饰something, anything, nothing 等复合不定代词的形容词,应置于被修饰语之后;二是副词enough 修饰形容词或副词时也应置于被修饰语之后。
10. 选C。wrong 修饰nothing,seriously 修饰wrong。
11. 选C。still 修饰 active,置于其前;而副词enough 修饰形容词或副词时应置于被修饰语之后。
12. 选B。that 在此用作副词,不是代词,用法相当于so。其余三者填入空格处语意不通。
13. 选B。理由见“典型陷阱题分析”第5题。
14. 选A。理由见“典型陷阱题分析”第2题。
15. 选C。第一空填 freely,意为“自由地”;第二空填free,意为“免费地”。
16. 选 A。close 与 closely 的区别是:指实际距离近,用 close;指抽象意义,用 closely。
17. 选 B。首先应弄清 second to none 的意思,照字面理解是“对谁都不是第二”,言外之意就是“第一”,或者说是“最好”。再联系句中的 but 可知,选项 B 最恰当。
【试题放送】
(2013安徽卷)30. David is ______ animal fur, so he won’t visit anyone who has cats or dogs in the house.
A. curious about B. allergic to C. satisfied with D. food of
30. B。本题考查形容词短语。根据并列连词so之后的分句,可知,他不能接近猫狗,A,B,C,D四个选项的意思分别是“对……感到好奇”,“对……过敏”,“对……感到满意”,“喜欢”,显然,“对……过敏”导致这个结果的原因,为正确答案。
【句意】戴维对动物皮毛过敏,所以他不会拜访家里有猫或者狗的人。
(2013安徽卷)33. It’s said that the power plant is now ______ large as what it was.
A. twice as B. as twice C. twice much D. much twice
33. A。本题考查形容词比较级。“两倍大”的表达方法是在表示同样大的as much as 的前面加上twice,成为twice as much as。
【句意】据说这个发电厂现在是以前的两倍大。
【小窍门】各种比较级的表达方法有一个共同点:都是在比较级的前面加修饰词,如two years older than…,three times as large as等,掌握这个规律,做此类题就很轻松了。
(2013福建卷)25. The Forbidden City attracts a _____ stream of visitors every day, especially during national holidays.
A. constant B. main C. powerful D. shallow
25. A。本题考查形容词辨析。constant 不断的、恒定的;main主要的;powerful强大的、强有力的;shallow浅的、肤浅的。根据句意选A。
【句意】紫禁城每天都吸引了源源不断的游客,尤其是在法定假日时。
(2013福建卷)31. Those poor and needy teenagers were excited to find a shop at the corner where they could buy ____ priced bikes.
A. competitively B. recently C. reasonably D. affordably
31. D。本题考查副词辨析。competitively有竞争力地;recently最近;reasonably合理地、适度地;affordably付得起,根据句意选D。
【句意】那些贫困的学生很兴奋地发现在拐弯的地方有一间商店,在那间商店他们可以买得起标明了价格的自行车。
(2013湖北卷)27. People complain that decisions to approve or deny a permit are often ______ rather than based on fixed criteria.
A. appropriate B. conscious C. arbitrary D. controversial
27. C。本题考查形容词辨析。appropriate 适当的;恰当的;合适的conscious 有意识的,神志清醒的;自觉的,有意的;arbitrary随意的;主观的,武断的;专制的,独断独行的;controversial有争议的,引起争议的,被争论的;好争论的;
【句意】有人抱怨,批准或拒绝许可证的决定往往是任意的而不是基于既定的标准。21世纪教育网
(2013湖北卷)28. He didn’t selfishly keep for himself the money inherited from his uncle. Instead, he made a _________ contribution to help the community.
A. commercial B. generous C. comparable D. profitable
28. B。本题考查形容词辨析。commercial 商业的;贸易的;营利的;generous 慷慨的,大方的;丰盛的;comparable 可比较的;比得上的profitable有利可图的,有益的;[来源:21世纪教育网]
【句意】他不自私地把自己从他叔叔那里继承的钱据为己有,相反,他慷慨的捐献以帮助社区。
(2013湖北卷)29. Don’t defend him any more. It’s obvious that he ______ destroyed the fence of the garden even without apology.
A. accidentally B. carelessly C. deliberately D. clumsily
29. C。本题考副词辨析。从上句“Don’t defend him any more.” 不要再袒护他了,可知他是有意破坏花园的篱笆,accidentally 偶然地,意外地,非故意地carelessly 粗心大意地;草率地;淡漠地deliberately故意地;深思熟虑地;clumsily笨拙地;粗陋地,故选择C。
【句意】不要再袒护他了,很显然他是故意毁坏花园的篱笆的,而且甚至连一句道歉都没有。
(2013江西卷)24. What a terrible experience ! ________, you’re safe now ------ that’s the main thing.
A. Anyway. B. Besides. C. Otherwise. D. Therefore.
24.A。考查副词词义辨析。此处考查表示上下连接关系的副词。A项“不管怎样”;B项“而且,此外”;C项“否则”;D项“因此”; 根据句意:多么可怕的经历!_____, 主要的事情是,现在你是安全的。可知答案为A。
【句意】多么糟糕的经历啊!不管怎么说,你现在安全了——这是主要的。
(2013江西卷)26. There are a small number of people involved, possibly ______twenty.
A. as few as B. as little as C. as many as D. as much as
26.A。考查形容词辨析。本题的关键词是a small number of(一小部分;少数的),排除C选项与D选项,它们都表示“多达……”;题中people是可数名词,因此正确答案为A。B选项中的little表示“少的”之意时,不可以用来修饰可数名词。
【句意】只有少部分人牵涉在内,少到二十人.
(2013辽宁卷)27. Everything seemed to be going ______ for the first two days after I moved to New York.
A. vividly B. generally C. frequently D. smoothly
27. D。本题考查副词词义辨析。A. vividly生动地B. generally一般地,概括地 C. frequently频繁地,经常地D. smoothly平稳地,流利地。本句中,go smoothly意为“进展顺利”。故选D。
【句意】在我搬到纽约之后的头两天,似乎一切进展顺利。
(2013辽宁卷)33. This is by far ______ movie that I have ever seen.
A. an inspiring B. a much inspiring C. the most D. the more inspiring
33. C。考查形容词比较等级。本题有两个提示,by far意为“非常”,用于修饰形容词或副词的比较级或最高级,由此可知A,B肯定不对。再根据定语从句的修饰,关键词为ever,“我曾经看过的”,自然是“最鼓舞人心的”,所以使用最高级。故选C。
【拓展】试比较以下两句:
This is the most interesting book that I have ever read. (理解同本题)
This book couldn’t be more interesting! 这本书太有意思了!
(形容词和副词的比较级,用于否定句,表达最高级含义)
【句意】这是我曾经看过的最鼓舞人心的电影。
(2013上海卷)28. It’s a ______ clock, made of brass and dating from the nineteenth century.
A. charming French small B. French small charming
C. small French charming D. charming small French
28. 答案:D。考查形容词作前置定语的排列顺序。
解析:题干的意思是:“这是一个迷人的法国小时钟,由黄铜做成,可以追溯到十九世纪”。选项中是三个形容词的不同排序。当名词中心词带有两个或两个以上形容词作前置修饰语时,顺序往往与汉语不同。可记住这句口诀:县官行令杀国才(“县”——限定词,“官”——表人们观点的词,“行”——表大小、长短、高低、形状的词,“令”——表年龄、新旧的词,“杀”即“色”——表颜色的词,“国”——国籍、出处,“才”——材料)。根据口诀顺序,选项中的三个形容词,charming是主观评价即观点,small是大小,而French是产地即出处,因此判断D为正确选项。
(2013天津卷)3. I think watching TV every evening is a waste of-- there are ______ meaningful things to do.
A. less B. more C. the least D. the most
3.B。本题考查副词及其短语的用法。B. more. “较多地”修饰形容词meaningful;此句是一个比较句型,后面相当于省略了than watching TV这一活动;C. the least.“最少”D. the most.“最多”。
【句意】我认为每天晚上看电视是一种浪费时间的行为,还有很多比这更有意义的事情可做。21世纪教育网
(2013新课标II) 9. It may not be a great suggestion. But before ______ is put forward, we’ll make do with it.
A. a good one B. a better one C. the best one D. a best one
9. B。本题考查比较级。根据句意,空处应该是指“比这个更好的”,故用比较级。
【句意】这可能并不是一个非常好的建议。但是,在一个更好的建议提出来之前,我们就将
就它了。[来源:21世纪教育网]
(2013新课标I卷)25. Tony can hardly boil an egg, still ________ cook dinner.
A. less B. little C. much D. more
25. A 本题考查副词用法。still less是固定短语,意思是“更不用说;何况”。
【句意】托尼几乎不会煮鸡蛋,更不用说做饭了。
(2013浙江卷)2. Mary worked here as a ______ secretary and ended up getting a full-time job with the company.
A. pessimistic B. temporary C. previous D. cautious
2.B。考查形容词词义辨析。根据后句“最终得到这个公司的全职工作”可以推断前面应该是临时的秘书,pessimistic悲观的,厌世的,previous先前的,以前的,cautious小心谨慎的,均不符合句意。
【句意】玛丽在这儿工作是作为临时的秘书身份,最终她在这个公司得到了一份全职的工作。
(2013浙江卷)6. If we leave right away, ______, we’ll arrive on time.
A. hopefully B. curiously C. occasionally D. gradually
6.A。考查副词词义辨析。根据上下文leave right away和arrive on time,应选择hopefully有希望。curiously 好奇地,occasionally偶尔,gradually渐渐地,均与arrive on time 无法搭配。
【句意】如果我们立刻出发,我们有希望按时到达。
(2013浙江卷)18. If what your friend comes up with surprises you, don’t reject it immediately. ______ , imagine that it is true.
A. Thus B. Besides C. Rather D. Otherwise
18.A。考查副词。根据上文,don’t reject it immediately和imagine that it is true说明转折关系,用yet。
【句意】如果你的朋友所提出令你感到惊讶,不要马上拒绝,而是要想像是真的。
【2012北京卷】28. Many people have donated that type of blood; however, the blood bank needs _____.
A. some B. less C. much D. more
28. D。形容词考点。比较级,根据句意即刻判断。
【2012全国II】13. Next to biology , I like physics ________.
A. better B. best C. the better D. very well
【答案】B
【解析】此处best是副词的最高级,修饰动词like。句意:除了生物,我最喜欢物理。
【考点定位】考查形容词的比较等级。
10【2012天津卷】The secretary arranged a(n)___________time and space for the applicants to have an interview.【D】
A. important B. spare C. public D. convenient
【2012全国新课程】29. This restaurant wasn't that other restaurant we went to.
A. half as good as B. as half good as
C. as good as half D. good as half as
【答案】A
【解析】在as…as…句型中,倍数放在第一个as的前面,故A正确。句意:这家饭店不及我们去过另一家的一半好。
【解析】此处confident信心;creative有创造力的;grateful感激的;reasonable有道理的。句意:要讲道理,你不能指望我在如此短的时间里完成所有的工作。
【考点定位】考查形容词词义辨析及语境理解。
【2012福建卷】27. Anyone, whether he is an official or a bus driver, should be respected.
A. especially B. equally C. naturally . D. normally
【考点】本题考查副词辨析
【答案】B
【解析】根据句意:无论是官员还是公共汽车司机,都应该平等的被尊敬,所以选择B项equally“平等地,公平地”;especially“尤其地”;naturally“自然地”;normally“正常地”,只有B项符合题意。
【难度】一般
【2012福建卷】32. — Can you lend me the book Gone with the Wind
— Sorry. I returned it to the library just now. Maybe it is still ____.
A. available B. affordable C. acceptable D. valuable
【考点】本题考查形容词辨析
【答案】A
【解析】根据前半句“我刚刚还给图书馆”和下半句中的still可知这本书或许还可得到的用available,而其它三项 affordable“支付的起的”;acceptable “可接受的”;valuable“贵重的”均与题意不符。
【难度】难度强
最近几年的高考试卷对于形容词的词义辨析考查面越来越广了,很多单选题都是从外国网站某篇新闻中节选的句子,同时在完型中考查形容词辨析的越来越多。考生一定要严格区分和细心的比较所给的四个选项,看其搭配、惯用法,尤其看内涵和外延,别忽略语篇大意要结合上下文语境确定词的意义。
【2012浙江卷】18. Mike was usually so careful, ______this time he made a small mistake.
A. yet B. still C. even D. thus
18. 【考点】副词
【答案】A
【解析】根据句意:麦克通常很认真的,然而(yet)这次他犯了个小错误。Still仍旧;even甚至;thus因此,均不符合语境,故排除。
【难度】中等
【2012浙江卷】10.The research lacks____evidence, and therefore, its conclusions are doubtful.
A. solid B. fierce C. severe D. potential
10.【考点】形容词词义辨析
【答案】A
【解析】根据句意:研究缺乏实证(solid evidence),因此所得出的结论还有待考证。fierce激烈的;severe严重的;potential,有潜力的,均不符合语境,故排除。
【难度】较难
【2012安徽卷】34.Queen Elizabeth Ⅱis often to be richest woman in the world. _______, her personal wealth seems rather small.
A. Besides B. Otherwise C. However D. Altogether
选择C。前面说她富有,后面说她个人财富相当少。
【2012安徽卷】23. Interest is as _____to learning as the ability to understand , even more so.
A. vital B. available C. specific D. similar
Be vital to 表示:对.....极端重要;something be available to somebody表示:某人可以得到某物,列句:cooperative medical service is available to all the members of the the commune. C答案specific 不能与to 搭配;D 答案 similar to 表示:与.....相似。
本题可以把定于to understand 省掉,也可以把后面的even more so省掉或还原。
Interest is as to learning as the ability 这样可以确定B是错误的,D更是错误的。
Interest is even more than the ability to understand.
很佩服出卷人!
原句: Interest is vital to learning 互联网对于学习极端重要。
变化之一:Interest is as vital to learning as the ability to understand 互联网对于学习极端重要,就像理解能力对于学习极端重要一样,互联网甚至比理解能力更加重要
(2011江苏卷,25﹚In that school, English is compulsory for all students, but French and Russian are _________.
A.special B.regional C.optional D.original
【答案】C
【考点】考查形容词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“在那所学校,英语是学生的必修课,而法语和俄语是选修课。”special特别的,特意的;regional地区的,地方的;optional可选择的;original原始的,最初的。句中由but进行转折,由此可知法语和俄语不是必修课而是可以选修,所以正确【答案】为C。
(2011福建卷,30﹚Nowadays, there is a increase in children’s creativity, for they are greatly encouraged to develop their talents.
A.sharp B.slight C.natural D.modest
【答案】A
【考点】考查形容词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“现在的孩子们在创造力上有很大的提高,因为他们被极力地鼓励着去发展他们的天赋。”sharp明显的,急剧的;slight轻微的,稍稍的;natural自然的,天生的;modest谦虚的,不过分的。因此选A。
(2011安徽卷,31﹚_____, I managed to get through the game and the pain was worth it in the end.
A. Hopefully B. Normally C. Thankfully D. Conveniently
【答案】C
【考点】考查副词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“庆幸的是,我终于打完了比赛,其中的辛苦没有白费。”hopefully充满希望地;normally正常地;thankfully庆幸地;conveniently方便地。根据句意,选C。
(2011浙江卷,9﹚The professor could tell by the ___________look in Maria’s eyes that she didn't understand a single word of his lecture
A. cold B. blank C. innocent D. fresh
【答案】B
【考点】考查形容词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“根据Maria茫然的眼神,这位教授能够看出她对他所讲的内容连一个字也没有听懂。”cold冰冷的;blank空虚的,茫然的;innocent无辜的;fresh新鲜的。根据后面didn't understand,选B。
(2011浙江卷,13﹚I’ve been writing this report____ for the last two weeks, but it has to be handed in tomorrow.
A. finally B. immediately C. occasionally D. certainly
【答案】C
【考点】考查副词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“在过去的两周里,我是时续时断地写这个报告,可是这个报告明天就得交了。”finally最终地;immediately立即,马上;occasionally偶尔地;certainly肯定地。根据but it has to be handed in tomorrow句意,选C。
(2011全国卷II,17﹚Mr. Stevenson is great to work for ——I really couldn't ask for a _______ boss.
A. better B. good C. best D. still better
【答案】A
【考点】考查比较级的否定用法。
【解析】句意为“为Stevenson先生工作真好,我实在找不到比他更好的老板了。”否定词couldn't与better连用,表示“非常好”,等于最高级;still better不能用于否定句中。因此选A。
(2011上海春招,28﹚You’d be exposed to a lot ______ pollution if you moved to a town with pure water and air.
A. more B. most C. less D. least
【答案】C
【考点】考查形容词比较级的用法。
【解析】句意为“如果我们搬到空气清新、水质纯净的小镇去,我们受到的污染将会少得多。”空格前的a lot修饰比较级more或less,根据后面的语意,选C。
(2011四川卷,12﹚——How are your recent trip to Sichuan
——I’ve never had one before.
A.a pleasant B.a more pleasant C.a most pleasant D.the most pleasant
【答案】B
【考点】考查比较级的否定用法。
【解析】句意为“——最近你到四川的旅行怎么样?——从来没有这么愉快过。”否定词never与a more pleasant连用,表示“非常愉快”,等于最高级。the most pleasant是特指,需要有比较的范围,但是这个范围并不存在。因此选B。
(2011陕西卷,17﹚The new stadium being built for the next Asian Games will be the present one。
A.as three times big as B. three times as big as
C. as big as three times D. as big three times as
【答案】B
【考点】考查倍数的表达法。
【解析】句意为“为下一届亚运会而修建的体育馆将会是目前的体育馆三倍大小。”表示倍数的词做修饰语时,放在as的前面,即“倍数 + as + adj + as”, 因此选B。
(2011湖北卷,23﹚The old engineer’s eyes still shone bright in the wrinkled brown face and his step as he came across the room was________,though slow.
A. shaky B. heavy C. casual D. steady
【答案】D
【考点】考查形容词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“这位年长的工程师,古铜色的脸上布满皱纹,但目光炯炯。当他走过房间时,步子虽慢但是沉稳。”shaky颤抖的;heavy沉重的;casual漠不关心的,冷淡的;steady稳定的。根据前面的交代,选D。
(2011湖北卷,24﹚An unhappy childhood may have some negative effects on a person’s characters; however, they are not always_________,
A. practical B. avoidable C. permanent D. beneficial
【答案】C
【考点】考查形容词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“不幸的童年可能会对人的性格产生一些消极的影响;然而,这些影响不总是持久的。”practical实际的,实用的;avoidable可避免的;permanent永久的,持久的;beneficial有益的。根据语意,选择C。
(2011湖北卷,25﹚The state-run company is required to make its accounts as_________ as possible for its staff to monitor the use of money.
A. transparent B. reasonable C. secure D. formal
【答案】A
【考点】考查形容词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“这家国营企业被要求财务尽可能做到透明,以便公司的员工能对金钱的使用加以监督。”transparent透明的;reasonable合理的;secure安全的;formal正式的。根据句意,选A。
(2011江西卷24﹚——The film is , I have to say, not a bit interesting.
——Why It’s ______ than the films I have ever seen.
A. far more interesting B.much less interesting
C. no more interesting D.any less interesting
【答案】A
【考点】考察形容词比较级。
【解析】句意为“——我得说,这部电影一点都不令人感兴趣。——什么?这可比我看过的电影有趣得多了。”程度副词可修饰形容词比较级,放于比较级前。根据应答者用“Why ”进行的反问,选A。
(2010上海﹚It took us quite a long time to get to the amusement park. It was journey.
A. three hour B. a three-hours C. a three-hour D. three hours
【答案】C
【考点】此题考查复合形容词
【解析】数词+连字符+名词的用法, 连字符连接的词作名词定语且用单数。意为 “三小时的路程”
(2010安徽﹚_______, she is the sort of woman to spread sunshine to people through her smile
A. Shy and cautious B. Sensitive and thoughtful
C. Honest and confident . D. Lighthearted and optimistic
【答案】D
【考点】本题考查形容词辨析。
【解析】Shy and cautious意为 “害羞的谨慎的;sensitive and thoughtful意为 “敏感的与体贴的”; Honest and confident “诚实的与自信的”; Lighthearted and optimistic意为 “愉快的与乐观的”。句意为 “愉快与乐观的她, 是那种通过微笑把阳光撒给他人的女士。”
(2010湖南﹚Father goes to the gym with us although he dislikes going there.
A. hardly B. seldom C. sometimes D. never
【答案】C
【考点】考查副词辨析。
【解析】A项意为 “几乎不”, B项意为 “很少”, C项意为 “有时”, D项意为 “从不”。句意为: “尽管父亲不喜欢去那儿, 但他还是有时和我们一起去锻炼。”故选C项。
(2010江西﹚Computers and mobile phones, though they are indeed making our life ___ and more ___, have reduced the need for face-to-face communications.
A easily; efficient B easier; efficient
C easy; efficiently D easily; efficiently
【答案】B
【考点】考查形容词的比较级。
【解析】make +life+形容词, 而且后面为比较级, 所以说两个空同为形容词同为比较级
(2010山东﹚Mothers holding jobs outside the home should have _______ schedules to make it easier to care for their children.
A. heavy B. smooth C. flexible D. complex
【答案】C
【考点】本题考查形容词意义辨析。
【解析】句意应为 “在外工作的母亲们应该有灵活的时间以便照看孩子们。”表示 “灵活的”用flexible 。heavy 表示 “沉重的”; smooth表示 “光滑的, 滑顺的”; complex表示 “复杂的, 难懂的”。
(2010天津﹚People have always been about exactly how life on earth began.
A. curious B. excited C. anxious D. careful
【答案】A.
【考点】考查形容词的意义和用法。
【解析】句意:人们一直对于地球生命的起源感到好奇。根据介词about后面宾语从句的意义, 可以确定前面表示的是好奇, be curious about 是 “对……感到好奇”的意思。
(2010四川﹚The school was moved out of downtown as the number of students had grown too .
A. small B. few C. 1arge D. many
【答案】C
【考点】考查形容词的用法。
【解析】the number of 意为 “……的数量”, 其后的形容词应为大小, 不用多少。又据句意学校被移出了市中心, 应该是学生的数量变得太大了, 故选C。
(2010全国Ⅰ﹚I’ll spend half of my holiday practicing English and _______ half learning drawing.
A. another B. the other C. other’s D. other
【答案】B
【考点】此题考查another, the other, other, other's的形容词用法区别。
【解析】句意:我将会用假期一半的时间练习英语, 另外一般时间练习画画。other一般不单独使用, 其前经常有冠词或其他形容词, 如B选项的the other, one...the other.., 用于一个整体的两部分 “一个……另一个”, 题干中将假期分成两部分, 一部分用来学英语, 一部分用来画画, 符合题意。another用作形容词时表示 “又, 再”, other's没有此种用法。
(2010陕西﹚Studies show that people are more to suffer from back problems if they always sit before computer screens for long hours.
A. likely B. possible C. probable D. sure
【答案】A
【考点】考查形容词词义辨析。
【解析】所填词做表语, 主语是人, 由more来修饰, 意思是:可能, 选A。其中四个选项中possible和probable也都 “可能的”之意, 但他们做表语时主语只能是物, sure在此处意思不恰当。
(2010全国Ⅱ﹚The island is__________attractive in spring and autumn because of the pleasant weather in both seasons.
A.partly B.merely C.nearly D.equally
【答案】D
【考点】考查副词词义。
【解析】只要知道词义即可选出答案, 该题较为简单。A, 部分的 B 只不过 C 几乎 D 同样的, 相等的。
(2010全国Ⅱ﹚Mr.Black is very happy because the clothes made in his factory have never been________.
A.popular B.more popular C.most popular D.the most popular
【答案】B
【考点】考查比较级的使用
【解析】否定比较级相当于肯肯定。类似的还有too, enough。
(2010 湖北﹚In this lecture, I can only give you a purely view of how we can live life to the full and make some suggestions about the future.
A. private B. personal C. unique D. different
【答案】B
【考点】形容词词义辨析
【解析】根据词义可以快速排除A和D。A表示 “独特的”, D表示 “不同的”, 只有B和C比较接近。 “private”表示 “私人的, 私下的, “personal”表示 “个人的”, personal view才能表示 “个人观点”
(2010 湖北﹚Mistakes don’t just happen; they occur for a reason. Find out the reason, and then making the mistake becomes .
A. favorable B. precious C. essential D. worthwhile
【答案】D
【考点】形容词词义辨析, 同时也涉及到构词法
【解析】 “worthwhile”表示 “值得的, 有价值的”表示犯错误是值得的。A表示 “喜爱的, 赞同的”, B “珍贵的”C “本质的”, 只要知道词义, 并联系生活常识, 该题还是很容易得出【答案】的。
(2010 湖北﹚If I find someone who looks like the suspect, my reaction will be to tell the police.
A. physical B. immediate C. sensitive D. sudden
【答案】B
【考点】考查形容词词义辨析。
【解析】根据词义可得出【答案】。 “physical”表示 “身体的”; “sudden”表示 “突然的”; “sensitive”表示 “敏感的”, 只有 “immediate”表示 “立刻, 马上”, 等同于 “at once”.故选B
(2010 湖北﹚I wasn’t blaming anyone; I said errors like this could be avoided.
A. merely B. mostly C. rarely D. nearly
【答案】A
【考点】考查副词词义辨析
【解析】这道题可能会让一部分同学郁闷一小下。形近词的辨析历来是备受考试青睐的一种考法。乍一眼看上去, 这四个词都是以ly结尾, 又都是6个字母组成, 实在难以辨识。此时的考生, 需要冷静下来。分析这里的每 个副词分别是由哪个形容词变化而来, 而其形容词的含义实际上和其副词的含义相差无几。 “most”(大部分), 所以 “mostly”(大部分地, 通常地); “near”(临近) “nearly”(几乎)= almost; rare(稀有的) “rarely”(很少地,几乎不); “mere”(仅仅, 只 不过) “merely”(仅仅, 只不过)。全句意思 “我并没有责 怪任何人, 我只是说类似这种错误是可以避免的”。
(2010辽宁﹚Jim went to answer the phone. _______, Harry started to prepare lunch.
A. However B. Nevertheless C. Besides D. Meanwhile
【答案】D
【考点】考查副词用法。
【解析】句意:吉姆去接电话, 与此同时, 哈里开始准备午餐。前后两个句子是相同的语义关系, 在时间上表示同时, 所以用meanwhile。
(2010辽宁﹚We only had $100 and that was _______ to buy a new computer.
A. nowhere near enough B. near enough nowhere
C. enough near nowhere D. near nowhere enough
【答案】A
【考点】考查副词用法
【解析】句意:我们只有100美元, 他怎么也不够买一台新电脑的。nowhere near是固定短语, 意思是 “差得远;远不及”, 相当于一个形容词, enough做副词用, 修饰形容词或副词时, 应该放在被修饰词的后面。
(2010浙江﹚I have been convinced that the print media are usually more and more reliable than television.
A. accurate B. ridiculous C. urgent D. shallow
【答案】A
【考点】本题考查形容词辨析。
【解析】分析四个选项的意思:accurate 精确的;ridiculous可笑的, 滑稽的;urgent紧急的;shallow浅的, 肤浅的。根据句意:我确信印刷媒体常常会比电视更准确、更可靠。
(2010浙江﹚Do you think shopping online will take the place of shopping in stores
A. especially B. frequently C. merely D. finally
【答案】D
【考点】本题考查副词辨析。
【解析】分析四个选项的意思:especially 特别, 尤其;frequently经常, merely仅仅, finally最终。根据语境:你认为网上购物最终会替代商场购物吗?
(2010浙江﹚Playing on a frozen sports field sounds like a lot of fun. Isn’t it rather risky, ____
A. though B. also C. either D. too
【答案】A
【考点】本题考查副词辨析。
【解析】根据句意:在冰场上玩耍听起来很有趣。然会不会有危险呢?前后两句之前是明显的转折关系, 所以选择though。学生姓名:周凌峰 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:6 教学时间:2014/02/08 10:00-10:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
【知识要点】
一.动词
1)表示动作中状态的词叫做动词。
2)根据其在句中的功能,动词可分为四类,分别是:实义动词、系动词、助动词、情态动词。
说明:有些情况下,有些动词是兼类词。例如:
We are having a meeting. 我们正在开会。(have是实义动词。)
He has gone to New York. 他已去纽约。(have是助动词。)
3)动词根据其后是否带有宾语,可分为两类,分别是:及物动词、不及物动词,英语缩写形式分别为vt. 和vi.。
说明:同一动词有时可用作及物动词,有时可用作不及物动词。例如:
She can dance and sing. 她能唱歌又能跳舞。(sing在此用作不及物动词。)
She can sing many English songs. 她能唱好多首英文歌曲。(sing用作及物动词。)
4)动词根据是否受主语的人称和数的限制,可分两类,分别是:限定动词、非限定动词例如:
She sings very well. 她唱得很好。(sing受主语she的限制,故用第三人称单数形式sings。)
She wants to learn English well. 她想学好英语。(to learn不受主语she的限制,没有词形变化,是非限定动词。)
说明:英语中共有三种非限定动词,分别是:动词不定式、动名词、分词。
5)根据动词的组成形式,可分为三类,分别是:单字词、短语动词、动词短语例如:
The English language contains many phrasal verbs and verbal phrases. 英语里有许多短语动词和动词短语。(contains是单字动词。)
Students should learn to look up new words in dictionaries. 学生们学会查字典。(look up是短语动词。)
The young ought to take care of the old. 年轻人应照料老人。(take care of是动词短语。)
6)动词有五种形态,分别是:原形、第三人称单数形式、过去式、过去分词、现在分词。
系动词
系动词亦称联系动词(Link Verb),作为系动词,它本身有词义,但不能单独用作谓语,后边必须跟表语(亦称补语),构成系表结构说明主语的状况、性质、特征等情况。说明:有些系动词又是实义动词,该动词表达实义时,有词义,可单独作谓语。例如:
He fell ill yesterday. 他昨天病了。(fell是系动词,后跟补足语,说明主语情况。)
He fell off the ladder. 他从梯子上摔下来。fell是实义动词,单独作谓语。
1)状态系动词
用来表示主语状态,只有be一词。例如:
He is a teacher. 他是一名教师。(is与补足语一起说明主语的身份。)
2)持续系动词
用来表示主语继续或保持一种状况或态度,主要有keep, rest, remain, stay, lie, stand。例如:
He always kept silent at meeting. 他开会时总保持沉默。
This matter rests a mystery. 此事仍是一个谜。
3)表像系动词
用来表示"看起来像"这一概念,主要有seem, appear, look。例如:
He looks tired. 他看起来很累。
He seems (to be)very sad. 他看起来很伤心。
 
5)变化系动词
这些系动词表示主语变成什么样,变化系动词主要有become, grow, turn, fall, get, go, come, run。例如:
He became mad after that. 自那之后,他疯了。
She grew rich within a short time. 她没多长时间就富了。
6)终止系动词
表示主语已终止动作,主要有prove, turn out, 表达"证实","变成"之意。例如:
The rumor proved false. 这谣言证实有假。
The search proved difficult. 搜查证实很难。
His plan turned out a success. 他的计划终于成功了。(turn out表终止性结果)
助动词
1)协助主要动词构成谓语动词的词叫助动词。被协助的动词称作主要动词。助动词自身没有词义,不可单独使用。例如:
He doesn't like English. 他不喜欢英语。
(doesn't是助动词,无词义;like是主要动词,有词义)
2)助动词协助主要动词完成以下功用,可以用来:
a. 表示时态。例如: He is singing. 他在唱歌。 He has got married. 他已结婚。
b. 表示语态。例如: He was sent to England. 他被派往英国。
c. 构成疑问句。例如: Do you like college life  你喜欢大学生活吗?
Did you study English before you came here  你来这儿之前学过英语吗?
d. 与否定副词not合用,构成否定句。例如: I don't like him. 我不喜欢他。
e. 加强语气。例如: Do come to the party tomorrow evening. 明天晚上一定来参加晚会。
He did know that. 他的确知道那件事。
3)最常用的助动词有:be, have, do, shall, will, should, would等。
助动词be的用法
1)be +现在分词,构成进行时态。例如:
They are having a meeting. 他们正在开会。
English is becoming more and more important. 英语现在越来越重要。
2) be + 过去分词,构成被动语态。例如:
The window was broken by Tom.. 窗户是汤姆打碎的。
English is taught throughout the world. 世界各地都教英语。
3)be + 动词不定式,可表示下列内容:
a. 表示最近、未来的计划或安排。例如:
He is to go to New York next week.. 他下周要去纽约。
We are to teach the freshmen. 我们要教新生。
说明:这种用法也可以说成是一种将来时态表达法。
b. 表示命令。例如:
You are to explain this. 对此你要做出解释。
He is to come to the office this afternoon. 要他今天下午来办公室。
c. 征求意见。例如:
How am I to answer him  我该怎样答复他?
Who is to go there  谁该去那儿呢?
d. 表示相约、商定。例如:
We are to meet at the school gate at seven tomorrow morning. 我们明天早晨7点在校门口集合。
助动词have的用法
1)have +过去分词,构成完成时态。例如:
He has left for London. 他已去了伦敦。
By the end of last month, they had finished half of their work. 上月未为止,他们已经完成工作的一半。
2)have + been +现在分词,构成完成进行时。例如:
I have been studying English for ten years. 我一直在学英语,已达十年之久。
3)have +been +过去分词,构成完成式被动语态。例如:
English has been taught in China for many years. 中国教英语已经多年。
助动词do 的用法
1)构成一般疑问句。例如:
Do you want to pass the CET  你想通过大学英语测试吗?
Did you study German  你们学过德语吗?
2)do + not 构成否定句。例如:
I do not want to be criticized. 我不想挨批评。
He doesn't like to study. 他不想学习。
In the past, many students did not know the importance of English. 
过去,好多学生不知道英语的重要性。
3)构成否定祈使句。例如:
Don't go there. 不要去那里。
Don't be so absent-minded. 不要这么心不在焉。
说明:构成否定祈使句只用do,不用did和does。
4)放在动词原形前,加强该动词的语气。例如:
Do come to my birthday party. 一定来参加我的生日宴会。
I did go there. 我确实去那儿了。
I do miss you. 我确实想你。
5)用于倒装句。例如:
Never did I hear of such a thing. 我从未听说过这样的事情。
Only when we begin our college life do we realize the importance of English. 进了大学以后,我们才认识到英语的重要性。
说明:引导此类倒装句的副词有never, seldom, rarely, little, only, so, well等。
6)用作代动词。例如:
---- Do you like Beijing  --你喜欢北京吗?
---- Yes, I do. --是的,喜欢。(do用作代动词,代替like Beijing.)
He knows how to drive a car, doesn't he 他知道如何开车,对吧?
助动词shall和will的用法
shall和will作为助动词可以与动词原形一起构成一般将来时。例如:
I shall study harder at English. 我将更加努力地学习英语。
He will go to Shanghai.  他要去上海。
说明:在过去的语法中,语法学家说shall用于第一人称,will 只用于第二、第三人称。现在,尤其是在口语中,will常用于第一人称,但shall只用于第一人称,如用于第二、第三人称,就失去助动词的意义,已变为情态动词,试比较:
He shall come. 他必须来。(shall有命令的意味。)
He will come. 他要来。(will只与动词原形构成一般将来时。)
助动词should, would的用法
1)should无词义,只是shall的过去形式,与动词原形构成过去将来时,只用于第一人称。例如:
I telephoned him yesterday to ask what I should do next week. 我昨天给他打电话,问他我下周干什么。
比较:"What shall I do next week " I asked. "我下周干什么?"我问道。
可以说,shall变成间接引语时,变成了should。
2)would也无词义,是will的过去形式,与动词原形构成过去将来时,用于第二、第三人称。例如:
He said he would come. 他说他要来。
比较:"I will go," he said. 他说:"我要去那儿。"变成间接引语,就成了He said he would come。原来的will变成would,go变成了come.。
动词是英语中的重要词类之一,也是高考英语中的一个考查热点 它是英语语言综合运用中的灵魂,没有动词的句子,就不是完整的句子可以将动词进行分类学习
一 在句子中否定词前移的动词类
在主从复合句中,若主句的主语为第一人称,这类动词后面接含否定意义的宾语从句时,要把从句的否定词转移到主句中去 这类动词有think, believe, expert, imagine, suppose, feel, guess, fancy等 例如:
To tell you the truth, I don't suppose he can give you any help in such a short time,
A. do I B. can't he
C. can he D. don't you (答案为C)
在回答对方提问时,这类动词的常用句式为“I expect so/not” 例如:
—We don't believe we can make such an attempt, can we
—I expect not.
二 计划未能实现的动词类
此类动词常用过去完成时,其后接动词不定式作宾语,或用于一般过去时,其后接不定式的完成式表示虚拟语气,或表达原来的计划未能实现 这类动词有intend, mean, plan, expect, hope, think, want, suppose等 例如:
I had meant to tell you about it yesterday, but the snowstorm prevented me.
They hoped to have stayed there a week, but the word came. I had to come back.
三 表示将来时间的动词类
这类动词常用一般现在时 现在进行时表示将来时间 它们有come, go, leave, start, arrive, move, begin, fall, see, stay, take off等 例如:
Your plane takes off at a quarter past two in the afternoon.
四 表示“据说”意义的动词类
此类动词常用过去分词形式,表示“据说” “据报道”等意思 常见句式为“It + be + 过去分词+ that从句” 这类动词有decide, say, know, report, think, believe, suppose, declare, announce等 注意: order, suggest, request后面的that从句中常用虚拟语气,也可省略should, 直接用动词原形来表示 例如:
It is ordered that this design (should) be given up as quickly as possible.
It is announced that two teams will have a game in our school.
五 使用替代词的动词类
此类动词后面常接so/not作宾语,以此回答或代替前面的句子或主从复合句中的从句及谓语动词 这类动词有believe, guess, imagine, expect, hope, would like等 例如:
—Will it rain this weekend
—I expect so/not.
六 混合使用在被动结构中的动词类
此类动词常用“动词be + 过去分词”结构,这种结构既表示被动意义,又表示一种状态 常见的这种结构有be surprised, be astonished, be discouraged, be pleased, be disappointed, be frightened, be satisfied, be absorbed, be born, be dressed, be devoted, be seated, be engaged in, be obliged to, be supposed to, be supplied with, be connected with, be equipped with, be married to等 例如:
These years they have been engaged in building the Three Gorges.
You are supposed to send for a doctor immediately.
七 能带同源宾语的动词类
有些不及物动词后面可以接词源相同的名词作宾语,即同源宾语 这一名词前面往往有一个修饰语或另一个名词的所有格 这类动词有die, smile, live, dream, laugh, smell, run, sing, whistle, fight等 例如:
He died a heroic death.
He smiled a forced smile.
Then they lived a dog's life.
The lady laughed a hearty laugh.
八 瞬间动词类
瞬间动词(又叫终止性动词)表示动作不能延续,在肯定句中不能与表达一段时间的状语连用 这类动词有go, come, leave, start, return, begin, arrive, stop, finish, borrow, lend, open, close, die, become, break, join, kill, marry, graduate等 比较:
They have become friends since they met in Shanghai. (错误)
They have been friends since they met in Shanghai. (正确)
My grandfather has died for ten years. (错误)
My grandfather has been dead for ten years. (正确)
九 带介词to的动词词组类
这类动词词组有lead to(导致), stick to(坚持), refer to(提及), look forward to(盼望), belong to(属于), object to(反对), be/get used to(习惯于), be accustomed to(习惯于), adjust to(适应), adapt to(适应), put an end to(结束), devote ... to(献身于), set to(开始积极的做), get down to(着手), give one's life to(献身于), prefer + v-ing ... to + v-ing(与……比更喜欢……), come to(谈到), be supposed to(反对), agree to, add to等 例如:
The red-letter day he has been looking forward to is coming today!
My brother objects to being made fun of him.
十 与冠词连用,表示“拍” “打” “拉” “抓”意义的动词类
这类动词有pat, tap, hit, beat, strike, take, catch, grasp, pull, seize等 这类动词常用的句式为“主语+ 及物动词+ sb + 介词+ the + 身体部位” 例如:
The angry father caught his son by the arm.
The naughty boy hit the man on the nose.
十一 感官使役动词类
这类动词后接不带to的动词不定式作宾语补足语的时候,表示动作已经完成或表示动作的全过程;后接动词的-ing形式作宾语补足语时,表示动作正在进行,后接过去分词时表示一个被动动作已经完成 但在被动结构中作主语补足语的动词不定式要带to 这类动词有see, look at, watch, notic, observe, hear, feel, listen to, make, let等 例如:
I saw two boys playing football on the playground.
We often heard this song sung by our students after class.
When I stayed at home, I often made my little brother cry, but last week, I was made to cry by my little brother.
十二 系动词类
能用作系动词的词后面常接形容词或名词作表语,此时动词没有进行时态和被动语态 这类动词有be, appear, become, feel, look, sound, seem, taste, prove, remain, smell, grow, turn, go, come, run, fall, make, remain, continue, stand, lie, sit, exist等 例如:
This roasted duck looks good and smells delicious.
On hearing the news he looked sad and he looked at me sadly.
My brother remained silent all time at the meeting.
The speech he made proved disappointing.
十三 后接动名词作宾语的动词类
此类动词及短语动词后面接动名词作宾语 这类动词和短语动词有mind, risk, avoid, enjoy, escape, keep, suggest, appreciate, practise, delay, finish, forbid, deny, feel like, look forward to, can't help, keep(on), miss, be used to, excuse, be worth, imagine, put off, give up等 例如:
He is considering finishing pratising playing the notes in order not to disturb others.
The tiger escaped being killed by the hunter.
十四 后接动词不定式作宾语的动词类
这类动词后面常接动词不定式作宾语 它们有afford, agree, aim, arrange, ask, choose, decide, demand, determine, expect, refuse, wish, hope, order, promise, pretend, offer, happen, seem, make up one's mind, used, be about, be able, have等 例如:
She pretended not to see me when I passed by.
My father earns a low salary every month, so he can't afford to buy such an expensive car.
十五 后面既可接动词不定式又可接动名词的动词类
这类动词的后面既可接动词不定式又可接动名词 其中区别不大的有begin, continue, like, love, prefer, start, hate 意义有明显区别的有try to do(努力做), try doing(试着做), mean to do(打算), mean doing(意味着做), can't help doing(忍不住做), can't help to do(不能帮助做), remember doing(记得做过), remember to do(记住去做), regret doing (后悔做过), forget to do(忘记去做), forget doing(忘记做过), stop to do sth(停下正做的事去做另外一件事), stop doing sth(停止正在做的事), go on to do sth(接着做另一件事), go on doing sth(继续做某事) 例如:
I am too busy today, so I can't help to wash the dishes. 今天太忙,我不能帮助刷盘子了
Hearing the story, I can't help laughing heartily. 听到这个故事,我情不自禁地笑了起来
十六 表示“需要”意义的动词类
这类动词后面既可以直接接动名词,也可接动词不定式的被动式,但二者均可表示被动含义 这类动词有need, want, require, deserve等 例如:
The new teaching building needs painting. (= The new teaching building needs to be painted.)
Your suggestion deserves reconsidering. (= Your suggestion deserves to be reconsidered.)
十七 用在虚拟语气中的动词类
表示应该(或规劝 命令 建议 要求)等意义的动词后面,宾语从句中的谓语动词要用“should + 动词原形”的形式,其中should常常可以省略 这类动词有order, suggest, insist, advise, command, demand, require等 例如:
Captain Cook commanded his men (should) jump into the sea.
The police required that I (should) turn up.
十八 用主动形式表示被动意义的动词类
这类动词常用主动形式表示被动的意义,其后常跟副词well, easily, poorly, 用来说明主语的特点 性质或状态等 这类动词有break, burn, cook, cut, drive, eat, iron, keep, play, sell, last, open, shut, wear, wash, write, translate, print, run, read, operate等 例如:
The clothes my mother bought for me last year washed well.
The pen writes smoothly.
十九 不能用于被动语态和进行时的动词类
这类动词不能用于被动语态,它们用作谓语动词时,也不能用于进行时 这类动词(短语)有become, cost, have, last, hold(容纳), fit, stand(忍受), suit, belong to, consist, exist, depend, happen, take place, run out(用完), break out, give out(耗尽), go out(熄灭), burst forth(突然爆发)等 例如:
The car in the garage belongs to my elder brother.
The chair gave out under the fat man.
The fuel ran out on the way.
二十 后接反身代词作宾语的动词类
这类动词后面常接反身代词作宾语 它们有enjoy, seat, present, teach, help, devote, call, find, force等 例如:
He taught himself law when free and devoted himself to teaching.
He devoted himself to the revolution many years ago.
The boy called himself a fool when he was told to leave the garden.
二.动词短语
短语动词是高考考查的一个热点,分析近年高考试题可知,高考对动词短语的考查主要有以下几个方式。
(一)、不同的动词,后面加上相同的小品词
使用频率较高的这类动词有:call, cut, come, go, get, go, look, put, set, turn, take, pay, pick, make等。常见的介词或副词有:in, off, out, up, away, for, on, over等。
1. 动词+ away构成的短语动词有:
throw away扔掉;put away把……收拾好;give away捐赠,分发;carry away运走;run away 潜逃;跑开;go away 走开
2. 动词+ for构成的短语动词有:
answer for负责;provide for供养;call for要求;plan for打算,为……计划;hope for希望,期待;ask for索取,寻找;send for派人去请;go for努力获取;pay for偿还,赔偿;wait for等待; look for寻找等。
3. 动词+ on构成的短语动词有:
try on试穿,试验;put on穿上,上演;have on穿着,戴着;pull on穿,戴;hold on不挂断,坚持,继续;carry on继续开展,坚持;keep on继续;go on继续;get on上(车);come on赶快等。
4. 动词+ over构成的短语动词有:
come over过来;hand over移交;go over仔细检查,复习;get over克复,恢复;look over检查;think over仔细考虑;take over接受,接管;hand over 移交;turn over翻转等等。
5. 动词+ up构成的短语动词有:
bring up抚育,培养;call up召唤,打电话给;come up走进,上来; cut up切碎; fix up修理;give up放弃;go up 上升,增长;grow up 长大;look up尊敬,向上看,查寻;make up虚构,弥补,组成;put up举起,搭建;pick up 捡起,(开车)接某人,偶然得到;set up建立,创(纪录); send up发射; show up 揭露,露面;turn up出现,把……调高一点; take up占据,开始从事等等。
6. 动词+ out构成的短语动词有:
come out出来; go out出去,熄灭; look out留神,当心; walk out走出; set out出发,开始; put out扑灭,生产; give out发出,发表; hand out分发; pick out挑选; find out找出,发现; speak out大声地说; turn out生产,打扫; get out出去,离开; work out计算出,解决,实行,行得通; carry out实现,执行; bring out出版;start out 出发,动身等等。
(二)、同一个动词后面加上不同的小品词(即介词或副词)
常见的这类动词有:break,die, call, cut, come, go, get, go, look, put, set, turn, take, pay, pick, make等等。
1. break + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
break down击败,摧毁,发生故障,(身体)垮掉;break out爆发;break through突破,突围;break off 中断,突然停止;break up打碎,分解,驱散;break in闯入(不及物);break into破门而入(及物);break away突然离开,逃脱,脱离等等。
2. bring +介词的短语动词有:
bring about使发生;bring back拿回来,使恢复;bring down打倒,降低;bring in引进;bring out出版,生产;bring up培养,养育;bring over把……带来等等。
3. come + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
come in进来;come from 来自于……;come about产生;come over过来; come out出来,出现;come by从旁经过;come up上来,走进; come across偶遇;come along发生,进步;come after跟着……来;come back回来;come around绕道而来;come down下来;come on快点,赶快等等。
4. cut + 介词的短语动词有:
cut in插嘴,插入;cut into切入;cut across抄近路;cut back减少;cut off切断;cut up切碎; cut away砍掉;cut down砍倒,削减;cut out剪取,剪掉;cut through通过,穿过等等。
5. call + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
call after以……的名字来命名;call for要求;call back叫回,召回,回忆;call up使人想起,给某人打电话;call on号召,拜访某人;call in (at)在某地稍作逗留,邀请;call off取消等等
6. get + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
get about传播;get through到达,做完,通过,度过,打通(电话);get in进入,陷入;get on上车,进展,融洽相处;get off下车,下来;get out出去,离开;get over 克服;get across通过,被理解;get along与……融洽相处;get away离开,脱身等等。
7. give + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
give up放弃;give in屈服,投降; give away赠送,捐赠,无意中泄漏,错过;give over移交,交出;give off放出,发出,排出;give out分发,散发,放出(光,热);give back归还。
8. go + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
go ahead着手,开始(做),进行;go along进展,前进;go around流传,传播;go away离去,走开;go beyond超过;go by过去,流逝;go down下降;go up上升;go for喜欢;go off离开,停止;go on继续,发生;go over复习,温习;go through经历,穿过等等。
9. look + 介词/ 副词的短语有:
look after照顾,照料;look away把目光移开;look around环顾;look at看;look down朝下看;look for寻找;look into调查;look out当心;look over检查;look through浏览,检查;look up向上看,查阅等等。
10. turn + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
turn about / round(使)向后转,回头,转身;turn against(使)反对(某人);turn away转过脸去,拒绝;turn back往回走;turn down调低,关小,拒绝;turn in上缴,上交;turn into(使)变成;turn off关掉;turn on打开;turn out熄灭,生产;turn over翻过来;turn to求助于,转向;turn up调高,到达,出现等等。
11. put + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
put aside把……放在一边,积蓄;put away把……收拾好,积蓄;put back把……放回原处;put down放下,镇压;put forward提出,建议;put in放进;put off推迟,拖延;put on穿上,戴上,增加,上演;put out生产出,出版;put up举起等等。
12. be / get / become + 过去分词/ 形容词+ 介词的短语动词有:
be dressed in穿着;be fond of 爱好,喜爱;be lost in沉溺于;be located in位于;be addicted to沉溺于;be used to习惯于;be curious about对……好奇;be engaged in忙于……;be glad to乐意……;be convinced of确信,认识到;be aware of知道;be worried about担心等等。
13. 动词+ 副词+ 介词的短语动词有:
add up to合计达;break away from从……脱离开;come up with找到,提出;catch up with赶上;get down to开始认真地做某事;go in for参加,追求;keep away from远离;keep up with跟上;date back to追溯到;put up with忍受,容忍;run out of用完;watch out for当心;look down upon瞧不起;go ahead with开始,着手;go along with一起去,同意;hold on to坚持等等。
(三)、动词不同,小品词也不同。这一类题应该是最难的,因为它考查面广且灵活多变。
【例】She’s having a lot of trouble with the new computer, but she doesn’t know whom to__________ .
A. turn to B. look for C. deal with D. talk about
【解析】turn to“求助于”;look for“寻找”;deal with“处理”;talk about“谈论”。句意是“她使用这部新电脑一直有麻烦,但她不知道该找谁帮忙。”故正确答案为A。
【考点诠释】
考点一、考查动词词义辨析
  这类试题的四个选项是在结构上都很相近的动词。要做好这类试题,必须明确各个动词的词义和用法,然后根据题意需要选用合适的动词。
  例Recently, these companies have _______ some workers because of the drop in economy.
  A. hired B. dismissed C. refused D. employed
考点二、 考查近义动词辨析
  这类试题的四个选项无论在意义上还是在结构上都是很相近的动词。面对这类试题,必须要从四个动词的语义差别、用法特点等入手才能选出符合题意的动词。
  例When his brother was to cross the street, he was knocked down by a truck and badly _______。
  A. injured B damaged C. harmed D. destroyed
  考点三、考查动词与其宾语的固定搭配
 英语中有许多动词与其宾语有固定的搭配和习惯用法。碰到这类试题时,解答的关键是弄清题意,然后根据题意选择符合固定搭配或习惯用法的动词。
  例 With modern equipment, many mysteries have _______ to light in recent years.
  A. bought B. come C. thrown D. appeared
 考点四、 考查动词与其宾补的固定搭配
 英语中有些动词后跟宾补时,有其固定搭配,如let/have/make sb. do sth.,get/force sb. to do sth.,allow/permit/forbid sb. to do sth.等。解答这类试题的关键是分析句子结构,找到作宾补的不定式,然后看不定式前是否有不定式符号to,最后确定该用什么动词。
  例The card reads: “Dear Mom and Dad, they are _______ everyone write home. Love, Joey.”
  A. advising B. suggesting C. letting D. making   
考点五、 考查系动词
  动词作系动词用时,后面常接形容词、名词、分词和不定式等,此时动词没有进行时和被动语态。这类动词有:appear, become, feel, look, sound, seem, taste, prove, remain, stay, smell, grow, turn, go, come, fall, stand, lie, exist等。解答这类试题的关键首先是弄清题意,然后是分析句子结构,由此可判断出该动词是否用作系动词,最后确定所要填入的答案。
  例The effect of the medicine on this kind of disease remains _______.
  A. seen B. to be seen C. seeing D. to see
【备考提示】1. 全面牢固地掌握英语基础知识 高考英语单项选择题几乎覆盖了中学阶段所有的语言项目,这就要求同学们必须打好基本功
2.着重训练在具体的语境中灵活运用语言知识的能力 近几年的高考单项选择题越来越重视情景的设置,几乎每一道题都放在实际的交际中会出现的语境中进行考查
考点六、考查同根动词短语的辨析
这类试题的四个选项都是由同一个动词加不同的介词或副词构成。从历年高考试题来看,那些搭配能力强、语义丰富的常用动词短语是命题的重点对象。解答这类试题时,一定要在理解语境的基础上,从语义逻辑、固定搭配、前后关系等角度去确定答案。
例How I wish that I could _______ my ideas in simple and wonderful English when chatting on the net.
A. set out B. set off C. set in D. set up
考点七、考查同根介词或副词的动词短语的辨析
这类试题的四个选项是由不同的动词加相同的介词或副词构成。解答这类试题的关键首先还是弄清题意,然后选出符合题意和句子结构需要的动词短语。
例When I was twenty, I had to _______ before graduation and work in a clothes shop to help support my family.
A. drop out B. come out C. leave out D. stay out
例Take care during the holidays! Drinking too much can _______ heart disease and cause high blood pressure.
A. contribute to B. relate to C. attend to D. devote to
考点八、考查不同动词构成的动词短语的辨析
这类试题的四个选项是由四个不同的动词构成的动词短语。解答这类试题的关键是根据题干意思,选出符合题意的动词短语。
例The society today offers the young generation more chances to _______ their talent and skills.
A. give out B. take in C. show off D. carry on
考点九、考查“动词+副词+介词”短语的辨析
这类试题的四个选项要么是四个不同动词,但副词相同、介词不同的动词短语;要么是四个动词相同、副词相同、介词不同的动词短语。解答这类试题时,弄清题意诚然重要,但还要注意该短语的尾词是介词、副词还是不定式符号to,切忌想当然。
例—Do you know the plan his daughter will _______ spread a lot
—Really I don’t know it yet.
A. get down to B. come up to C. live up to D. look up to
例 “I can’t _______ your rudeness any more,leave the room,”shouted Mary.(2009武汉调研)
A. put up to B. put up from C. put up into D. put up with
【备考提示】1. 全面牢固地掌握英语基础知识 高考英语单项选择题几乎覆盖了中学阶段所有的语言项目,这就要求同学们必须打好基本功
着重训练在具体的语境中灵活运用语言知识的能力 近几年的高考单项选择题越来越重视情景的设置,几乎每一道题都放在实际的交际中会出现的语境中进行考查
动词用法与辨析
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. If you want to sell your product you must _____ it.
A. advertise B. advertise for
C. advertise on D. advertise to
比较:
advertise for sth (sb) 登广告征求或寻找某物或某人 (此时 advertise 不及物)
advertise sth 为……登广告,登广告宣传……(此时 advertise 是及物动词,其后要直接跟被宣传的东西作宾语)
People advertise things that they wish to sell. 人们为要卖的东西登广告。
The manager wants to advertise for a new secretary. 经理想登广告招聘一位新秘书。
再比较以下用例:
advertise jobs 登广告招人
advertise for jobs 登广告求职
2. No matter how much you’ve learned and how high a standard of education you have had, you must _______ the people heart and soul.
A. serve B. serve for
C. serve to D. serve on
请看以下类似例子:
(1) I _____ you yesterday, but you weren’t in.
A. rang B. rang to
C. rang with D. rang to
(2) Neither of her parents wanted her to _____ her cousin.
A. marry B. marry to
C. marry with D. marry for
(3) How can I _____ you, Mr. Green
A. contact B. contact with
C. contact to D. contact for
3. According to the rules, students must not ______ their books during examinations.
A. read B. watch
C. notice D. look at
又如:
Let me have a look at the book. 让我看看或翻翻这本书。
Please answer my questions without looking at your books. 请不看书回答我的问题。
4. “I love traveling. I hope to go with you this time.” “But does your mother _____ you to go ”
A. let B. agree
C. allow D. promise
5. If they _______ to make heart-felt apologies soon we will have to bring an action against them.
A. disagreed B. refused
C. agreed D. hoped
6. They own two cars, not to _____ a motorbike.
A. speak B. say
C. talk D. mention
not to mention=更不用说,此外还有
not to say=虽不能说,即使不能说
It is warm, not to say hot. 天气虽说不上热,但也够暖了。
He was impolite, not to say rude. 他即使不是粗鲁,至少也是没有礼貌。
There’re ten of us ready to help, not to mention the children. 我们有10个人愿意帮忙,还不算小孩。
They have three dogs to look after, not to mention the cat and the bird. 他们有三只狗要照顾,更别提那只猫和鸟了。
7. “Do your parents agree to your doing that ” “Yes, of course. In fact, they always ______ me to try something new.”
A. hope B. suggest
C. support D. encourage
顺便说一句,以下英汉语表达也有类似差别,请注意:
汉语说“希望某人做某事”,但英语不说 hope sb to do sth。
汉语说“同意某人做某事”,但英语不说 agree sb to do sth。
汉语说“不同意某人做某事”,但英语不说disagree sb to do sth。
汉语说“害怕某人做某事”,但英语不说 fear sb to do sth。
汉语说“拒绝某人做某事”,但英语不说 refuse sb to do sth。
汉语说“惩罚某人做某事”,但英语不说 punish sb to do sth。
汉语说“建议某人做某事”,但英语不说 suggest sb to do sth。
汉语说“建议某人做某事”,但英语不说 propose sb to do sth。
汉语说“赞成某人做某事”,但英语不说 approve sb to do sth。
汉语说“安排某人做某事”,但英语不说 arrange sb to do sth。
汉语说“要求某人做某事”,但英语不说 demand sb to do sth。
汉语说“感谢某人做某事”,但英语不说 thank sb to do sth。
汉语说“指导某人做某事”,但英语不说 guide sb to do sth。
汉语说“祝贺某人做某事”,但英语不说 congratulate sb to do sth。
汉语说“阻止某人做某事”,但英语不说 prevent sb to do sth。
汉语说“通知某人做某事”,但英语不说 inform sb to do sth。
汉语说“欢迎某人做某事”,但英语不说 welcome sb to do sth。
汉语说“陪伴某人做某事”,但英语不说 accompany sb to do sth。
要表示以上汉语意思,英语需改用其他说法。如:
advise sb to do sth 建议某人做某事
wish sb to do sth / hope for sb to do sth 希望某人做某事
arrange for sb to do sth 安排某人做某事
demand of sb to do sth 要求某人做某事
thank sb for doing sth 感谢某人做了某事
congratulate sb on doing sth 祝贺某人做了某事
prevent sb from doing sth 阻止某人做某事
等等。
8. Nowadays everyone hopes to ______ good education so as to get a good job in the future.
A. accept B. accept a
C. receive D. receive a
9. Wearing dark glasses can _______ your eyes from the sun.
A. care B. prevent
C. defend D. protect
10. Mr. Smith was in great need of money, so he ____ $2 000 for his car.
A. paid B. took
C. cost D. spent
11. There are many kinds _____, but I don’t know which to buy.
A. to be chosen B. to choose from
C. to choose D. for choosing
同样地,下面两例中的介词 from 也不可省略:
Here are some dictionaries for you choose from. 这些词典可供你选择。
In fact, there are various colors to choose from. 事实上,有各种各样的颜色可供选择。
比较:
He chose a red one. 他选了一个红色的。
He chose from some red ones. 他从一些红色的当中去选。
He didn’t know which to choose. 他不知道选哪个。
He didn’t know which to choose from. 他不知道从哪个当中去选。
请做以下试题:
(1) “We have sent out two best players to the sports meet. What about you ” “Well, not yet. We have few ______, I’d say.”
A. chosen B. to choose
C. to be chosen D. to choose from
(2) “I’d like to buy an expensive camera.” “Well, we have several models ______.”
A. to pick up B. to pick
C. to choose D. to choose from
12. I _____ him not to go abroad, but he wouldn’t listen.
A. persuaded B. tried to persuade
C. have persuaded D. was persuaded
类似地:
(1) kill 的意思是“杀死”,不表示“设法杀死”,要表示后者的意思英语用 try to kill。
(2) prevent 的意思是“阻止”,不表示“设法阻止”,要表示后者的意思英语用 try to prevent。
13. When she came several days later, she found that all things still _______ where she had _______ them.
A. lay; laid B. laid; laid
C. lay; lain D. lying; lain
请注意 lie, lay 的以下用法及词形变换:
(1) lay 有两个常见意思:一是表示“放”、“摆”(及物),二是表示“下(蛋)”(及物或不及物)。如:
Lay your coat on the bed. 把你的外衣放在床上。
Are your hens laying yet 你的母鸡下蛋了吗?
Will you please lay the table for dinner 请你摆好餐具准备吃饭好吗
(2) lie 有三个主要意思:一是表示“躺”或“平放”,二是表示“位于”,三是表示“说谎”。用于以上三义时,均为不及物动词。如:
Don’t lie in bed all morning. 别一个上午都躺在床上。
The book lay open on the desk. 那本书摊开着放在桌上。
Don’t lay your coat on the bed. 不要把你的外衣放在床上。
The small town lies among the mountains. 小镇位于群山之中。
I’m sorry I lied to you. 我很抱歉向你撒了谎。
(3) 这两个词经常被混淆的有时不是其意思,而是其词形。注意下表所示:
意 思 现在分词 过去式 过去分词
lie 躺,平放,位于(vi.) lying lay lain
lie 说谎(vi.) lying lied lied
lay 放(vt.),下蛋(vi.&vt.) laying laid laid
请做下题:
(1) The hens _____ 50 eggs last week, but this week they aren’t _____.
A. lay, lying B. laid, laying
C. lay, laying D. lied, lying
(2) The girl ______ on the ground _____ to me that had _____ the purse on the desk.
A. lying, lay, laid B. lying, lied, laid
C. lie, lied, lay D. lay, lied, lain
14. He _____ a visit to the factory and was warmly _____ by the workers there.
A. took, welcome B. took, welcomed
C. paid, welcome D. paid, welcomed
15. The boy said that the fish his mother cooked tasted ______.
A. good B. well
C. to be good D. to be well
这棵树上的苹果味道很好。
正:The apples from this tree taste delicious.
误:The apples from this tree taste to be delicious.
类似地,feel, smell, sound 等连系动词后习惯上也不接不定式 to be。如:
你的想法听起来很好。
正:Your idea sounds a good one.
误:Your idea sounds to be a good one.
玫瑰发出香气。
正:Roses smell sweet.
误:Roses smell to be sweet.
比较:seem, appear, prove, turn out, continue 等连系动词后可以接不定式 to be,也可省略 to be。如:
She seems (to be) a little tired. 她似乎有点累。
He appears (to be) quite young. 他显得年轻。
The examination turned out (to be) quite easy. 结果考试相当容易。
The weather continued (to be ) fine. 天气仍然很好。
注:用作连系动词的 look 后能否接 to be,各语法家意见不一:有的认为可接to be,有的认为不能接 to be。为此,建议同学们以不接 to be 为宜。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. We’re so busy that no one in the office can _____ for any other work.
A. spare B. be spared
C. share D. be shared
2. He regards that book _____ one of the worst that he’s _____ read.
A. to be, ever B. to be, never
C. as, ever D. as, never
3. “Did you get a job ” “No, I ______, but it’s no use.”
A. expected B. tried to
C. managed to D. planned
4. “Do you know that Jack ______ a postman for about six years ” “Yes, I see.”
A. has become B. has turned
C. has changed D. has been
5. The thing that ______ is not whether you fail or not, but whether you try or not.
A. matters B. cares
C. considers D. minds
6. I don’t want the green coat. It is red and black colors that ______ me very well.
A. suit B. fit
C. suits D. fits
7. “Will another fifty be enough ” “Just twenty will ______.”
A. work B. do
C. suit D. fit
8. Goodbye, Mr Carter — my secretary will _____ you to the door.
A. send B. lead
C. drive D. show
9. This kind of cancer can be cured, provided it is ______ early.
A. got B. gained
C. seen D. caught
10. We haven’t enough books for everyone; some of you will have to _____.
A. help B. enjoy
C. share D. spare
11. He asked her to marry him and she _____ him.
A. answered B. received
C. accepted D. agreed
12. My worst fears were _____ when I saw what the exam questions were.
A. done B. seen
C. finished D. realized
13. The plan looks good on paper, but will it _____
A. work B. pass
C. agree D. does
14. What’s the matter with the radio Why isn’t it _____
A. broadcasting B. working
C. doing D. sounding
15. High unemployment _____ the government billions of pounds in lost taxes.
A. spends B. takes
C. uses D. costs
16. It’s hard to rescue drowning people because they _____ so much.
A. sink B. swim
C. jump D. struggle
17. She went to the station to meet her husband, but _____ him in the crowd.
A. passed B. recognized
C. missed D. lost
18. I missed what was happening because I wasn’t ______ very closely.
A. noticing B. running
C. watching D. glancing
19. If you lend me a pound, it will _____ me having to go to the bank.
A. save B. share
C. serve D. help
20. Don’t _______ your breath trying to persuade them; they’ll never listen.
A. use B. waste
C. spend D. put
21. He has spent little time on his lessons this term, so he _____ to fail the exam.
A. expects B. hopes
C. wishes D. requires
22. He will never ______ anything if he doesn’t work hard.
A. hope B. wish
C. achieve D. succeed
短语动词考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. When he realized the police had seen him, the man ______ the exit as quickly as possible.
A. made off B. made for
C. made out D. made up
2. Now and then they would ______ our house and have a talk with us.
A. call on B. drop in at
C. drop in on D. drop in
3. “Why didn’t you write ” “My ink has _______.”
A. used up B. run out of
C. given away D. given out
4. I think your health will soon ______ if you have a holiday on the seaside.
A. give up B. pick up
C. take up D. get up
pick up 的意思很多,其中一个用法是表示“恢复,改进,改善”。如:
The weather may pick up. 天气会好转的。
Business is picking up again. 生意又有所好转。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. To our surprise the stranger _____ to be an old friend of my mother’s.
A. turned out B. turned up
C. set out D. set up
2. All the girls swam in the lake except two, who _____ halfway.
A. gave off B. gave up
C. gave away D. gave out
3. If the new arrangement doesn’t _____, we’ll go back to the old one.
A. work over B. work out
C. work up D. work in
4. “Have great changes taken place in your village ” “Yes, A new school was ______ in the village last year.”
A. held up B. set up
C. sent up D. brought up
5. I had to ______ because someone else wanted to use the phone.
A. give up B. put up
C. hang up D. ring up
6. Elephants would ______ if men were allowed to shoot as many as they wished.
A. die down B. die out
C. die away D. die off
7. My study of biology has ______ much of my spare time, but it has given me a great deal of enjoyment.
A. taken off B. taken down
C. taken up D. taken away
8. The plan ___ just because people were unwilling to co-operate(合作).
A. broke down B. pulled down
C. turned down D. put down
9. The government has _______ the parents to work with teachers in the education of their children.
A. asked for B. called for
C. looked for D. paid for
10. John has put on so much weight recently that his mother has to ______ all his trousers to his measure.
A. let out B. give away
C. bring in D. make up
11. I can ______ some noise while I’m studying, but I can’t stand very loud noise.
A. put up with B. get rid of
C. have effect on D. keep away from
12. The mother often tells her son to be a good boy, warning him to ______ trouble.
A. hold back from B. keep out of
C. break away from D. get rid of
13. To my surprise, the manager ______ 30 dollars from my salary without any good reason.
A. cut off B. held up
C. brought down D. kept back
14. Steven has a lot of work to _______ in the office since he has been away for quite a few days.
A. take up B. make up
C. work out D. carry out
15. Although Jane agrees with me on most points, there was one on which she was unwilling to _______.
A. give out B. give in
C. give away D. give off
16. You should ______ what your parents expect of you.
A. live up to B. stand up to
C. look up to D. run up to
17. I can hardly believe my eyes. What a poor composition you have _______. There are so many wrong spellings in it.
A. turned into B. turned off
C. turned to D. turned in
18. “Why don’t we go for a picnic this weekend ” “Good idea! I would ______ the car and you’ll prepare the food.”
A. look after B. take care of
C. see about D get down to
19. How I wish that I could ______ my ideas in simple and wonderful English when chatting on the net.
A. set out B. set off
C. set over D. set up
20. Some kinds of animals can _______ the color of their surroundings.
A. take on B. dress up
C. put on D. get into
【高考试题放送】
〖10全国Ⅰ〗The workers ______ the glasses and marked on each box “ This Side Up”
A. carried B. delivered C. pressed D. packed
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗动词词义辨析
〖10全国Ⅱ〗My mother opened drawer to _________the knives and spoons.
A. put away B. put up C. put on D. put together
〖10福建〗More and more high-rise buildings have been built in big cities space.
A. in search of B. in place of C. for lack of D. for fear of
〖10福建〗We’ve just moved into a bigger house and there’s a lot to do. Let’s it.
A. keep up with B. do away with C. get down to D. look forward to
〖10福建〗– In this day and age, women can have children and jobs as well.
--I can’t agree more. It’s great to have the two .
A. linked B. related C. connected D. combined
〖10上海〗In ancient times, people rarely traveled long distances and most farmers only traveled the local market.
A. longer than B. more than C. as much as D. as far as
〖10安徽〗No matter how low you consider yourself, there is always someone ______you wishing they were that high
A. getting rid of B. getting along with
C. Looking up to D. looking down upon
〖10安徽〗----How did you like Nick’s performance last night
----To be honest, his singing didn’t _______to me much
A. appeal B . belong C refer D. occur
〖10江西〗Parents _______ much importance to education. They will do their best to give their children that priceless gift.
A attach B pay C link D apply
〖10江西〗Smell the flowers before you go to sleep, and you may just ______ sweet dreams.
A keep up with B put up with C end up with D catch up with
〖10江西〗We give dogs time, space and love we c an spare, and _____, dogs give us their all.
A in all B in fact C in short D in return
〖10山东〗Sam _____ some knowledge of the computer just by watching others working on it.
A. brought up B. looked up C. picked up D. set up
〖10山东〗Your house is always so neat—how do you ______ it with three children
A. manage B. serve C. adapt D. construct
〖10天津〗Joining the firm as a clerk, he got rapid promotion , and as a manager.
A. ended up B. dropped out C. came back D. started off
〖10天津〗He telephoned the travel agency to three air tickets to London.
A. order B. arrange C. take D. book
〖10四川〗Some people eat with their eyes. They prefer to order what nice.
A. looks B. smells C. feels D. tastes
〖10四川〗Jenny was looking for a seat when, luckily, a man and left.
A.took up B.got up C.shut up D.set up
〖10江苏〗Thousands of foreigners were______ to the Shanghai World Expo the day it opened.
A. attended B. attained C. attracted D. attached
〖10江苏〗The experiment has_________ the possibility of the existence of any life on that planet, but it does not mean there is no life on other planets.
A. found out B. pointed out C. ruled out D. carried out
〖10江苏〗So far we have done a lot to build a low-carbon economy, but it is________ ideal. We have to work still harder.
A. next to B. far from C. out of D. due to
〖10陕西〗You look well. The air and the sea foods in Sanya must _____ you, I suppose.
A. agree with B. agree to C. agree on D. agree about
〖10湖北〗Just as the clothes a person wears , the food he eats and the friends with whom he spends his time, his house his personality.
A. resembles B. strengthens C. reflects D. shapes
〖10湖北〗Had he her promise, she would have made it to Yale University.
A. looked up to B. lived up to
C. kept up with D. come up with
〖10湖北〗It is illegal for a public official to ask people for gifts or money favors to them.
A. in preference to B. in place of
C. in agreement with D. in exchange for
〖10辽宁〗Thousands of people _______ to watch yesterday’s match against Ireland.
A.turned on B.turned in C.turned around D.turned out
〖10辽宁〗The new movie _____ to be one of the biggest money-makers of all time .
A. promises B. agrees c. pretends D. declines
〖10浙江〗The majority of people in the town strongly the plan to build a playground for children.
A.consider B.support C.confirm D.submit
〖10浙江〗After that, he knew he could any emergency by doing what be could to the best of his ability.
A.get away with B.get on with C.get through D.get across
【2011全国卷,34】William found it increasingly difficult to read, for his eyesight was beginning to .
A.disappear B.fall C.fail D.damage
【2011全国卷II,10】Mary, I_____John of his promise to help you.
A. told B. reminded C. warned D. advised
【2011天津卷,6】I a bank account after I made﹩1,000 by doing a part-time job during the summer vacation.
A.borrowed B.opened C.entered D.ordered
【2011江苏卷,28】——Are you still mad at her
——Not really, but I can’t ______ that her remarks hurt me.
A.deny B.refuse C.reject D.decline
【2011福建卷,28】I’d prefer to my judgment until I find all the evidence.
A.show B. express C.pass D.reserve
【2011安徽卷,21】As the story______, the truth about the strange figure is slowly discovered.
A. begins B. happens C. ends D. develops
【2011湖北卷,26】Knowledge and learning are important if we want to be successful, but they may also________ our thinking.
A. direct B. limit C. change D. improve
【2011湖北卷,27】The minister said. “We are ready for discussions with any legal parties, but we’ll never_______ with criminals.”
A. negotiate B. quarrel C. argue D. consult
【答案】A
【2011湖北卷,28】Clinical evidence began to__________, suggesting that the new drugs had a wider range of useful activities than had been predicted from experiments in animals.
A. operate B. strengthen C. approve D. accumulate
【2011辽宁卷,22】What are you doing out of bed, Tom You're to be asleep. ,
A. supposed B. known C. thought D. considered
【2011辽宁卷,24】You are old enough to your own living.
A.win B. gain C. take D. earn
【2011全国卷,26】I can the house being untidy, but I hate it if it’s not clean.
A. come up with B.put up with C. turn to D.stick to
【2011天津卷,8】She an old friend of hers yesterday while she was shopping at the department store.
A.turned down B.dealt with C.took after D.came across
【2011山东卷,25】They are broadening the bridge to ________ the flow of traffic.
A. put off B. speed up C. turn on D. work out
【2011江苏卷,30】——You look upset. What’s the matter?
—— I had my proposal _______ again.
A.turned over B.turned on C.turned off D.turned down
【2011福建卷,31】Born into a family with three brothers, David was to value the sense of sharing.
A.brought up B.turned down C.looked after D.held back
【2011安徽卷, 34】If you _____faults but you still want the bicycle, ask the shop assistant to reduce the price.
A. come across B. care about C. look for D. focus upon
【2011浙江卷,6】The school isn’t the one I really wanted to go to ,but I suppose I’ll just have to __________it,
A. make the best of B. get away from C. keep an eye on D. catch up with
【2011浙江卷,12】He decided that he would drive all the way home instead of ______at a hotel for the night.
A. putting down B. putting off C. putting on D. putting up
【2011四川卷,7】To get a better grade, you should __________the notes again before the test.
A. go over B. get over C. turn over D. take over
【2011四川卷,14】I often the words I don’t know in the dictionary or on the lnternet.
A.look up B.look at C. look for D.look into
【2011陕西卷,25】Some insects________the color of their surroundings to protect themselves.
A. take in B. take off C. take on D. take out
【2011湖北卷,29】The government has taken measures to _________ the high prices of daily goods to keep the market stable.
A. take down B. bring down C. hand down D. tear down
【2011辽宁卷,26】The exam results will be on Friday afternoon.
A. put down B. put off C. put up D. put away
【2011江西卷35】You can’t predict everything. Often things don’t ____ as you expect.
A.run out B.break out C.work out D. put out.
【2012江西卷】30.We were all agreed that the cottage would a perfect holiday home for the family.
A.make B.turn C.take D.have
【2012全国II】12. We ______ to paint the whole house but finished only the front part that day.
A. set about B. set up C. set out D. set down
13. 【2012天津卷】 Parents and children should communicate more to ________the gap between them so that they can understand
each other better.
open B. narrow C. widen D. leave
【2012浙江卷】15.Armed with the information you have gathered, you can_______ preparing your business plan.
A. set out B. set about C. set off D. set up
【2012浙江卷】12.According to scientists, our mental abilities begin to______ from the age of 27 after reaching the highest level at 22.[
A. differ B. shrink C. fail D. decline
【2012湖北卷】21. Two lawyers have donated $50,000 to ________ our school’s campaign “Help the Needy”, which was started by our former headmaster three years ago
A. sponsor B. launch
C. organize D. plan
【2012湖北卷】22. Finally, my thanks go to my tutor, who has offered a lot of suggestions and comments on my paper and ________ every page of my draft.
A. approved B. quoted
C. polished D. folded
【2012湖北卷】23. Walking alone in the dark, the boy whistled to ________ his courage.
A. hold up B. keep up C. set up D. take up
【2012湖北卷】24. I’m so glad you’ve come here to ________ this matter in person.
A. lead to B. see to C. turn to D. refer to
【2012江苏卷】26. — OK, I've had enough of it. I give up.
—You can't your responsibilities.
A. run off with B. run up against C. run out of D. run away from
【2012安徽卷】28. The athlete's years of hard training when______ she finally won the Olympic gold medal.
A. went on B. got through C. paid off D. ended up
(2013年高考英语福建卷)24. Michelle found a job as a high school teacher which _____ spending quite a lot of time with students.
A. enjoys B. involves C. practices D. suggests
(2013年高考英语福建卷)28. Old-fashioned phones matter when wireless networks ________ in disasters.
A. turn down B. turn out C. break down D. break out
(2013年高考英语湖北卷)23. While intelligent people can often ______ the complex, a fool is more likely to complicate the simple.
A. sacrifice B. substitute C. simplify D. survive
(2013年高考英语湖北卷)24. According to the law, all foreigners have to ______ with the local police within two weeks of arrival.
A. associate B. dispute C. negotiate D. register
(2013年高考英语湖北卷)25. Butterflies ______ a sweet liquid produced by flowers, which bees and other insects collect.
A. carry on B. feed on C. put on D. focus on
(2013年高考英语湖北卷)26. In much of the animal world, night is the time ______ for sleep—pure and simple.
A. set aside B. set down C. set off D. set up
(2013年高考英语江苏卷)23. —The town is so beautiful! I just love it.
—Me too. The character of the town is well .
A. qualified B. preserved C. decorated D. simplified
(2013年高考英语江苏卷)29. Team leaders must ensure that all members___ their natural desire to avoid the embarrassment associated with making mistakes.
A. get over B. look over C. take over D. come over
(2013年高考英语江西卷)27. Mother always complains that children _______ their shoes very quickly.
A. find out B. wash out C. wear out D. set out
(2013年高考英语江西卷)31. She _____ the carpet with some very nice curtains in color.
A. connected B. fitted C. equipped D. matched.
(2013年高考英语辽宁卷)32. Briggs will _______ as general manager when Mitchell retires.
A. get away B. take over C. set off D. run out
(2013年高考英语陕西卷)25. My uncle hasn’t been able to quit smoking, but at least he has_______.
A. cut out B. cut down C. cut up D. cut off
(2013年高考英语天津卷)2. If you are in trouble, Mike is always willing to_____ a hand.
A. lend B. shake C. wave D. want
(2013年高考英语天津卷)8. I had hoped to take a holiday this year but I wasn’t able to
A. get away B. drop in C. check out D. hold on
(2013年高考英语新课标II卷)2. Would you like to_____ with us to the film tonight
A. come along B. come off C. come across D. come through
(2013年高考英语新课标II卷)8. The watch was very good, and he____ 20 percent down for it.
A. paid B. cost C. bought D. spent
(2013年高考英语新课标I卷)30. At the last moment, Tom decided to_____ a new character to make the story seem more likely.
A. put up B. put in C. put on D. put off
(2013年高考英语浙江卷)9. When the group discussion is nearing its end, make sure to ______it with important points.
A. conclude B. lead C. avoid D. hold
(2013年高考英语浙江卷)12. A good listener takes part in the conversation, ______ideas and raising questions to keep the talk flowing.
A. realizing B. copying C. offering D. misunderstanding
(2013年高考英语浙江卷)17. Bears ______ fat stores throughout the summer and fall to have energy enough to last them through their winter sleep.
A. pack up B. build up C. bring up D. take up
(2013年高考英语安徽卷)26. Traditionally, college students hold a graduation ceremony to encourage themselves before they______on their life journey.
A. give up B. settle down C. get through D. set off学生姓名:周凌峰 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:12 教学时间:2014/02/13 10:00-12:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
上次课程学生存在的问题:
学生问题的解决方案:
【知识要点】
一、在句中起名词作用的从句叫名词性从句,它包括主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句。
如:Whether he will come here or not is unimportant to me.(主语从句)?
I don’t know what he means.(宾语从句)?
I’m glad that you are here.(宾语从句用在形容词之后)?
The teacher is satisfied with what you have done.(介词宾语从句)?
That was because he was ill.(表语从句)?
The news that he got killed in the race surprised us all.(同位语从句)??
二、引导名词性从句的连接词
连接词 词义 功能
that 无词义 不作成分,只起连接?作用
whether/if 是否 不作成分,起连接作用
what, which 什么,哪个 作主语、宾语、表语
who, whom, whose 谁,谁的 作主语、宾语、定语
when, where, how, why 什么时候/地方,怎么样,为什么 作状语
how many/much 多少 作定语
how soon/often/long/much 多久,多久一次,多长,多么 作状语
... ... 词义及功能同疑问词
whatever=anything that 无论什么 作主语、宾语、表语、?定语
whosever=anyone whose 无论谁的 作主语、宾语、定语、?表语
whichever=anything that 无论哪个 作宾语、定语、主语、表语
whoever=anyone who 无论谁 作主语
whomever=anyone whom 无论谁 作宾语
  1.that引导的从句如果作介词宾语只可用在except,in,but,besides等少数介词后。如:
I could say nothing but that I’m sorry.?
that引导的从句可作it的同位语从句。如:?
You may depend upon it that all the goods will be delivered in time.
  2.that引导宾语从句时可省略;引导其他名词性从句时,一般不省略,特别是引导主语从句且位于句首时。如:?
That the earth is round is true.
The fact that he is a thief got around.?
注意:下面一句中,第一个that可省略,第二个that不可省略:?
He said(that) he had been working here for ten years and that he wanted to go home.
3.whether与if引导名词性从句时的区别。
(1)在引导宾语从句时whether与if可互换,但如果和or not连用则只用whether。如:
I don’t know whether or not he can stay here longer.?
(2)如果宾语从句是否定结构,则用if而不用whether引导。如:?
He asked me if I wasn’t going there.?
(3)介词宾语从句只能用whether引导。如:?
I’m not interested in whether he is rich.?
(4)引导主语从句、表语从句或同位语从句一般多用whether。如:?
The question is whether you can do it yourself.?
The question whether he will come here himself isn’t decided yet.?
Whether it will do us harm or good remains to be seen.?
(5)用it作形式主语时,whether或if都可以引导主语从句。如:?
It is not clear to me whether/if he likes the present.
5.注意how long/how soon/how often/how much的区别。
How long will he stay here ?
他将在这里待多久??
How soon can you be ready ?
你多久能准备好??
How often do you visit her ?
你多长时间去探望她一次??
How much is that dress ?
那件衣服多少钱?
6.当主句谓语动词表示不肯定或怀疑时,宾语从句用whether/if引导;表示有把握时用that引导。如:I doubt whether/if he can win the match.?
I don’t doubt that he can win the match.
7.what与that在引导主语从句时的区别?
what引导主语从句时在从句中充当句子成分,如主语、宾语、表语,而that则不然。如:? What you said yesterday is right.?
That she is still alive is a fact.
8.主语从句不可位于句首的五种情况??
(1)if引导的主语从句不可居于复合句句首。?
(2)It is said/reported...结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
It is said that President Jiang will visit our school next week.(right)?
That President Jiang will visit our school next week is said.(wrong)?
(3)It happens...,It occurs...结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
It occurred to him that he failed in the examination.(right)?
That he failed in the examination occurred to him.(wrong)?
(4)It doesn’t matter how/whether....结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:
It doesn’t matter whether he is wrong or not.(right)?
Whether he is wrong or not doesn’t matter.(wrong)?
(5)含主语从句的复合句是疑问句时,主语从句不可提前。如:?
Is it likely that it will rain in the evening (right)?
Is that will rain in the evening likely (wrong)?
一、主语从句
主语从句是在复合句中充当主语的从句,通常放在主句谓语动词之前或由形式主语it代替,而本身放在句子末尾。
1.it 作形式主语和it引导强调句的比较?
it 作形式主语代替主语从句,主要是为了平衡句子结构,主语从句的连接词没有变化。而it引导的强调句则是对句子某一部分进行强调,无论强调的是什么成分,都可用连词that。被强调部分指人时也可用who/whom。如:?
It is a pity that you didn’t go to see the film.你没去看那场电影真是遗憾。?
It doesn’t interest me whether you succeed or not.你成功与否对我没有什么吸引力。
2.用it 作形式主语的结构?
1)It is +名词+从句?
It is a fact that ...事实是……?
It is an honor that...非常荣幸?
It is common knowledge that...……是常识?
2)it is +形容词+从句?
It is natural that...很自然……?
It is strange that...奇怪的是……?
3)it is +不及物动词+从句?
It seems that...似乎……?
It happened that...碰巧……?
4)it +过去分词+从句?
It is reported that...据报道……?
It has been proved that...已证实……
3.主语从句不可位于句首的五种情况?
1)if 引导的主语从句不可居于复合句句首。?
2)It is said ,(reported)...结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
据说江主席下周要来我校视察。?
It is said that President Jiang will visit our school next week.(right)?
That President Jiang will visit our school next week is said.(wrong)?
3)It happens...,It occurs... 结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
他考试没及格。?
It occurred to him that he failed in the examination.(right)?
That he failed in the examination occurred to him.(wrong)?
4)It doesn’t matter how/whether ...结构中的主语从句不可提前。如:?
他是不是错了,这一点不重要。?
It doesn’t matter whether he is wrong or not.(right)?
Whether he is wrong or not doesn’t matter.(wrong)?
5)含主语从句的复合句是疑问句时,主语从句不可提前。如:?
傍晚有可能下雨吗??
Is it likely that it will rain in the evening (right)?
Is that will rain in the evening likely (wrong)
4.what 与that 在引导主语从句时的区别?
what 引导主语从句时在从句中充当句子成分,如主语、宾语、表语,而that 则不然。如:What you said yesterday is right. 你昨天说的是对的。??
二、宾语从句
宾语从句就是在复合句中作宾语的名词性从句,通常放在主句谓语动词(及物动词)或介词之后。?
1.作动词的宾语?
1)由that引导的宾语从句(that 通常可以省略),如:?
I heard that he joined the army. 我听说他参军了。?
2)由what,whether (if)引导的宾语从句,如:?
She did not know what had happened. 她不知道发生了什么事。?
3)动词+间接宾语+宾语从句。如:?
She told me that she would accept my invitation. 她跟我说她愿意接受我的邀请。
2.作介词的宾语,如:?
Our success depends upon how well we can cooperate with one another.?
我们的成功取决于我们的合作情况。
3.作形容词的宾语,如:?
I am afraid (that)I’ve made a mistake. 我恐怕是犯错了。?
that 引导的从句常跟在下列形容词后作宾语:?
anxious,aware,certain,confident,convinced,determined,glad,proud,surprised,worried,sorry,thankful,ashamed,disappointed,annoyed,pleased,hurt,satisfied,content 等。也可以将此类词后的that 从句看作原因状语从句。
4.it 可以作为形式宾语?
it不仅可以作为形式主语,还可以作为形式宾语而把真正的宾语that 从句放在句尾,特别是在带复合宾语的句子中。如:?
We heard it that she would get married next month. 我们听说她打算下个月结婚。
5.后边不能直接跟that从句的动词?
这类动词有allow,refuse,let,like,cause,force,admire,condemn,celebrate,dislike,love,help,take,forgive等。这类词后可以用不定式或动名词作宾语,但不可以用that引导的宾语从句。如:?
我非常羡慕他们赢得了比赛的胜利。 ?
I admire their winning the match.(right)?
I admire that they won the match.(wrong)
6.不可用that从句作直接宾语的动词?
有些动词不可用于“动词+间接宾语+that从句“结构中,常见的有envy,order,accuse,refuse,impress,forgive,blame,denounce,advise,congratulate等。如:?
作为一个诚实的人,他给经理留下了很深的印象。?
He impressed the manager as an honest man.(right)?
He impressed the manager that he was an honest man.(wrong)
7.否定的转移?
若主句谓语动词为think,consider,suppose,believe,expect,fancy,guess,imagine等,其后的宾语从句若含有否定意义,一般要把否定词转移到主句谓语上,从句谓语用肯定式。如:I don’t think this dress fits you well.(我认为这件衣服不适合你穿。)??
三、表语从句
表语从句是在复合句中作表语的名词性从句,放在系动词之后,一般结构是“主语+连系动词+表语从句”。可以接表语从句的连系动词有be,look,remain,seem等。另外,常用的还有The reason is that... 和It is because 等结构。如:?
The question is whether we can make good preparation in such a short time.?
问题是我们能否在那么短的时间内作好充分的准备。?
This is why we can’t get the support of the people.?
这就是我们为什么得不到人民支持的原因。??
四、同位语从句
同位语从句就是在复合句中作名词的同位语的名词性从句。
1.同位语从句的功能?
同位语从句对名词进一步解释,说明名词的具体内容,一般由that引导。如:?
The king’s decision that the prisoner would be set free surprised all the people.?
国王作出的这名囚犯释放的决定让人们大吃一惊。
2.同位语在句子中的位置?
同位语从句有时可以不紧跟在它所说明的名词后面,而是被别的词隔开。如:?
He got the news from Mary that the sports meeting was put off.?
他从玛丽那里得知运动会要延期举行。
3.同位语从句与定语从句的区别?
1)定语从句中的that既代替先行词,同时在从句中作某个成分(主语或宾语),而同位语从句中的that是连词,只起连接主句与从句的作用,不充当句中任何成分。?
2)定语从句是形容词性的,其功能是修饰先行词,对先行词加以限定,描述它的性质或特征;同位语从句是名词性的,其功能是对名词进行补充说明。如:?
The news that he told me is that Tom would go abroad next year.?
他告诉我的消息是汤姆明年将出国。(第一个that引导的从句是定语从句,that在从句中作宾语)?
The news that Tom would go abroad is told by him.?
汤姆将出国的消息是他讲的。(同位语从句,that在句中不作任何成分)
【考点诠释】
考点1 主语从句
引导主语从句的连接词主要有三类:连接词that,whether;
连接代词what,who,whose,whatever,whichever,whoever等;
连接副词when,where,why,how等。
1.连接词that,whether引导
①That the college will take in more new students this year is true.今年这所大学将招收更多新生是真的。
②Whether he can finish his task on time is of great importance.他是否能按时完成任务非常重要。
特别提示
(1)if不能引导主语从句。
(2)形式主语it替代主语从句。常见的it替代主语从句的句式主要有以下几种:
A.It+系动词+形容词+that从句。如:
It is quite clear that the whole project is doomed to failure.很清楚,整个计划注定要失败。
B.It+系动词+名词+that从句。如:
It is our hope that the two sides will work towards peace.我们的希望是双方能朝着和平的方向发展。
C.It+be+v.ed形式+that从句。如:
It is announced that the plan has been successfully carried out.据宣布计划已经顺利实施。
2.连接代词引导
①What we can’t get seems better than what we already have.我们得不到的东西似乎比我们拥有的东西好。
②who the letter was from is still unknown.这封信是谁寄出的还不清楚。
③Whichever of you gets here first will get the prize.你们当中第一个到达这里的人将获得奖项。
3.连接副词引导
①How acupuncture reduces and relieves pain is unclear.针灸是如何减轻和解除疼痛的还不清楚。
②why dinosaurs suddenly disappeared still remains a mystery.恐龙为什么突然消失了还是个谜。
考点2 宾语从句
引导宾语从句的连接词主要有三类:连接词that,whether,if等,连接代词what,who,whose,whatever,whichever,whoever等,连接副词when,where,why,how等。
1.连接词that,whether,if引导
①I think(that)you should turn to the teacher for help.我认为你应该向老师寻求帮助。
②I don’t know if/whether he still lives here after so many years.我不知道这么多年后他是否还住在这儿。
特别提示
whether/if都意为“是否”。一般情况下,它们可以互换,口语中常用if,但以下情况中,只能用whether。
(1)与or not紧接连用时。如:
Let me know whether or not you can come.请让我知道你是否能来。
(2)作介词的宾语从句时。如:
We are interested in whether you will attend the meeting.我们对你是否参加会议感兴趣。
2.连接代词和连接副词引导
连接代词有what,who,whose,whatever,whichever,whoever等,连接副词有when,where,why,how等。如:
①She asked me whose handwriting was the best in the class.她问我班上谁的书法最好。
②I’11 just say whatever comes into my mind.我想到什么就说什么。
③Do you know when the ancient Olympic Games began 你知道古代的奥运会是什么时间开始的吗
④I’ve been thinking about how we can make the newspaper more interesting.我一直在考虑如何使我们的报纸更用趣。
3.宾语从句的语序
在宾语从句中要用陈述句语序。如:
①He asked me when we could set out the next day.他问我第二天什么时候可以出发。
②Did you find out where she lost her car 你查出她在哪里丢的车了吗
4.宾语从句的时态
(1)当主句的谓语动词是一般现在时时,其宾语从句的时态可以是任何适当的时态。如:
①She says(that)she works from Monday to Friday.她说她周一至周五上班。(从句是一般现在时)
②she says(that)she will leave a message on his desk.她说她要在他桌子上留个便条。(从句是一般将来时)
③She says(that)she has never been to Mount Emei.她说她从来没有去过峨眉山。(从句是现在完成时)
(2)当主句的谓语动词是一般过去式时,其宾语从句的时态一般要用适当的过去时态。如:
①He said there were no classes yesterday afternoon.他说昨天下午没有课。(从句是一般过去时)
②He said that he was going to take care of the baby.他说他会去照看这个婴儿。(从句是过去将来时)
③He said that they were having a meeting at that time.他说他们那时正在开会。(从句是过去进行时)
(3)当宾语从句是表达客观真理和规律的句子时,其时态仍旧用一般现在时。如:
①The teacher told us that nothing is difficult if we put our hearts into it.老师告诉我们世上无难事,只怕有心人。
②He said that light travels much faster than sound.他说光比声音传播得快。
特别提示
在使用宾语从句时需要注意下面几点:
(1)动词find,feel,think,consider,make,believe,guess,suppose,assume等后有宾语补足语时,则需要用it作形式宾语,而将that宾语从句后置。如:
①I think it necessary that we take plenty of boiled water every day.我认为每天多喝开水是有必要的。
②I have made it a rule that I keep diaries.我每天写日记成了惯例。
(2)hate,like,take,owe,have,take for granted等表示“喜欢;痛恨;认为”的动词或动词短语和see to表示“注意,留意”后有宾语补足语时,需要用it作形式宾语而将宾语从句后置。如:
①I hate it when they talk with their mouth full of food.我讨厌他们满嘴食物说话。
②When you start the engine,you must see to it that the car is in neutral.启动发动机时,一定要使汽车的离合器处于空档位置。
(3)介词后的宾语从句。如:
①She is always thinking of how she can do more for others.她总想着如何才能为别人做得更多。
②We are talking about whether we admit students into our club.我们正在讨论是否让学生加入我们的俱乐部。
(4)宾语从句的否定转移。将think,believe,suppose,expect,fancy,imagine等动词后面宾语从句的否定词转移到主句中,即主句的谓语动词用否定式,而从句的谓语动词用肯
定式。如:
①I don’t think I know you.我想我并不认识你。
②I don’t believe he will come.我相信他不回来。
考点3、表语从句
常由连接词that,whether;连接代词who,whom,whose,which,what,whoever,whomever,whichever,whatever;连接副词when,where,how,why引导。
1.连接词引导
①The reason for his absence is that he hasn’t been informed.他缺席的原因就是他没接到通知。
②The question remains whether they will be able to help us.问题还是他们能否帮我们。
2.连接代词和连接副词引导
①The problem is who will take charge of this shop.问题是谁将接管这家店铺。
②That is when I realized the importance of journalism.那时我才意识到新闻工作的重要性。
特别提示
(1)as/as if/as though引导的表语从句常跟在特定动词后面,
如seem,appear,look,taste,sound,feel等。如:
①It sounds as if someone is knocking at the door.听上去好像有人在敲门。
②At that time,it seemed as though I couldn’t think of the right word.当时我似乎怎么也想不出一个恰当的字眼来。
(2)当主句的主语是reason时,表语从句一般由that引导,这种用法常见于句型The reason why…is that…。如:The reason why he came late was that he got up late.他来得晚是因为起床晚了。
考点4 同位语从句
同位语从句在句子中作某一名词的同位语,一般位于该名词之后,说明该名词的具体内容。这些名词常见的有idea,fact,news,hope,belief,thought,doubt,promise,suggestion,
order等。
1.通常用连词that引导同位语从句,that无词义,也不作句子成分,但不能省略。注意从句用陈述句语序。如:
①They expressed the hope that we would go and visit Shanghai again.他们表示希望我们再去访问上海。
②I have no idea that she quit her present job.我不知道她辞掉了现在的工作。
③Give me your promise that you will come to our party this evening.答应我,你今天晚上会来参加我们的聚会。
2.同位语从句还可以用whether,when,where,why,how等引导。如:
①The student asked me the question whether the book Was worth reading.学生问了我这个问题:这本书是否值得一读。
②I have no idea why he was excited at that time.我不知道当时他激动的原因。 .
考点5 名词性从句需要注意的事项
1.that的用法。在主语从句、表语从句和同位语从句中that一般不能够省略;在宾语从句中有时可以省略,一般需要注意下面两点:
(1)当that从句作介词宾语时,that不能省略。如:They share little in common except that they are from the same country.除了来自同一个国家之外,他们几乎没有共同点。
(2)当主句谓语动词后接两个或两个以上的宾语从句时,可以省略第一个that,其他的不省略。如:
I believe(that)you’ve done your best and that things will improve.我相信你已经尽力了,而且情况也会得到改善。
2.that与what的区别。that在从句中不能够充当句子成分,也没有含义;what可以在从句中作主语、表语、宾语或定语,意思是”什么,……的事情”。如:
①The hope that he may recover is not gone yet.他会康复的希望没有消失。(that不充当成分,也无含义)
②What he said proved to be true.他所说的话证明是正确的。(what作said的宾语,可以翻译为“……的话”)
3.定语从句与同位语从句的区别。定语从句是从句对其先行词的修饰或限制;而同位语从句是对从句前面的抽象名词作进一步的说明和解释。如:
①The news that our team has won the game Was true.我们队赢了那场比赛的消息是真的。(同位语从句,补充说明news到底是一个什么消息)
②The news that he told me yesterday Was true.昨天他告诉我的那个消息是真的。(定语从句,news在从句中作told的宾语)
③I made a promise that if anyone set me free 1 would make him very rich.我许诺如果谁让我自由,我就让他非常富有。
(同位语从句,补充说明promise的内容)
④The mother made a promise that pleased all her children.妈妈许下了一个令她的孩子们高兴的诺言。(定语从句,promise在从句中作pleased的主语)
名词性从句考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. She was so angry and spoke so fast that none of us understood _______ he said meant.
A. that B. what
C. that that D. what what
【陷阱】可能误选B。许多同学一看选项首先就排除了C和D,认为这样两个“引导词”叠用的情况不太可能。在A和B两个选项中,选项A肯定不行,因为它引导宾语从句时不能充当句子成分,所以便选择了B。
【分析】正确答案选 D。第一个what 用作动词 meant 的宾语,第二个what 用作动词 said 的宾语,即在 none of us understood what what he said meant 中,none of us understood 为主句,what what he said meant 为宾语从句,而在此宾语从句中又包括有 what he said 这样一个主语从句。
2. After _______ had happened he could not continue to work there.
A. which B. how
C. what D. having
【陷阱】可能误选A。
【分析】最佳答案选 C。有的同学误选A,是因为认为介词后应接关系代词 which,但实际上,若填关系代词,其前没有先行词,这根据不是一个定语从句。另外,由于 had happened 缺主语,所以B和D也不能选。请再做下面一题(答案选B):
He pointed to ______ looked like a tomb and said, “Ghost.”
A. that B. what
C. which D. as
3.“Is ______ you want to say ” asked the teacher.
A. this B. that
C. all that D. that all
【陷阱】根据中文字面意思误选A或B。
【分析】最佳答案选 D。假若选A或B,那么转换成陈述句即为:This is you want to say. / That is you want to say. 显然句中的两个谓语动词 is与want相冲突。选D组成的句子是 Is that all you want to say 其中的that 为句子主语,all 为表语,you want to say 为定语从句,用以修饰all。
4. “When ______ leave for Japan ” “ When ______ leave for Japan is kept secret.”
A. they will, will they B. will they, they will
C. they will, they will D. will they, will they
【陷阱】可能误选D,认为 when 后应用疑问句词序。
【分析】最佳答案选 B。第一个when引出的是一个特殊疑问句,故用疑问词序;第二个 when 引出的是主语从句,故其后用陈述句词序。请做以下试题(答案选C):
(1) None knows if _______ that boy, but if _______ him, her parents will be disappointed.
A. she will marry, she will marry B. she marries, she marries
C. she will marry, she marries D. she marries, she will marry
(2) “Where _______ go to work ” “Where _______ go to work is not known.”
A. we shall, we shall B. shall we, shall we
C. shall we, we shall D. we shall, shall we
5. Someone is ringing the doorbell. Go and see ______.
A. who is he B. who he is
C. who is it D. who it is
【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能误选。
【分析】此题最佳答案为D。首先可以排除A和C,因为空格处实为一个宾语从句,所以不能用疑问句词序。另一方面,但按英语习惯,当用于指代身份不明的人时,要用代词it,而不用 he 或she等。比较以下两句:
Mr Smith is at the door. He wants to see you. 史密斯先生在门口,他想见你。
Someone is at the door. It may be the postman. 有个人在门口,可能是邮递员。
第一句因前面指明了是 Mr Smith,所以后面用代词 he;而第二句因前面用的是不定代词 someone,说明此人身份尚不明确,故其后用了代词 it 来指代。
6. Don’t you know, my dear friend, ______ it is your money not you that she loves
A. who B. which
C. that D. what
【陷阱】此题容易误选 A或B:选 A 的同学认为这是指人的,故用who;选B的同学认为这是非限制性定语从句,两者都是误认为这是定语从句(注意没有先行词)。
【分析】其实答案应选C。that引导的是一个宾语从句,用作动词 know 的宾语,它只是被句中的插入语 my dear friend 隔开罢了。请做以下试题(答案均为C):
(1) Everyone knows, perhaps except you, _______ your girl-friend is a cheat.
A. who B. which
C. that D. what
(2) I think, though I could be mistaken, ______ she liked me.
A. who B. which
C. that D. what
(3) He told me the news, believe it or not, ______ he had earned $1 000 in a single day.
A. that B. which
C. as D. because
前面两题 that 引导宾语从句,后面一题 that同位语从句(修饰the news)。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. They lost their way in the forest, and _______ made matters worse was that night began to fall.
A. it B. which
C. that D. what
2. Patience is a kind of quality — and that is ___A___ it takes to do anything well.
A. what B. which
C. which D. how
3. It has come to my notice _______ some of you have missed classes.
A. what B. which
C. that D. when
4. “What were you trying to prove to the police ” “___ I was last night.”
A. That B. When
C. Where D. What
5. Country life gives him peace and quiet, which is ______ he can’t enjoy while living in big cities.
A. that B. why
C. where D. what
6. It is pretty well understood _______ controls the flow of carbon dioxide in and out the atmosphere today.
A. that B. when
C. what D. how
7. _______ she couldn’t understand was ______ fewer and fewer students showed interest in her lessons.
A. What; why B. That; what
C. What; because D. Why; that
8. _______ we are doing has never been done before.
A. That B. What
C. Which D. Whether
9. People have heard _______ the President has said; they are waiting to see _______ he will do.
A. how, how B. what, what
C. when, how D. that, what
10. When you answer questions in a job interview, please remember the golden rule: Always give the monkey exactly _______ he wants.
A. what B. which
C. when D. that
11. These wild flowers are so special I would do _______ I can to save them.
A. whatever B. that
C. which D. whichever
12. _______ she was invited to the ball made her very happy.
A. What B. That
C. When D. Because
13. Eat ______ cake you like and leave the others for ______ comes in late.
A. any, who B. every, whoever
C. whichever, whoever D. either, whoever
14. I had neither a raincoat nor an umbrella. _______ I got wet through.
A. It’s the reason B. That’s why
C. There’s why D. That’s because
15. ____ has helped to save the drowning girl is worth praising.
A. Who B. The one
C. Anyone D. Whoever
16. _______ medicine works in a human body is a question _______ not everyone can understand fully.
A. How; that B. That; which
C. That; which D. What; that
【答案与解析】
1. 选D。what made matters worse 是主语从句(注意其后有谓语动词was),相当于 the thing that made matters worse。
2. 选A。what 引导的是表语从句,相当于 the thing that it takes to do anything well。
3. 选C。that 引导的是一个主语从句,句首的it为形式主语。
4. 选 C。答句为省略句,其完整形式为 I was trying to prove to the police where I was last night,在此 where 引导的是一个宾语从句。类似地,下面选 C:
“_______ made her struggle to become an artist so hard ” “______ she was a woman.”
A. What, What B. That, That
C. What, That D. That, What
5. 选D。what 引导的是表语从句,what 在此相当于 the things that。
6. 选 C。句首的 it 是形式主语,空格处所填词用于引导主语从句。由于该主语从句中又缺主语,故排除A、B、D。(注意:不能选 A,因为 that 引导名词性从句时不能充当句子成分)
7. 选 A。第一空填 what,是因为该主语从句中的动词 understand 缺宾语;why 和 because 均可引导表语从句,其区别是: why 引导表语从句强调结果,because 引导表语从句强调原因。句中空格后文表明的是结果,故用 why。
8. B。what 在此引导主语从句且在从句作宾语,它相当于 the thing that。
9. B。两空均填 what,均用于引导宾语从句,因为两个宾语从句中的动词 said 和do 均缺宾语,而在各个选项中只有 what 可用作宾语。
10. 选 A。what 引导宾语从句。由于动词 wants 缺宾语,所以填 what。句意是:当你找工作面试回答问题时,请记住这条黄金定律:永远给予对方确实想要的东西。
11. 选 A。I can to save them 为 I can do to save them 之略,此句中的 do 缺宾语,故选 whatever。
12. 选 B。that 在此引导主语从句,无词义,也不充当句子成分。注意不要根据中文意思选 D,因为 because 不用于引导主语从句。
13. 选 C。两个空格处均为引导宾语从句的引导词,而四个选项中两者可引导宾语从句的只有 C。
14. 选 B。比较 That’s why… 与 That’s because…:前者用于强调结果,后者用于强调原因。如下面一题选 D:
I got wet all through. _______ I had neither a raincoat nor an umbrella.
A. It’s the reason B. That’s why
C. There’s why D. That’s because
15. 选 D。由 is worth praising 这一谓语可知前面是主语从句,排除不能引导从句的 B 项和 C 项;whoever 引导主语从句表示“任何……的人”,在此它相当于 anyone who。
16. 选 A。how 引导主语从句,that 引导同位语从句。
【试题放送】
名词性从句在高考中的考查重点:
1. that和what引导名词性从句的区别;
2.名词从句的语序和时态;
3. it作形式主语、形式宾语的几种情况;
4.宾语从句的否定转移;
5.whether和if的用法区别;
6.what在名词性从句中的使用;
7.doubt后的名词性从句的使用;
8.Who / whoever, what / whatever等的用法区别;
9.连接词that的省略;
1. 【2013北京31】______ makes the book so extraordinary is the creative imagination of the writer.
A. That B. What C. Who D. Which
1. B。 本题考查主语从句。is之前为主语从句。从句中缺少主语指事物,故选what。That只起引导作用,不充当成分,排除;Who指人;不符合语境,排除;Which充当定语,起修饰作用,也不符合上下文的语境,排除。
【句意】让这本书如此不同寻常的是作者富于创造的想象力。
2. 【2013北京33】 Experts believe _____ people can waste less food by shopping only when it is necessary.
A. why B. where C. that D. what
2. C。本题考查宾语从句。动词believe之后为宾语从句,从句陈述一个事实,结构完整,不缺少成分,故选用that。why作原因状语;where做地点状语;what作主语或宾语。
【句意】专家们相信人们只在必须的时候购物就会浪费更少的食物。
3. 【2013湖南28】. Do not let any failures discourage you, for you can never tell _______ close you may be to victory.
A. how B. that C. which D. where
3. A。本题考查宾语从句。动词tell之后为宾语从句,宾语从句部分为感叹句转换而来,修饰形容词close用how,故选A。that, which和where都不能引导感叹句。
【句意】千万不要让失败打击你,你可能不知道自己距离成功有多近。
4. 【2013江西30】_______ one of you breaks the window will have to pay for it.
A. Whoever B. Whatever C. Whichever D. Wherever
4. C。本题考查主语从句。主句谓语为will have to pay,之前为主语从句,根据句意, whichever“无论哪一个”,作定语,修饰one,故选C。Whoever作主语;Whatever指物,不符合题意;Wherever指地点,作地点状语,也不符合语境。
【句意】无论你们当中哪个人弄坏窗子都必须赔偿。
5. 【2013山东30】It’s good to know______ the dogs will be well cared for while we’re away.
A. what B. whose C. which D. that
5. D。本题考查宾语从句。动词know之后为宾语从句,从句中意思完整,也不缺少成分,故用that表陈述一件实事。what作主语或宾语;whose作定语;which作定语,后面一般接of结构。
【句意】知道当我们外出时这这些狗狗将会得到精心的护理是一件好事。
6. 【2013陕西20】It remains to be seen the newly formed committee’s policy can be put into practice.
A. that B. which C. what D. whether
6. D。本题考查主语从句。it作形式主语,真正主语为横线后的主语从句。从句中结构完整,因此排除代词B和C两项;“有待被观察”的事情应是不确定的事而不是表陈述,排除表陈述的that,选用whether“是否”。
【句意】这项新出炉的委员会的政策能否实施还得拭目以待。
7. 【2013四川6】 ______ you said at the meeting describes a bright future for the company.
A. When B. How C. What D. That
7. C。本题考查主语从句。此句谓语动词为describes,之前的部分即为主语从句。从句中缺少谓语said的宾语,故选用代词what作said的宾语引导主语从句; that在名词性从句中不做成分,只表陈述的语气;而when和how为副词,只能做状语,不能作主干成分。
【句意】你在会议上所说的话描述了公司一个光明的前途。
8. 【2013天津15】 I want to tell you is the deep love and respect I have for my parents.
A. That B. Which C. Whether D. What
8. D。本题考查主语从句。主句谓语为is,之前为主语从句,从句中缺少动词tell的直接宾语,指事物,故填what;而which意为“哪一个”,that、whether只起引导作用,均不做成分。
【句意】我想对你说的是我对父母亲的深深的爱和尊重。
9. 【2013新课标I卷26】Police have found appears to be the lost ancient statue.
A. which B. where C. how D. what
9. D。本题考查宾语从句。动词found后所接为宾语从句,从句中缺少主语指事物,故填上代词what。Which表示在确定范围里的选择;where和how只能作状语。[来源:21世纪教育网]
【句意】警察们已经发现看起来就是那尊失踪的雕像。
10. 【2013浙江16】The only way to succeed at the highest level is to have total belief ______ you are better than anyone else on the sports field.
A. how B. that C. which D. whether
10. B。本题考查同位语从句。belief后所接的从句对其内容进行解释说明,故为同位语从句,that表示陈述一个事实,所以答案B正确。how如何;which哪一个;whether是否;均不符合语境。
【句意】通往最高水平的成功之路就是拥有坚定的信念:在运动场上你比任何人都更棒。
11. 【2013重庆28】. ______struck me most in the movie was the father’s deep love for his son.
A. That B. It C. What D. Which
11. C。本题考查主语从句。主句谓语动词was之前为;主语从句中缺少主语指事物,故使用代词what;that表陈述,不做成分;which表示在确定范围内进行选择,译为“哪一个”。
【句意】这部电影让我最感动的地方就是父亲对儿子的深深的爱。
12. 【2013安徽21】.From space, the earth looks blue. This is ______about seventy-one percent of its surface is covered by water.
A. why B. how C. because D. whether[来源:21世纪教育网]
12. C。本题考查表语从句。is后面为表语从句。前面是结果,后面是原因,所C正确。why,how和whether均不符合语境。21世纪教育网
【句意】从太空上看地球是蓝色的。这是因为地球表面大约71%的面积被水覆盖。
【2012辽宁卷】34. The newcomer went to the library the other day and searched for he could find about Mark Twain.
A. wherever B. however C. whatever D. whichever
【考点】连词用法
【答案】C
【解析】介词for后面加的是宾语从句,且从句中find缺少宾语,所以用whatever,选C项
【2012四川卷】17. Scientists study ____ human brains work to make computers.
A. when B. how C. that D. whether
【答案】 B
【考点】本题考查名词性从句。
【解析】句意为:科学家研究人类大脑是如何工作以制造出电脑的。根据句意,故答案选B。
【2012江西卷】25.It suddenly occurred to him he had left his keys in the office.
A.whether B.where C.which D.that
【答案】D  
【考点】考察名词性从句当中的主语从句。
【解析】it作形式主语,真正的主语为that he had left his keys in the office。且that在句中无意义,并不充当任何成分。
【2012湖南】6. Everyone in the village is very friendly. It doesn't matter ____ you have lived there for a short or a long time.
A. why B. how C. whether D. when
【答案】C
【2012浙江卷】4. I made a promise to myself______ this year, my first year in high school, would be different.
A. whether B. what C. that D. how
【考点】名词性从句—同位语从句
【答案】C
【解析】that引导同位语从句,在从句中不做句子成分,补充说明同位语promise的内容。
【2012江苏卷】27.The notice came around two in the afternoon ____the meeting would be postponed.
A. when B. that C. whether D. how
【考点】名词性从句-同位语从句
【答案】B
【解析】句意为:会议将被延期的通知大约下午两点钟来。空格后的句子是解释说明名词the notice,作同位语从句,在从句中不做任何成分,所以用that引导。
【举一反三】同位语从句就是在复合句中作名词的同位语的名词性从句。
1.同位语从句的功能?
同位语从句对名词进一步解释,说明名词的具体内容,一般由that引导。如:?
The king’s decision that the prisoner would be set free surprised all the people.?
国王作出的这名囚犯释放的决定让人们大吃一惊。
2.同位语在句子中的位置?
同位语从句有时可以不紧跟在它所说明的名词后面,而是被别的词隔开。如:?
He got the news from Mary that the sports meeting was put off.?
他从玛丽那里得知运动会要延期举行。
3.同位语从句与定语从句的区别?
1)定语从句中的that既代替先行词,同时在从句中作某个成分(主语或宾语),而同位语从句中的that是连词,只起连接主句与从句的作用,不充当句中任何成分。?
2)定语从句是形容词性的,其功能是修饰先行词,对先行词加以限定,描述它的性质或特征;同位语从句是名词性的,其功能是对名词进行补充说明。如:?
The news that he told me is that Tom would go abroad next year.?
他告诉我的消息是汤姆明年将出国。(第一个that引导的从句是定语从句,that在从句中作宾语)?
The news that Tom would go abroad is told by him.?
汤姆将出国的消息是他讲的。(同位语从句,that在句中不作任何成分)
【试题延伸】(2011·天津)Modern science has given clear evidence ____smoking can lead to many diseases.
A. what B. which C. that D. where)]
点拨. C。题意:抽烟会导致多种疾病,对此现代科学已经给出了明确的证据。本题考查名词性从句(同位语从句)。evidence后的从句说明的是其具体内容,从句中不缺少句子成分,故用that引导同位语从句。 其他三项引导同位语从句都要在从句中作成分。
【2012安徽卷】27.The limits of a person’s intelligence ,generally speaking, are fixed at birth, but
he reaches these limits will depend on his environment.
A. where B. whether C. that D. why
【答案】B
【解析】首先把插入语generally speaking删掉,选择B.本题考查名词性从句,but whether he reaches these limits 【作为句子主语】will depend on his environment.
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【2012全国新课程】24. It is by no means clear the president can do to end the strike.
A. how B. which
C. that D. what
【答案】
D
【解析】此处it是形式主语,what引导的是主语从句,作真正的主语。What作do的宾语。句意:总统采取什么行动结束这次罢工一点也不清楚。
【考点】考查主语从句的连接词。
【2012山东卷】25. It doesn’t matter ________ you pay by cash or credit card in this store.
A. how B. whether
C. what D. why
【答案】B
【解析】此处it是形式主语,后面whether...or…引导的主语从句是真正的主语,whether...or…意为:是…还是…都行。句意:在这个商店中用现金或信用卡支付都可以。
【考点】考查主语从句的连接词。
【2012福建卷】35. We promise attends the party a chance to have a photo taken with the movie star.
A. who B. whom C. whoever D. whomever
【考点】本句考查连词的辨析
【答案】C
【解析】首先本句考查的关键短语是promise sb sth“向某人承诺某事“本句指的是向参加聚会的人提供一个和电影明星合影的机会,不定式做chance的定语,然后就是参加聚会的任何人whoever=anyone who,这样句子就很清晰了,所以划分句子成分非常关键,以前考察whoever都是做状语,而本题考查的是作promise的宾语,挺新颖的。
【2011北京卷 22】__________ Barbara Jones offers to her fans is honesty and happiness.
A. Which B. What C. That D. Whom
【答案】B
【考点】考察名词性从句中的主语从句。
【解析】句意:这个惊人的消息使我意识到我们将面临多么严重的问题。结合句意可知答案为A,此处what引导的宾语从句是一个感叹句。
【2011北京卷 31】The shocking news mad me realize ________ terrible problems we would face.
A. what B. how C. that D. why
【答案】A
【考点】考查名词性从句中的宾语从句。
【解析】由句中的IS可知其前面是由what引导的主语从句,且what在从句中作offer的宾语,故答案为A项。
【2011上海卷 35】There is clear evidence _____ the most difficult feeling of all to interpret is bodily pain.
A. what B. if C. how D. that
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词性从句中的同位语从句。
【解析】句意为:证据表明,所有能够说明的感觉中最困难的是身体的疼痛。分析句子结构,从句中不错成分,故用关联词that。
【2011上海卷 38】The message you intend to convey through words may be the exact opposite of _____ others actually understand.
A. why B. that C. which D. what
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词性从句中的宾语从句。
【解析】句意为:你试图通过言语表达的意思或许恰恰跟别人理解的相反。
【2011山东卷 26】I am afraid he’s more of a talker than a doer, which is ______ he never finishes anything.
A. that B. when C. where D. why
【答案】D
【考点】考查表语从句。
【解析】句义:我恐怕他比起来一个实践家更是一个空谈家,那就是他一事无成的原因。本文“which is..”引导的一个非限定性定语从句中有一个表语从句根据句意用“why”引导。
【2011山东卷 33】We’ve offered her the job, but I don’t know______ she’ll accept it.
A. where B. what . whether D. which
【答案】C
【考点】此题考查宾语从句的引导词。
【解析】根据句意“我们提供给她了这份工作,但我不知道她是否会接受”。whether “是否“, where “哪里“what “什么”,which “哪个“。
【2011江西卷 26.】The villagers have already known ______ we’ll do is to rebuild the bridge.
A. this B. that C. what D. which
【答案】C
【考点】考察宾语从句和主语从句。
【解析】村民们已经知道我们将要做的事情是重建这座桥,后面的宾语从句的主语从句中缺少主语且指物,所以选择what。
【2011江苏卷 26】It was never clear _______ the man hadn’t reported the accident sooner.
A. that B. how C. when D. why
【答案】A
【考点】考查主语从句。
【解析】句意:这名男子没有早点报告这次事故的原因根本没有搞清楚。It在句中是形式主语,真正的主语是why引导的主语从句。
【2011安徽卷 33】His writing is so confusing that it’s difficult to make out _____it is he is trying to express.
A. that B. how C. who D. what
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【解析】句意为:他的笔迹非常混乱,很难弄清他想表达什么意思。本题考查动词短语make out引起的的宾语从句,该空在宾语从句中作express的宾语,表示事物,故选择D项。That在宾语从句中不作句子成分;how作方式状语;who作主语,指人。只有what可用作宾语并且指事物。
【2011四川卷 10】Our teachers always tell us to believe in ________ we do and who we are if we want to succeed.
A. why B. how C. what D. which
【答案】C
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【解析】in介词之后所接的宾语从句中缺少及物动词do的宾语,指事物,故填what。why“为什么”;how“怎么样”;which“哪一个”。
【2011辽宁卷 23】Twenty students want to attend the class that aims to teach ______ to read first.
A. what B. who . how D. why
【答案】C
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【解析】句子意思:20个学生想要去听旨在教授如何快速阅读的课程。根据句子结构可知,that aims to teach ______ to read first.是定语从句,修饰先行词class,在此定语从句中,teach后接的宾语从句中缺少表示方式的连接词,故how正确。此处为“连接词+to do”结构。
【2011辽宁卷 32】When the news came _____ the war broke out, he decided, to serve in the army.
A. since B. which C. that D. because
【答案】C
【考点】考查同位语从句。
【解析】句意:当战争爆发的消息传来时,他决定去部队服役。此处的“ the war broke out”解释说明the news的具体内容,且从句中不缺少成分,故为同位语从句,用that连接。
【2011天津卷 13】Modern science has given clear evidence ______ smoking can lead to many diseases.
A. what B. which C. that D. where
【答案】C
【考点】考查名词性从句中的同位语从句。
【解析】句意为:现代科技已经给出了充分的证据,表明吸烟可能引起许多疾病。
【2011陕西卷 15】I’d like to start my own business–that’s ____ I’d do if I had the money.
A. why B. when C. which D. what
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词性从句中的表语从句。
【解析】后面从句不完整,do后面缺少宾语,所以要填连接代词what,答案D。
【2011重庆卷 22】It is still under discussion __________the old bus station should be replaced with a modern hotel or not.
A. whether B. when C. which D. where
【答案】A
【考点】考查名词性从句。
【解析】still under discussion“还在讨论中”说明“旧中巴车站是否应该被一个宾馆替代”还没决定。且根据后面的whether…or not也可以做出正确选择。
【2011重庆卷 34】It is not always easy for the public to see _______ use a new invention can be of to human life.
A. whose B. what C. which D. that
【答案】B
【考点】考查宾语从句。
【解析】What引导宾语从句,同时在从句中作use的定语。还原句子为“a new invention can be of what use”。
【2011湖南卷)31】Before a problem can be solved, it must be obvious ______the problem itself is.
A. what B. that C. which D. why
【答案】A
【考点】本题考察的是名词性从句中主语从句。
【解析】从句中缺表语,排除B和D;又因题目没有给出problem的范围,故选A;句意:在解决问题之前,一定要弄清楚问题是什么。
〖10福建〗We should respect food and think about the people who don’t have we have here and treat food nicely.
A. that B. which C. what D. whether
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗宾语从句
〖解析〗空格在句中充当宾语。我们应该尊重食物, 考虑那些我们所拥有的东西和认真对待食物的态度。
〖10湖南〗Cindy shut the door heavily and burst into tears. No one in the office knew
she was so angry.
A. where B. whether C. that D. why
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗考查名词性从句。
〖解析〗该空引导宾语从句, 根据句意 “办公室中没人知道她为什么如此生气”可判断选D项。
〖10天津〗As a new graduate, he doesn’t know it takes to start a business here.
A. how B. what C. When D. which
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗考查名词性从句。
〖解析〗句意:作为一名新毕业生, 他不知道需要什么才能在这里开始经营。空格后的从句中takes是动词, 其后缺少宾语, 所以引导该宾语从句的连接词要用what。
〖10北京〗 some people regard as a drawback is seen as a plus by many others.
A. Whether B. What C. That D. How
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查主语从句。
〖解析〗句意:一些人眼中的缺点是别人眼中的优点。从句中缺宾语, 只能用B. what来引导. C.中的That引导主语从句不做成分。
〖10浙江〗—How about camping this weekend, just for a change
—OK, you want.
A. whichever B. however C. whatever D. whoever
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗本题考查引导词。
〖解析〗句意:“这个周末野营怎么样, 来点新鲜的?” “好啊, 按你的意思吧!”根据语境分析出后者支持前面的提出的观点。
〖10浙江〗It is uncertain side effect the medicine will bring about, although about two thousand patients have taken it.
A. that B. what C. how D. whether
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查主语从句的引导词。
〖解析〗根据句意:尽管大约有两千名病人服用过这种药物, 但是, 它会带来什么样的副作用还不确定。side effect意思是 “副作用”, 还原主语从句中的主干是the medicine will bring about ______ side effect。故选择what, 形容词 “什么样的”, 起修饰作用。
〖10上海〗One reason for her preference for city life is she can have easy access to places like shops and restaurants.
A. that B. how C. what D. why
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗此处考查的是同位语从句。
〖解析〗考查that引导同位语从句的用法。此处that不可以省略。
〖10湖北〗The news ________(房价将要下跌)has caused many people to sell their houses at lower prices. (fall)
〖答案〗that the housing price will fall
〖考点〗同位语从句
〖解析〗用 “that” 引导同位语从句, “房价”译成 “housing price”。
〖10山东〗Before the sales start, I make a list of ______ my kids will need for the coming season.
A. why B. what C. how D. which
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查宾语从句的引导词。
〖解析〗句意应为 “在大甩卖开始前, 我把孩子们在下个季节里要用到的东西列了一个清单。”分析句式结构可知, 空格处在句中引导宾语从句且在从句中充当need的宾语, 所以B项结构正确。which 引导名词性从句时多表示疑问且要有一个明确的范围。
〖10上海〗When changing lanes, a driver should use his turning signal to let other drivers know .
A. he is entering which lane B. which lane he is entering
C. is he entering which lane D. which lane is he entering
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查宾语从句。
〖解析〗which引导的句子做know的宾语, 句子用陈述语序。
〖10四川〗How much one enjoys himself travelling depends largely on he goes with, whether his friends or relatives. w_
A. what B. who C. how D. why w
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗考查介词后的宾语从句。
〖解析〗根据句末的 whether his friends or relatives可知应是和谁去, 故选B。句意为 “一个人旅游多么享受很大程度上取决于他和谁去, 无论是他的朋友还是亲戚。”
〖10全国Ⅰ〗We haven’t discussed yet ______ we are going to place our new furniture.
A. that B. which C. what D. where
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗根据选项此题考查从句。题
〖解析〗句意:我们还没有讨论把我们的新家具放在哪里。干中空格划在动词discuss的后面, 因此考查宾语从句, 根据句意在宾语从句中缺少地点状语, 因此选择D。
〖10湖北〗I want to be liked and loved for I am inside.
A. who B. where C. what D. how
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗宾语从句
〖解析〗我想别人喜欢我是因为我的内在。也就是我inside的品质。只有what可以指代是什么。很多同学误选A, 错误的用中文语言习惯去做英文题。
〖10全国Ⅱ〗—Have you finished the book
---No,I’ve read up to _________the children discover the secret cave.
A. which B. what C. that D. where
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗考查宾语从句。
〖解析〗Up to为介词结构, 后接宾语从句从句;而句意是 “读到孩子们发现秘密洞穴的地方”, 故用where引导这个宾语从句最合适。
〖10江苏〗—I prefer shutting myself in and listening to music all day on Sundays.
—That’s_______I don’t agree. You should have a more active life.
A. where B. how C. when D. what
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗考查表语从句。
〖解析〗这就是我不同意的地方.agree 是不及物动词,所以用where. 用表语从句。
〖10北京〗Part of the reason Charles Dickens loved his own novel, David Copperfield, was _______ it was rather closely modeled on his own life.
A. what B. that C. why D. whether
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查表语从句。
〖解析〗从句不缺成分, 因此用that来引导。句意:狄更斯喜欢他自己的小说大卫科波菲尔的部分原因是小说创作非常贴近他本人的真实生活。学生姓名:周凌峰 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:6 教学时间:2014/02/08 10:00-10:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
上次课程学生存在的问题:
学生问题的解决方案:
【知识要点】
一.动词
1)表示动作中状态的词叫做动词。
2)根据其在句中的功能,动词可分为四类,分别是:实义动词、系动词、助动词、情态动词。
说明:有些情况下,有些动词是兼类词。例如:
We are having a meeting. 我们正在开会。(have是实义动词。)
He has gone to New York. 他已去纽约。(have是助动词。)
3)动词根据其后是否带有宾语,可分为两类,分别是:及物动词、不及物动词,英语缩写形式分别为vt. 和vi.。
说明:同一动词有时可用作及物动词,有时可用作不及物动词。例如:
She can dance and sing. 她能唱歌又能跳舞。(sing在此用作不及物动词。)
She can sing many English songs. 她能唱好多首英文歌曲。(sing用作及物动词。)
4)动词根据是否受主语的人称和数的限制,可分两类,分别是:限定动词、非限定动词例如:
She sings very well. 她唱得很好。(sing受主语she的限制,故用第三人称单数形式sings。)
She wants to learn English well. 她想学好英语。(to learn不受主语she的限制,没有词形变化,是非限定动词。)
说明:英语中共有三种非限定动词,分别是:动词不定式、动名词、分词。
5)根据动词的组成形式,可分为三类,分别是:单字词、短语动词、动词短语例如:
The English language contains many phrasal verbs and verbal phrases. 英语里有许多短语动词和动词短语。(contains是单字动词。)
Students should learn to look up new words in dictionaries. 学生们学会查字典。(look up是短语动词。)
The young ought to take care of the old. 年轻人应照料老人。(take care of是动词短语。)
6)动词有五种形态,分别是:原形、第三人称单数形式、过去式、过去分词、现在分词。
系动词
系动词亦称联系动词(Link Verb),作为系动词,它本身有词义,但不能单独用作谓语,后边必须跟表语(亦称补语),构成系表结构说明主语的状况、性质、特征等情况。说明:有些系动词又是实义动词,该动词表达实义时,有词义,可单独作谓语。例如:
He fell ill yesterday. 他昨天病了。(fell是系动词,后跟补足语,说明主语情况。)
He fell off the ladder. 他从梯子上摔下来。fell是实义动词,单独作谓语。
1)状态系动词
用来表示主语状态,只有be一词。例如:
He is a teacher. 他是一名教师。(is与补足语一起说明主语的身份。)
2)持续系动词
用来表示主语继续或保持一种状况或态度,主要有keep, rest, remain, stay, lie, stand。例如:
He always kept silent at meeting. 他开会时总保持沉默。
This matter rests a mystery. 此事仍是一个谜。
3)表像系动词
用来表示"看起来像"这一概念,主要有seem, appear, look。例如:
He looks tired. 他看起来很累。
He seems (to be)very sad. 他看起来很伤心。
4)感官系动词
感官系动词主要有feel, smell, sound, taste。例如:
This kind of cloth feels very soft. 这种布手感很软。
This flower smells very sweet. 这朵花闻起来很香。 
5)变化系动词
这些系动词表示主语变成什么样,变化系动词主要有become, grow, turn, fall, get, go, come, run。例如:
He became mad after that. 自那之后,他疯了。
She grew rich within a short time. 她没多长时间就富了。
助动词
1)协助主要动词构成谓语动词的词叫助动词。被协助的动词称作主要动词。助动词自身没有词义,不可单独使用。例如:
He doesn't like English. 他不喜欢英语。
(doesn't是助动词,无词义;like是主要动词,有词义)
2)助动词协助主要动词完成以下功用,可以用来:
a. 表示时态。例如: He is singing. 他在唱歌。 He has got married. 他已结婚。
b. 表示语态。例如: He was sent to England. 他被派往英国。
c. 构成疑问句。例如: Do you like college life  你喜欢大学生活吗?
Did you study English before you came here  你来这儿之前学过英语吗?
d. 与否定副词not合用,构成否定句。例如: I don't like him. 我不喜欢他。
e. 加强语气。例如: Do come to the party tomorrow evening. 明天晚上一定来参加晚会。
He did know that. 他的确知道那件事。
3)最常用的助动词有:be, have, do, shall, will, should, would等。
助动词be的用法
1)be +现在分词,构成进行时态。例如:
They are having a meeting. 他们正在开会。
English is becoming more and more important. 英语现在越来越重要。
2) be + 过去分词,构成被动语态。例如:
The window was broken by Tom.. 窗户是汤姆打碎的。
English is taught throughout the world. 世界各地都教英语。
3)be + 动词不定式,可表示下列内容:
a. 表示最近、未来的计划或安排。例如:
He is to go to New York next week.. 他下周要去纽约。
We are to teach the freshmen. 我们要教新生。
说明:这种用法也可以说成是一种将来时态表达法。
b. 表示命令。例如:
You are to explain this. 对此你要做出解释。
He is to come to the office this afternoon. 要他今天下午来办公室。
c. 征求意见。例如:
How am I to answer him  我该怎样答复他?
Who is to go there  谁该去那儿呢?
d. 表示相约、商定。例如:
We are to meet at the school gate at seven tomorrow morning. 我们明天早晨7点在校门口集合。
助动词have的用法
1)have +过去分词,构成完成时态。例如:
He has left for London. 他已去了伦敦。
By the end of last month, they had finished half of their work. 上月未为止,他们已经完成工作的一半。
2)have + been +现在分词,构成完成进行时。例如:
I have been studying English for ten years. 我一直在学英语,已达十年之久。
3)have +been +过去分词,构成完成式被动语态。例如:
English has been taught in China for many years. 中国教英语已经多年。
助动词do 的用法
1)构成一般疑问句。例如:
Do you want to pass the CET  你想通过大学英语测试吗?
Did you study German  你们学过德语吗?
2)do + not 构成否定句。例如:
I do not want to be criticized. 我不想挨批评。
He doesn't like to study. 他不想学习。
In the past, many students did not know the importance of English. 
过去,好多学生不知道英语的重要性。
3)构成否定祈使句。例如:
Don't go there. 不要去那里。
Don't be so absent-minded. 不要这么心不在焉。
说明:构成否定祈使句只用do,不用did和does。
4)放在动词原形前,加强该动词的语气。例如:
Do come to my birthday party. 一定来参加我的生日宴会。
I did go there. 我确实去那儿了。
I do miss you. 我确实想你。
5)用于倒装句。例如:
Never did I hear of such a thing. 我从未听说过这样的事情。
Only when we begin our college life do we realize the importance of English. 进了大学以后,我们才认识到英语的重要性。
说明:引导此类倒装句的副词有never, seldom, rarely, little, only, so, well等。
6)用作代动词。例如:
---- Do you like Beijing  --你喜欢北京吗?
---- Yes, I do. --是的,喜欢。(do用作代动词,代替like Beijing.)
He knows how to drive a car, doesn't he 他知道如何开车,对吧?
助动词shall和will的用法
shall和will作为助动词可以与动词原形一起构成一般将来时。例如:
I shall study harder at English. 我将更加努力地学习英语。
He will go to Shanghai.  他要去上海。
说明:在过去的语法中,语法学家说shall用于第一人称,will 只用于第二、第三人称。现在,尤其是在口语中,will常用于第一人称,但shall只用于第一人称,如用于第二、第三人称,就失去助动词的意义,已变为情态动词,试比较:
He shall come. 他必须来。(shall有命令的意味。)
He will come. 他要来。(will只与动词原形构成一般将来时。)
助动词should, would的用法
1)should无词义,只是shall的过去形式,与动词原形构成过去将来时,只用于第一人称。例如:
I telephoned him yesterday to ask what I should do next week. 我昨天给他打电话,问他我下周干什么。
比较:"What shall I do next week " I asked. "我下周干什么?"我问道。
可以说,shall变成间接引语时,变成了should。
2)would也无词义,是will的过去形式,与动词原形构成过去将来时,用于第二、第三人称。例如:
He said he would come. 他说他要来。
比较:"I will go," he said. 他说:"我要去那儿。"变成间接引语,就成了He said he would come。原来的will变成would,go变成了come.。
动词是英语中的重要词类之一,也是高考英语中的一个考查热点 它是英语语言综合运用中的灵魂,没有动词的句子,就不是完整的句子可以将动词进行分类学习
一 在句子中否定词前移的动词类
在主从复合句中,若主句的主语为第一人称,这类动词后面接含否定意义的宾语从句时,要把从句的否定词转移到主句中去 这类动词有think, believe, expert, imagine, suppose, feel, guess, fancy等 例如:
To tell you the truth, I don't suppose he can give you any help in such a short time,
A. do I B. can't he
C. can he D. don't you (答案为C)
在回答对方提问时,这类动词的常用句式为“I expect so/not” 例如:
—We don't believe we can make such an attempt, can we
—I expect not.
二 计划未能实现的动词类
此类动词常用过去完成时,其后接动词不定式作宾语,或用于一般过去时,其后接不定式的完成式表示虚拟语气,或表达原来的计划未能实现 这类动词有intend, mean, plan, expect, hope, think, want, suppose等 例如:
I had meant to tell you about it yesterday, but the snowstorm prevented me.
They hoped to have stayed there a week, but the word came. I had to come back.
三 表示将来时间的动词类
这类动词常用一般现在时 现在进行时表示将来时间 它们有come, go, leave, start, arrive, move, begin, fall, see, stay, take off等 例如:
Your plane takes off at a quarter past two in the afternoon.
四 表示“据说”意义的动词类
此类动词常用过去分词形式,表示“据说” “据报道”等意思 常见句式为“It + be + 过去分词+ that从句” 这类动词有decide, say, know, report, think, believe, suppose, declare, announce等 注意: order, suggest, request后面的that从句中常用虚拟语气,也可省略should, 直接用动词原形来表示 例如:
It is ordered that this design (should) be given up as quickly as possible.
It is announced that two teams will have a game in our school.
五 使用替代词的动词类
此类动词后面常接so/not作宾语,以此回答或代替前面的句子或主从复合句中的从句及谓语动词 这类动词有believe, guess, imagine, expect, hope, would like等 例如:
—Will it rain this weekend
—I expect so/not.
六 混合使用在被动结构中的动词类
此类动词常用“动词be + 过去分词”结构,这种结构既表示被动意义,又表示一种状态 常见的这种结构有be surprised, be astonished, be discouraged, be pleased, be disappointed, be frightened, be satisfied, be absorbed, be born, be dressed, be devoted, be seated, be engaged in, be obliged to, be supposed to, be supplied with, be connected with, be equipped with, be married to等 例如:
These years they have been engaged in building the Three Gorges.
You are supposed to send for a doctor immediately.
七 能带同源宾语的动词类
有些不及物动词后面可以接词源相同的名词作宾语,即同源宾语 这一名词前面往往有一个修饰语或另一个名词的所有格 这类动词有die, smile, live, dream, laugh, smell, run, sing, whistle, fight等 例如:
He died a heroic death.
He smiled a forced smile.
Then they lived a dog's life.
The lady laughed a hearty laugh.
八 瞬间动词类
瞬间动词(又叫终止性动词)表示动作不能延续,在肯定句中不能与表达一段时间的状语连用 这类动词有go, come, leave, start, return, begin, arrive, stop, finish, borrow, lend, open, close, die, become, break, join, kill, marry, graduate等 比较:
They have become friends since they met in Shanghai. (错误)
They have been friends since they met in Shanghai. (正确)
My grandfather has died for ten years. (错误)
My grandfather has been dead for ten years. (正确)
九 带介词to的动词词组类
这类动词词组有lead to(导致), stick to(坚持), refer to(提及), look forward to(盼望), belong to(属于), object to(反对), be/get used to(习惯于), be accustomed to(习惯于), adjust to(适应), adapt to(适应), put an end to(结束), devote ... to(献身于), set to(开始积极的做), get down to(着手), give one's life to(献身于), prefer + v-ing ... to + v-ing(与……比更喜欢……), come to(谈到), be supposed to(反对), agree to, add to等 例如:
The red-letter day he has been looking forward to is coming today!
My brother objects to being made fun of him.
十 与冠词连用,表示“拍” “打” “拉” “抓”意义的动词类
这类动词有pat, tap, hit, beat, strike, take, catch, grasp, pull, seize等 这类动词常用的句式为“主语+ 及物动词+ sb + 介词+ the + 身体部位” 例如:
The angry father caught his son by the arm.
The naughty boy hit the man on the nose.
十一 感官使役动词类
这类动词后接不带to的动词不定式作宾语补足语的时候,表示动作已经完成或表示动作的全过程;后接动词的-ing形式作宾语补足语时,表示动作正在进行,后接过去分词时表示一个被动动作已经完成 但在被动结构中作主语补足语的动词不定式要带to 这类动词有see, look at, watch, notic, observe, hear, feel, listen to, make, let等 例如:
I saw two boys playing football on the playground.
We often heard this song sung by our students after class.
When I stayed at home, I often made my little brother cry, but last week, I was made to cry by my little brother.
十二 系动词类
能用作系动词的词后面常接形容词或名词作表语,此时动词没有进行时态和被动语态 这类动词有be, appear, become, feel, look, sound, seem, taste, prove, remain, smell, grow, turn, go, come, run, fall, make, remain, continue, stand, lie, sit, exist等 例如:
This roasted duck looks good and smells delicious.
On hearing the news he looked sad and he looked at me sadly.
My brother remained silent all time at the meeting.
The speech he made proved disappointing.
十三 后接动名词作宾语的动词类
此类动词及短语动词后面接动名词作宾语 这类动词和短语动词有mind, risk, avoid, enjoy, escape, keep, suggest, appreciate, practise, delay, finish, forbid, deny, feel like, look forward to, can't help, keep(on), miss, be used to, excuse, be worth, imagine, put off, give up等 例如:
He is considering finishing pratising playing the notes in order not to disturb others.
The tiger escaped being killed by the hunter.
十四 后接动词不定式作宾语的动词类
这类动词后面常接动词不定式作宾语 它们有afford, agree, aim, arrange, ask, choose, decide, demand, determine, expect, refuse, wish, hope, order, promise, pretend, offer, happen, seem, make up one's mind, used, be about, be able, have等 例如:
She pretended not to see me when I passed by.
My father earns a low salary every month, so he can't afford to buy such an expensive car.
十五 后面既可接动词不定式又可接动名词的动词类
这类动词的后面既可接动词不定式又可接动名词 其中区别不大的有begin, continue, like, love, prefer, start, hate 意义有明显区别的有try to do(努力做), try doing(试着做), mean to do(打算), mean doing(意味着做), can't help doing(忍不住做), can't help to do(不能帮助做), remember doing(记得做过), remember to do(记住去做), regret doing (后悔做过), forget to do(忘记去做), forget doing(忘记做过), stop to do sth(停下正做的事去做另外一件事), stop doing sth(停止正在做的事), go on to do sth(接着做另一件事), go on doing sth(继续做某事) 例如:
I am too busy today, so I can't help to wash the dishes. 今天太忙,我不能帮助刷盘子了
Hearing the story, I can't help laughing heartily. 听到这个故事,我情不自禁地笑了起来
十六 表示“需要”意义的动词类
这类动词后面既可以直接接动名词,也可接动词不定式的被动式,但二者均可表示被动含义 这类动词有need, want, require, deserve等 例如:
The new teaching building needs painting. (= The new teaching building needs to be painted.)
Your suggestion deserves reconsidering. (= Your suggestion deserves to be reconsidered.)
十七 用在虚拟语气中的动词类
表示应该(或规劝 命令 建议 要求)等意义的动词后面,宾语从句中的谓语动词要用“should + 动词原形”的形式,其中should常常可以省略 这类动词有order, suggest, insist, advise, command, demand, require等 例如:
Captain Cook commanded his men (should) jump into the sea.
The police required that I (should) turn up.
十八 用主动形式表示被动意义的动词类
这类动词常用主动形式表示被动的意义,其后常跟副词well, easily, poorly, 用来说明主语的特点 性质或状态等 这类动词有break, burn, cook, cut, drive, eat, iron, keep, play, sell, last, open, shut, wear, wash, write, translate, print, run, read, operate等 例如:
The clothes my mother bought for me last year washed well.
The pen writes smoothly.
十九 不能用于被动语态和进行时的动词类
这类动词不能用于被动语态,它们用作谓语动词时,也不能用于进行时 这类动词(短语)有become, cost, have, last, hold(容纳), fit, stand(忍受), suit, belong to, consist, exist, depend, happen, take place, run out(用完), break out, give out(耗尽), go out(熄灭), burst forth(突然爆发)等 例如:
The car in the garage belongs to my elder brother.
The chair gave out under the fat man.
The fuel ran out on the way.
二十 后接反身代词作宾语的动词类
这类动词后面常接反身代词作宾语 它们有enjoy, seat, present, teach, help, devote, call, find, force等 例如:
He taught himself law when free and devoted himself to teaching.
He devoted himself to the revolution many years ago.
The boy called himself a fool when he was told to leave the garden.
二.动词短语
短语动词是高考考查的一个热点,分析近年高考试题可知,高考对动词短语的考查主要有以下几个方式。
(一)、不同的动词,后面加上相同的小品词
使用频率较高的这类动词有:call, cut, come, go, get, go, look, put, set, turn, take, pay, pick, make等。常见的介词或副词有:in, off, out, up, away, for, on, over等。
1. 动词+ away构成的短语动词有:
throw away扔掉;put away把……收拾好;give away捐赠,分发;carry away运走;run away 潜逃;跑开;go away 走开
2. 动词+ for构成的短语动词有:
answer for负责;provide for供养;call for要求;plan for打算,为……计划;hope for希望,期待;ask for索取,寻找;send for派人去请;go for努力获取;pay for偿还,赔偿;wait for等待; look for寻找等。
3. 动词+ on构成的短语动词有:
try on试穿,试验;put on穿上,上演;have on穿着,戴着;pull on穿,戴;hold on不挂断,坚持,继续;carry on继续开展,坚持;keep on继续;go on继续;get on上(车);come on赶快等。
4. 动词+ over构成的短语动词有:
come over过来;hand over移交;go over仔细检查,复习;get over克复,恢复;look over检查;think over仔细考虑;take over接受,接管;hand over 移交;turn over翻转等等。
5. 动词+ up构成的短语动词有:
bring up抚育,培养;call up召唤,打电话给;come up走进,上来; cut up切碎; fix up修理;give up放弃;go up 上升,增长;grow up 长大;look up尊敬,向上看,查寻;make up虚构,弥补,组成;put up举起,搭建;pick up 捡起,(开车)接某人,偶然得到;set up建立,创(纪录); send up发射; show up 揭露,露面;turn up出现,把……调高一点; take up占据,开始从事等等。
6. 动词+ out构成的短语动词有:
come out出来; go out出去,熄灭; look out留神,当心; walk out走出; set out出发,开始; put out扑灭,生产; give out发出,发表; hand out分发; pick out挑选; find out找出,发现; speak out大声地说; turn out生产,打扫; get out出去,离开; work out计算出,解决,实行,行得通; carry out实现,执行; bring out出版;start out 出发,动身等等。
(二)、同一个动词后面加上不同的小品词(即介词或副词)
常见的这类动词有:break,die, call, cut, come, go, get, go, look, put, set, turn, take, pay, pick, make等等。
1. break + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
break down击败,摧毁,发生故障,(身体)垮掉;break out爆发;break through突破,突围;break off 中断,突然停止;break up打碎,分解,驱散;break in闯入(不及物);break into破门而入(及物);break away突然离开,逃脱,脱离等等。
2. bring +介词的短语动词有:
bring about使发生;bring back拿回来,使恢复;bring down打倒,降低;bring in引进;bring out出版,生产;bring up培养,养育;bring over把……带来等等。
3. come + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
come in进来;come from 来自于……;come about产生;come over过来; come out出来,出现;come by从旁经过;come up上来,走进; come across偶遇;come along发生,进步;come after跟着……来;come back回来;come around绕道而来;come down下来;come on快点,赶快等等。
4. cut + 介词的短语动词有:
cut in插嘴,插入;cut into切入;cut across抄近路;cut back减少;cut off切断;cut up切碎; cut away砍掉;cut down砍倒,削减;cut out剪取,剪掉;cut through通过,穿过等等。
5. call + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
call after以……的名字来命名;call for要求;call back叫回,召回,回忆;call up使人想起,给某人打电话;call on号召,拜访某人;call in (at)在某地稍作逗留,邀请;call off取消等等
6. get + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
get about传播;get through到达,做完,通过,度过,打通(电话);get in进入,陷入;get on上车,进展,融洽相处;get off下车,下来;get out出去,离开;get over 克服;get across通过,被理解;get along与……融洽相处;get away离开,脱身等等。
7. give + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
give up放弃;give in屈服,投降; give away赠送,捐赠,无意中泄漏,错过;give over移交,交出;give off放出,发出,排出;give out分发,散发,放出(光,热);give back归还。
8. go + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
go ahead着手,开始(做),进行;go along进展,前进;go around流传,传播;go away离去,走开;go beyond超过;go by过去,流逝;go down下降;go up上升;go for喜欢;go off离开,停止;go on继续,发生;go over复习,温习;go through经历,穿过等等。
9. look + 介词/ 副词的短语有:
look after照顾,照料;look away把目光移开;look around环顾;look at看;look down朝下看;look for寻找;look into调查;look out当心;look over检查;look through浏览,检查;look up向上看,查阅等等。
10. turn + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
turn about / round(使)向后转,回头,转身;turn against(使)反对(某人);turn away转过脸去,拒绝;turn back往回走;turn down调低,关小,拒绝;turn in上缴,上交;turn into(使)变成;turn off关掉;turn on打开;turn out熄灭,生产;turn over翻过来;turn to求助于,转向;turn up调高,到达,出现等等。
11. put + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有:
put aside把……放在一边,积蓄;put away把……收拾好,积蓄;put back把……放回原处;put down放下,镇压;put forward提出,建议;put in放进;put off推迟,拖延;put on穿上,戴上,增加,上演;put out生产出,出版;put up举起等等。
12. be / get / become + 过去分词/ 形容词+ 介词的短语动词有:
be dressed in穿着;be fond of 爱好,喜爱;be lost in沉溺于;be located in位于;be addicted to沉溺于;be used to习惯于;be curious about对……好奇;be engaged in忙于……;be glad to乐意……;be convinced of确信,认识到;be aware of知道;be worried about担心等等。
13. 动词+ 副词+ 介词的短语动词有:
add up to合计达;break away from从……脱离开;come up with找到,提出;catch up with赶上;get down to开始认真地做某事;go in for参加,追求;keep away from远离;keep up with跟上;date back to追溯到;put up with忍受,容忍;run out of用完;watch out for当心;look down upon瞧不起;go ahead with开始,着手;go along with一起去,同意;hold on to坚持等等。
(三)、动词不同,小品词也不同。这一类题应该是最难的,因为它考查面广且灵活多变。
【例】She’s having a lot of trouble with the new computer, but she doesn’t know whom to__________ .
A. turn to B. look for
C. deal with D. talk about
【解析】turn to“求助于”;look for“寻找”;deal with“处理”;talk about“谈论”。句意是“她使用这部新电脑一直有麻烦,但她不知道该找谁帮忙。”故正确答案为A。
【考点诠释】
考点一、考查动词词义辨析
  这类试题的四个选项是在结构上都很相近的动词。要做好这类试题,必须明确各个动词的词义和用法,然后根据题意需要选用合适的动词。
  例Recently, these companies have _______ some workers because of the drop in economy.
  A. hired B. dismissed
  C. refused D. employed
  
考点二、 考查近义动词辨析
  这类试题的四个选项无论在意义上还是在结构上都是很相近的动词。面对这类试题,必须要从四个动词的语义差别、用法特点等入手才能选出符合题意的动词。
  例When his brother was to cross the street, he was knocked down by a truck and badly _______。
  A. injured B damaged
  C. harmed D. destroyed
  【解析】 这四个动词都有“伤害,损害”之意,但具体用法不同。injure指在意外事故中“受伤”;damage主要指对于物体的不彻底的破坏,这种破坏或因自然灾害所致,或因人为造成,常含可以修复之意;harm用于肉体或精神上的伤害,有时可指引起不安或不便;destroy表示毁坏十分彻底,常含无法修复再用之意。从题意来看,答案为A。
 考点三、考查动词与其宾语的固定搭配
 英语中有许多动词与其宾语有固定的搭配和习惯用法。碰到这类试题时,解答的关键是弄清题意,然后根据题意选择符合固定搭配或习惯用法的动词。
  例 With modern equipment, many mysteries have _______ to light in recent years.
  A. bought B. come
  C. thrown D. appeared
  【解析】 题意为“由于有现代化的设备,近年来许多谜团被揭开”。“揭露,将……曝光”是come to light,故答案为B。
 考点四、 考查动词与其宾补的固定搭配
 英语中有些动词后跟宾补时,有其固定搭配,如let/have/make sb. do sth.,get/force sb. to do sth.,allow/permit/forbid sb. to do sth.等。解答这类试题的关键是分析句子结构,找到作宾补的不定式,然后看不定式前是否有不定式符号to,最后确定该用什么动词。
  例The card reads: “Dear Mom and Dad, they are _______ everyone write home. Love, Joey.”
  A. advising B. suggesting
  C. letting D. making
  
考点五、 考查系动词
  动词作系动词用时,后面常接形容词、名词、分词和不定式等,此时动词没有进行时和被动语态。这类动词有:appear, become, feel, look, sound, seem, taste, prove, remain, stay, smell, grow, turn, go, come, fall, stand, lie, exist等。解答这类试题的关键首先是弄清题意,然后是分析句子结构,由此可判断出该动词是否用作系动词,最后确定所要填入的答案。
  例The effect of the medicine on this kind of disease remains _______.
  A. seen B. to be seen
  C. seeing D. to see
  【解析】 题意为“这种药对这种疾病的效果尚待观察。”由题意可知,remain在此是用作系动词,且see这一动作还没有发生,答案锁定在B和D中间;the effect和see之间是被动关系,所以答案为B。
【备考提示】1. 全面牢固地掌握英语基础知识 高考英语单项选择题几乎覆盖了中学阶段所有的语言项目,这就要求同学们必须打好基本功
2.着重训练在具体的语境中灵活运用语言知识的能力 近几年的高考单项选择题越来越重视情景的设置,几乎每一道题都放在实际的交际中会出现的语境中进行考查
考点六、考查同根动词短语的辨析
这类试题的四个选项都是由同一个动词加不同的介词或副词构成。从历年高考试题来看,那些搭配能力强、语义丰富的常用动词短语是命题的重点对象。解答这类试题时,一定要在理解语境的基础上,从语义逻辑、固定搭配、前后关系等角度去确定答案。
例How I wish that I could _______ my ideas in simple and wonderful English when chatting on the net.
A. set out B. set off
C. set in D. set up
【解析】分析题意为“我多么希望在网上聊天时能用简单而又漂亮的英语表达我的思想啊”。由题意可知,空缺处应该是“表达;解释”之意,而四个选项中只有set out有此意,故答案为A。
考点七、考查同根介词或副词的动词短语的辨析
这类试题的四个选项是由不同的动词加相同的介词或副词构成。解答这类试题的关键首先还是弄清题意,然后选出符合题意和句子结构需要的动词短语。
例When I was twenty, I had to _______ before graduation and work in a clothes shop to help support my family.
A. drop out B. come out
C. leave out D. stay out
例Take care during the holidays! Drinking too much can _______ heart disease and cause high blood pressure.
A. contribute to B. relate to
C. attend to D. devote to
【解析】分析题意为“节日期间要当心!喝酒太多会导致心脏病和引起高血压。”由题意可知,空缺处应该是“导致”之意,四个选项中,只有A项contribute to有此意,故答案为A。
考点八、考查不同动词构成的动词短语的辨析
这类试题的四个选项是由四个不同的动词构成的动词短语。解答这类试题的关键是根据题干意思,选出符合题意的动词短语。
例The society today offers the young generation more chances to _______ their talent and skills.
A. give out B. take in
C. show off D. carry on
【解析】分析题意为“当今社会给年轻一代提供了更多的机会来展示他们的才能和技能。”由题意可知,空缺处应该是“炫耀;展示”之意,故答案为C。
考点九、考查“动词+副词+介词”短语的辨析
这类试题的四个选项要么是四个不同动词,但副词相同、介词不同的动词短语;要么是四个动词相同、副词相同、介词不同的动词短语。解答这类试题时,弄清题意诚然重要,但还要注意该短语的尾词是介词、副词还是不定式符号to,切忌想当然。
例—Do you know the plan his daughter will _______ spread a lot
—Really I don’t know it yet.
A. get down to B. come up to
C. live up to D. look up to
【解析】分析题意为“你知道他女儿将要着手做的那个计划已经传开了吗?”“真的?我还不知道。”四个选项中,get down to,“着手做”;come up to,“不亚于;相等”;live up to,“不辜负;达到高标准”;look up to,“尊敬”。由此可知,只有A项符合题意。句中的his daughter will get down to是定语从句,修饰先行词the plan。
例 “I can’t _______ your rudeness any more,leave the room,”shouted Mary.(2009武汉调研)
A. put up to B. put up from
C. put up into D. put up with
【解析】分析题意为“‘我再也不能忍受你的粗鲁了,滚出去’,玛丽大声喊道。”从题意可知,空缺处应该是“忍受”之意,四个选项中,只有D项中的put up with有此意,故选D。
【备考提示】1. 全面牢固地掌握英语基础知识 高考英语单项选择题几乎覆盖了中学阶段所有的语言项目,这就要求同学们必须打好基本功
着重训练在具体的语境中灵活运用语言知识的能力 近几年的高考单项选择题越来越重视情景的设置,几乎每一道题都放在实际的交际中会出现的语境中进行考查
动词用法与辨析
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. If you want to sell your product you must _____ it.
A. advertise B. advertise for
C. advertise on D. advertise to
【陷阱】容易误选B,认为 advertise 的意思是“做广告”,advertise for 的意思“为……做广告”。
【分析】事实上,正确答案为A。advertise 可用作及物和不及物动词:用作及物动词时,其意为“为……做广告”、“登广告宣传”;用作不及物动词时,其意为“做广告”、“登广告”,此时通常后接介词 for,表示“做广告征求”。比较:
advertise for sth (sb) 登广告征求或寻找某物或某人 (此时 advertise 不及物)
advertise sth 为……登广告,登广告宣传……(此时 advertise 是及物动词,其后要直接跟被宣传的东西作宾语)
People advertise things that they wish to sell. 人们为要卖的东西登广告。
The manager wants to advertise for a new secretary. 经理想登广告招聘一位新秘书。
再比较以下用例:
advertise jobs 登广告招人
advertise for jobs 登广告求职
2. No matter how much you’ve learned and how high a standard of education you have had, you must _______ the people heart and soul.
A. serve B. serve for
C. serve to D. serve on
【陷阱】容易误选B,即字对字地翻译汉语的“全心全意为人民服务”,将其中的“为”译为 for。
【分析】答案选A,serve 意为“为……服务”,可直接用作及物动词,其后不能按汉语意思误加介词 for。请看以下类似例子:
(1) I _____ you yesterday, but you weren’t in.
A. rang B. rang to
C. rang with D. rang to
答案选A,ring 可以用作及物动词,表示“给……打电话”,故其后不用介词。
(2) Neither of her parents wanted her to _____ her cousin.
A. marry B. marry to
C. marry with D. marry for
答案选A,marry 可用作及物或不及物动词,用作及物动词时它的意思“与……结婚”,而不仅仅是“结婚”,也就是说,后接宾语时,无需用介词 to, with 等。
(3) How can I _____ you, Mr. Green
A. contact B. contact with
C. contact to D. contact for
答案选A,contact 为及物动词,表示“与……联系”,其后不接介词。
3. According to the rules, students must not ______ their books during examinations.
A. read B. watch
C. notice D. look at
【陷阱】容易误选A。因为按照英语一般习惯:看书看报用动词 read,看电视用动词watch,看电影用动词see,看比赛用动词watch,看黑板用动词look at,等等。
【分析】一般说来,汉语的“看书”至少有两层意思,一是指阅读性地看书,即看书=读书,此时通常用动词read;另一种看书则不是指阅读性地看书,而只是大概地翻一翻或看一看,比如看看书的封面、定价、内容提要等,或者回答问题时看看书的某些章节或字句以及考试时偷看书本等等,此时通常都不宜用动词read,而应根据情况选用其他动词(如 look at)。又如:
Let me have a look at the book. 让我看看或翻翻这本书。
Please answer my questions without looking at your books. 请不看书回答我的问题。
4. “I love traveling. I hope to go with you this time.” “But does your mother _____ you to go ”
A. let B. agree
C. allow D. promise
【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能误选。
【分析】最佳答案为C。不能选A是因为 let 后用作宾语补足语的不定式不能带 to;不能选B是因为动词 agree 习惯上不用于 agree sb to do sth 这一句式;不能选D是因为在 promise sb to do sth 这一句式中,to do sth 的逻辑主语是 promise 的主语而不其是宾语,比如 He promised me to go 的意思是“他答应我,他去”,而不是“他答应我让我去”。之所以能选C,是因为 allow sb to do sth(允许某人做某事)与上文语境刚好吻合。
5. If they _______ to make heart-felt apologies soon we will have to bring an action against them.
A. disagreed B. refused
C. agreed D. hoped
【陷阱】容易误选A,根据 agree to do sth(同意做某事),想当然地类推出 disagree to do sth(不同意或不愿意做某事)。
【分析】事实上,语言有很多问题是不能类推的,如上面这一例,英语可说 agree to do sth,但习惯上却不说 disagree to do sth。类似地,英语中可说 like doing [to do] sth,但在现代英语中习惯上说 dislike doing sth,却不说dislike to do sth。其实上面一题的最佳答案是B,refuse to do sth 意为“拒绝做某事”或“不愿做某事”。
6. They own two cars, not to _____ a motorbike.
A. speak B. say
C. talk D. mention
【陷阱】很容易根据“他们拥有两辆小汽车,更不用说一辆摩托车了”这一中文语境而选择B。
【分析】其实最佳答案为D。因为not to say 和 not to mention 均为习语,但其含义区别甚大:
not to mention=更不用说,此外还有
not to say=虽不能说,即使不能说
It is warm, not to say hot. 天气虽说不上热,但也够暖了。
He was impolite, not to say rude. 他即使不是粗鲁,至少也是没有礼貌。
There’re ten of us ready to help, not to mention the children. 我们有10个人愿意帮忙,还不算小孩。
They have three dogs to look after, not to mention the cat and the bird. 他们有三只狗要照顾,更别提那只猫和鸟了。
7. “Do your parents agree to your doing that ” “Yes, of course. In fact, they always ______ me to try something new.”
A. hope B. suggest
C. support D. encourage
【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能误选。因为若仅从汉语意思来看,四个选项均可填入空格处。
【分析】其实此题的正解答案是D。因为在以上四个选项中,只有encourage 可后接不定式的复合结构作宾语,即可用于 encourage sb to do sth,而其余三者均不可后接不定式的复合结构作宾语,即英语中习惯上不说 hope sb to do sth, suggest sb to do sth, support sb to do sth。顺便说一句,以下英汉语表达也有类似差别,请注意:
汉语说“希望某人做某事”,但英语不说 hope sb to do sth。
汉语说“同意某人做某事”,但英语不说 agree sb to do sth。
汉语说“不同意某人做某事”,但英语不说disagree sb to do sth。
汉语说“害怕某人做某事”,但英语不说 fear sb to do sth。
汉语说“拒绝某人做某事”,但英语不说 refuse sb to do sth。
汉语说“惩罚某人做某事”,但英语不说 punish sb to do sth。
汉语说“建议某人做某事”,但英语不说 suggest sb to do sth。
汉语说“建议某人做某事”,但英语不说 propose sb to do sth。
汉语说“赞成某人做某事”,但英语不说 approve sb to do sth。
汉语说“安排某人做某事”,但英语不说 arrange sb to do sth。
汉语说“要求某人做某事”,但英语不说 demand sb to do sth。
汉语说“感谢某人做某事”,但英语不说 thank sb to do sth。
汉语说“指导某人做某事”,但英语不说 guide sb to do sth。
汉语说“祝贺某人做某事”,但英语不说 congratulate sb to do sth。
汉语说“阻止某人做某事”,但英语不说 prevent sb to do sth。
汉语说“通知某人做某事”,但英语不说 inform sb to do sth。
汉语说“欢迎某人做某事”,但英语不说 welcome sb to do sth。
汉语说“陪伴某人做某事”,但英语不说 accompany sb to do sth。
要表示以上汉语意思,英语需改用其他说法。如:
advise sb to do sth 建议某人做某事
wish sb to do sth / hope for sb to do sth 希望某人做某事
arrnage for sb to do sth 安排某人做某事
demand of sb to do sth 要求某人做某事
thank sb for doing sth 感谢某人做了某事
congratulate sb on doing sth 祝贺某人做了某事
prevent sb from doing sth 阻止某人做某事
等等。
8. Nowadays everyone hopes to ______ good education so as to get a good job in the future.
A. accept B. accept a
C. receive D. receive a
【陷阱】容易误选A或B。因为accept 与 receive 的基本区别是前者表示“接受”,后者表示“收到”,而汉语通常是说“接受教育”,而不是说“收到教育”,所以选A或B,
【分析】其实上,此题的正确答案是D,因为英语中习惯说 receive a good education,而不说 accept a good education。另外,education 表示抽象意义的“教育”时,不可数,但表示“一种教育”或“一段教育”时,可与不定冠词连用。
9. Wearing dark glasses can _______ your eyes from the sun.
A. care B. prevent
C. defend D. protect
【陷阱】容易误选B。因为许多同学一看到题干中的 from,再联系到选项中的 prevent,便马上想起了 prevent … from … 这个常用搭配。
【分析】在 prevent A from B 这一句式中,A 和 B通常具有主谓关系,如在The rain prevented us from going out (下雨使我们不能出去)中,“我们”与“出去”就具有主谓关系。而上面一题不具备此特点。此题正确答案应是 D,protect … from … 意为“保护……免受……”。
10. Mr. Smith was in great need of money, so he ____ $2 000 for his car.
A. paid B. took
C. cost D. spent
【陷阱】容易误选A,误选的依据是pay … for … 这一搭配。
【分析】若单独说 He paid $2 000 for the car (他付了2 000美元买这车)是完全可以的,但问题是,本句前面有这样一句He was in great need of money (他急需要钱),既然是“急需要钱”,又怎么还会花2000美元去买车呢?尤其还需注意的是 car 前的物主代词 his,这说明是为自己的车花2000美元钱,不合情理。此题的正确答案是B,take 在此表示“获得”、“得到”,句意为“他急需要钱,把自己的车以2000美元给卖掉了”。
11. There are many kinds _____, but I don’t know which to buy.
A. to be chosen B. to choose from
C. to choose D. for choosing
【陷阱】此题容易误选C。
【分析】其实应选B。choose 表示“选择”,其实是指“选择出来”(pick out),而不是指“从……选择”,要表示后者的意思,要用 choose from,有时也用 choose among。同样地,下面两例中的介词 from 也不可省略:
Here are some dictionaries for you choose from. 这些词典可供你选择。
In fact, there are various colors to choose from. 事实上,有各种各样的颜色可供选择。
比较:
He chose a red one. 他选了一个红色的。
He chose from some red ones. 他从一些红色的当中去选。
He didn’t know which to choose. 他不知道选哪个。
He didn’t know which to choose from. 他不知道从哪个当中去选。
请做以下试题(答案选D):
(1) “We have sent out two best players to the sports meet. What about you ” “Well, not yet. We have few ______, I’d say.”
A. chosen B. to choose
C. to be chosen D. to choose from
(2) “I’d like to buy an expensive camera.” “Well, we have several models ______.”
A. to pick up B. to pick
C. to choose D. to choose from
12. I _____ him not to go abroad, but he wouldn’t listen.
A. persuaded B. tried to persuade
C. have persuaded D. was persuaded
【陷阱】容易误选A。
【分析】正确答案为B。persuade 的真正意思是“说服”,而不是“设法说服”,要表示后者的意思英语应用 try to persuade (当然也可用其他词,如 advise 等)。类似地:
(1) kill 的意思是“杀死”,不表示“设法杀死”,要表示后者的意思英语用 try to kill。
(2) prevent 的意思是“阻止”,不表示“设法阻止”,要表示后者的意思英语用 try to prevent。
13. When she came several days later, she found that all things still _______ where she had _______ them.
A. lay; laid B. laid; laid
C. lay; lain D. lying; lain
【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能误选。
【分析】正确答案选A。第一空填lay,它是lie(位于,在)的过去式 lay;第二空 laid,它是 lay(放,置)的过去分词,句意为“……她发现所有东西还在她当时放它们的地方”。请注意 lie, lay 的以下用法及词形变换:
(1) lay 有两个常见意思:一是表示“放”、“摆”(及物),二是表示“下(蛋)”(及物或不及物)。如:
Lay your coat on the bed. 把你的外衣放在床上。
Are your hens laying yet 你的母鸡下蛋了吗?
Will you please lay the table for dinner 请你摆好餐具准备吃饭好吗
(2) lie 有三个主要意思:一是表示“躺”或“平放”,二是表示“位于”,三是表示“说谎”。用于以上三义时,均为不及物动词。如:
Don’t lie in bed all morning. 别一个上午都躺在床上。
The book lay open on the desk. 那本书摊开着放在桌上。
Don’t lay your coat on the bed. 不要把你的外衣放在床上。
The small town lies among the mountains. 小镇位于群山之中。
I’m sorry I lied to you. 我很抱歉向你撒了谎。
(3) 这两个词经常被混淆的有时不是其意思,而是其词形。注意下表所示:
意 思 现在分词 过去式 过去分词
lie 躺,平放,位于(vi.) lying lay lain
lie 说谎(vi.) lying lied lied
lay 放(vt.),下蛋(vi.&vt.) laying laid laid
请做下题(答案均为B):
(1) The hens _____ 50 eggs last week, but this week they aren’t _____.
A. lay, lying B. laid, laying
C. lay, laying D. lied, lying
(2) The girl ______ on the ground _____ to me that had _____ the purse on the desk.
A. lying, lay, laid B. lying, lied, laid
C. lie, lied, lay D. lay, lied, lain
14. He _____ a visit to the factory and was warmly _____ by the workers there.
A. took, welcome B. took, welcomed
C. paid, welcome D. paid, welcomed
【陷阱】容易误选A或C。因为许多同学会模仿 come → came → come 的变化形式,想当然地认为 welcome的变化形式是 welcome → welcame → welcome。
【分析】此题第一空应填动词 paid,因为 pay a visit to(拜访)是惯用搭配,其中的 pay 不能换成take。第二空要填welcomed,因为welcome 用作动词时,其过去式和过去分词均为 welcomed,即它是规则动词。有的同学也许会问,我们不是常说 You are welcome 吗 为什么其中的 welcome 未用 welcomed 呢?那是因为此处的 welcome 为形容词,而不是动词。
15. The boy said that the fish his mother cooked tasted ______.
A. good B. well
C. to be good D. to be well
【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能误选。
【分析】按英语语法,连系动词后通常接形容词作表语,而不接副词,据此可以排除选项B和D。但到底是应选A还是C呢?许多同学凭感觉认为 taste to be good 似乎很通顺,于是选了C。但是,错了,正确答案应是A。原因是用作连系动词的 taste 后习惯上不接to be。如:
这棵树上的苹果味道很好。
正:The apples from this tree taste delicious.
误:The apples from this tree taste to be delicious.
类似地,feel, smell, sound 等连系动词后习惯上也不接不定式 to be。如:
你的想法听起来很好。
正:Your idea sounds a good one.
误:Your idea sounds to be a good one.
玫瑰发出香气。
正:Roses smell sweet.
误:Roses smell to be sweet.
比较:seem, appear, prove, turn out, continue 等连系动词后可以接不定式 to be,也可省略 to be。如:
She seems (to be) a little tired. 她似乎有点累。
He appears (to be) quite young. 他显得年轻。
The examination turned out (to be) quite easy. 结果考试相当容易。
The weather continued (to be ) fine. 天气仍然很好。
注:用作连系动词的 look 后能否接 to be,各语法家意见不一:有的认为可接to be,有的认为不能接 to be。为此,建议同学们以不接 to be 为宜。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. We’re so busy that no one in the office can _____ for any other work.
A. spare B. be spared
C. share D. be shared
2. He regards that book _____ one of the worst that he’s _____ read.
A. to be, ever B. to be, never
C. as, ever D. as, never
3. “Did you get a job ” “No, I ______, but it’s no use.”
A. expected B. tried to
C. managed to D. planned
4. “Do you know that Jack ______ a postman for about six years ” “Yes, I see.”
A. has become B. has turned
C. has changed D. has been
5. The thing that ______ is not whether you fail or not, but whether you try or not.
A. matters B. cares
C. considers D. minds
6. I don’t want the green coat. It is red and black colors that ______ me very well.
A. suit B. fit
C. suits D. fits
7. “Will another fifty be enough ” “Just twenty will ______.”
A. work B. do
C. suit D. fit
8. Goodbye, Mr Carter — my secretary will _____ you to the door.
A. send B. lead
C. drive D. show
9. This kind of cancer can be cured, provided it is ______ early.
A. got B. gained
C. seen D. caught
10. We haven’t enough books for everyone; some of you will have to _____.
A. help B. enjoy
C. share D. spare
11. He asked her to marry him and she _____ him.
A. answered B. received
C. accepted D. agreed
12. My worst fears were _____ when I saw what the exam questions were.
A. done B. seen
C. finished D. realized
13. The plan looks good on paper, but will it _____
A. work B. pass
C. agree D. does
14. What’s the matter with the radio Why isn’t it _____
A. broadcasting B. working
C. doing D. sounding
15. High unemployment _____ the government billions of pounds in lost taxes.
A. spends B. takes
C. uses D. costs
16. It’s hard to rescue drowning people because they _____ so much.
A. sink B. swim
C. jump D. struggle
17. She went to the station to meet her husband, but _____ him in the crowd.
A. passed B. recognized
C. missed D. lost
18. I missed what was happening because I wasn’t ______ very closely.
A. noticing B. running
C. watching D. glancing
19. If you lend me a pound, it will _____ me having to go to the bank.
A. save B. share
C. serve D. help
20. Don’t _______ your breath trying to persuade them; they’ll never listen.
A. use B. waste
C. spend D. put
21. He has spent little time on his lessons this term, so he _____ to fail the exam.
A. expects B. hopes
C. wishes D. requires
22. He will never ______ anything if he doesn’t work hard.
A. hope B. wish
C. achieve D. succeed
【答案与解析】
1. 选B,spare 在表示“腾出或省去(多余的人或物)”。
2. 选C,regard … as …的意思“把……当作……”,其中的介词 as 不能换成 to be。
3. 选B。I tried to 为 I tried to get a job 之省略。
4. 选D。因为A、B、C均为终止性动词,均不能连用 for about six years 这样的一段时间。
5. 选A。matter 在此的意思是“要紧”、“关系重大”。
6. 选A。填空句为强调句,强调主语 red and black colors,故其后的谓语要用复数,即排除C和D。另外,fit 与suit区别是:fit 表示“适合”或“合身”等(及物或不及物),主要是指尺寸、大小、形状等方面的适合,而 suit 表示“适合”,主要指款式或花色等方面的适合。
7. 选B。do 在此表示“够”、“足够”、“适合”、“行”、“可以”等义。又如:
This will never do! 这事永远不可以。
I’m hungry. Get me something to eat. Anything will do. 我饿了,给我弄点吃的东西,什么都行。
8. 选D。show sb to the door 意为“送某人到门口”。注意,其中的介词 to 不可省略,否则就成了 show sb the door(驱赶某人,下逐客令)。另外,也不要按汉语意思选A,因为send 通常表示派人送,而不表示亲自送。
9. 选D,catch 在此表示“发现”,句中的 provided 用作连词,意为“如果”。
10. 选C。既然书不够,不能每人一本,所以有些人只能share(分享)了。
11. 选C。accept 意为“同意”、“接受”,注意不能选D,因为 agree 后不能直接跟名词或代词作宾语。
12. 选D。realize 在此的意思不是“实现”,而是指“使(不安、恐惧等)成为事实”。
13. 选A,work 在此的意思是“起作用”、“奏效”。
14. 选B。work 在此的意思是“运作”、“运转”。
15. 选D。spend 和 cost 均可表示“花费”,但句型不同:spend + 时间或金钱 + on sth (in doing sth),cost + 某人或某机构 + 金钱或时间。
16. 选D。由句意和常识推知。
17. 选C。miss 指“错过”。
18. 选C,由句子的语境可推知。
19. 选A,save 指“省去(劳力等)”。
20. 选B。
21. 选A,expects 在此不是表示“期待”,而是表示“预料”。
22. 选C,achieve 意为“完成”、“做到”。其余三项均不能直接跟名词或代词作宾语。
短语动词考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. When he realized the police had seen him, the man ______ the exit as quickly as possible.
A. made off B. made for
C. made out D. made up
【陷阱】容易误选A。
【分析】正确答案应选B。make for 意为“移向,走向”。最具干扰性的选项是A,因为make off 的意思是“匆匆逃走”。之所以不能选A,是因为 make off 不及物,其后不能接宾语;而 make for 是及物的,其后可以接宾语。另外两个选项的意思是:make out 指“勉强了解,开出(支票等),成功”;make up 指“弥补,虚构,整理,编辑,化妆”。
2. Now and then they would ______ our house and have a talk with us.
A. call on B. drop in at
C. drop in on D. drop in
【陷阱】几个干扰项均容易误选。
【分析】答案应选B。drop in 意为“顺便走访,不预先通知的拜访”,为不及物动词,其后不接宾语,若要接宾语,遵循以下原则:表示拜访某人,后接介词on;表示拜访某地,后接介词at。call 表示“拜访”时也遵循以上原则,即 call at 后接地点,call on 后接人。
3. “Why didn’t you write ” “My ink has _______.”
A. used up B. run out of
C. given away D. given out
【陷阱】几个干扰项均容易误选。
【分析】最佳答案为D。give out 有很多意思,如表示“分发,发出(气味、热等),发表,用尽,精疲力竭”等,此题取其“用尽”之义。选项A和B很具干扰性,它们均可表示“用完,用尽”,但是它们是及物的,其后应接宾语。假若将选项A改为been used up 也可以选。
4. I think your health will soon ______ if you have a holiday on the seaside.
A. give up B. pick up
C. take up D. get up
【陷阱】几个干扰项均容易误选。
【分析】答案选B。pick up 的意思很多,其中一个用法是表示“恢复,改进,改善”。如:
The weather may pick up. 天气会好转的。
Business is picking up again. 生意又有所好转。
除此之处还可表示“拿起,捡起;收拾,整理;学会,获得;(用车)来接,去取;重新开始,继续;感染(疾病、坏习惯等)”等。
其他几个选项的意思分别为:give up 意为“放弃”;take up 意为“开始(学习或从事等),继续,占去,接纳,提出”;get up 意为“起床”。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. To our surprise the stranger _____ to be an old friend of my mother’s.
A. turned out B. turned up
C. set out D. set up
2. All the girls swam in the lake except two, who _____ halfway.
A. gave off B. gave up
C. gave away D. gave out
3. If the new arrangement doesn’t _____, we’ll go back to the old one.
A. work over B. work out
C. work up D. work in
4. “Have great changes taken place in your village ” “Yes, A new school was ______ in the village last year.”
A. held up B. set up
C. sent up D. brought up
5. I had to ______ because someone else wanted to use the phone.
A. give up B. put up
C. hang up D. ring up
6. Elephants would ______ if men were allowed to shoot as many as they wished.
A. die down B. die out
C. die away D. die off
7. My study of biology has ______ much of my spare time, but it has given me a great deal of enjoyment.
A. taken off B. taken down
C. taken up D. taken away
8. The plan ___ just because people were unwilling to co-operate(合作).
A. broke down B. pulled down
C. turned down D. put down
9. The government has _______ the parents to work with teachers in the education of their children.
A. asked for B. called for
C. looked for D. paid for
10. John has put on so much weight recently that his mother has to ______ all his trousers to his measure.
A. let out B. give away
C. bring in D. make up
11. I can ______ some noise while I’m studying, but I can’t stand very loud noise.
A. put up with B. get rid of
C. have effect on D. keep away from
12. The mother often tells her son to be a good boy, warning him to ______ trouble.
A. hold back from B. keep out of
C. break away from D. get rid of
13. To my surprise, the manager ______ 30 dollars from my salary without any good reason.
A. cut off B. held up
C. brought down D. kept back
14. Steven has a lot of work to _______ in the office since he has been away for quite a few days.
A. take up B. make up
C. work out D. carry out
15. Although Jane agrees with me on most points, there was one on which she was unwilling to _______.
A. give out B. give in
C. give away D. give off
16. You should ______ what your parents expect of you.
A. live up to B. stand up to
C. look up to D. run up to
17. I can hardly believe my eyes. What a poor composition you have _______. There are so many wrong spellings in it.
A. turned into B. turned off
C. turned to D. turned in
18. “Why don’t we go for a picnic this weekend ” “Good idea! I would ______ the car and you’ll prepare the food.”
A. look after B. take care of
C. see about D get down to
19. How I wish that I could ______ my ideas in simple and wonderful English when chatting on the net.
A. set out B. set off
C. set over D. set up
20. Some kinds of animals can _______ the colour of their surroundings.
A. take on B. dress up
C. put on D. get into
【答案与解析】
1. 选A。turn out 意为“结果是,原来是”等;turn up 意为“找到, 发现,出现,开大音量”等;set out 意为“开始,出发,陈述”等;set up 意为“设立,竖立,架起,升起,创(纪录),提出”等。
2. 选B。give up 意为“放弃”;give out 意为“分发,发出(气味、热等),发表,用尽,精疲力竭”;give away意为“送掉,分发,放弃,泄露,出卖”;give off 意为“发出(蒸汽、光等),长出(枝、杈等)”。
3. 选B。work out 在此表示“有预期结果”;work over 意为“调查,重做”;work up 意为“逐步建立,逐步发展”;work in 意为“配合,引进”。
4. 选B。set up 意为“建立”;hold up 意为“举起,支撑,继续下去,阻挡,拦截”;send up 意为“发出,射出,长出,使上升”;bring up 意为“教育,培养,提出”。
5. 选C。give up 指“放弃”,put up 指“举起,架起,修建,张贴”等,hang up 指“挂断(电话)”,ring up 指“给某人打电话”。
6. 选B。die away 指“(声音、风、光线等)渐息,渐弱”;die down 指“(慢慢)熄灭,平静下来”;die off 指“一个一个地死去”;die out 指“(家族、种族、习俗、观念等)灭绝,绝迹”。
7. 选C。take up 意为“开始(学习或从事等),继续,占去,接纳,提出”;take off意为“脱下,起飞,打折,请假”;take away 意为“取走”;take down 意为“写下,拆下”。
8. 选A。break down意为“中止,毁掉,压倒,停顿,倒塌”;pull down 意为“摧毁,推翻,使降低,使身体变差”;turn down 意为“拒绝,关小音量,减弱,降低”;put down 意为“放下,拒绝,镇压,削减,记下”。
9. 选B。call for 意为“要求,提倡”;ask for 意为“请求,索要”;look for 意为“寻找”;pay for 意为“为……付钱”。
10. 选A。let out 意为“放掉,泄露,放大,出租”;give away 意为“送掉,分发,放弃,泄露, 出卖,让步”;bring in 意为“生产, 挣得,介绍引进”;make up 意为“弥补,虚构,缝制,整理,和解,编辑,化妆”。
11. 选A。put up with 意为“忍受,容忍”;get rid of 意为“摆脱,消除,去掉”;have effect on 意为“对……有影响”;keep away from意为“远离,不接近”。
12. 选B。hold back from 意为“向……隐瞒”;keep out of 意为“使在……之外”;break away from 意为“脱离”;get rid of 意为“摆脱,消除,去掉”。
13. 选D。keep back 意为“扣下,留下,阻挡,隐瞒”;hold up意为“举起,支撑”;bring down 意为“打倒,击落,打死,降低”;cut off 意为“切断,断绝”。
14. 选B。make up 意为“弥补,虚构,整理,编辑,化妆”;take up 意为“拿起,开始从事,继续,吸收”;work out 意为“计算出,设计出,有预期结果”;carry out 意为“完成,实现,贯彻,执行”。
15. 选B。give in 意为“让步,屈服,上交”;give away 意为“分发,赠送,背弃,出卖,泄漏”; give off 意为“发出(光、热、声音、气味等)”;give out 意为“分发,散发,用完,耗尽,垮掉,失灵,出故障,发表,公布,发出(热、声音、信号等)”。
16. 选A。live up to 意为“实践,做到”;stand up to 意为“勇敢地抵抗”;look up to 意为“尊敬,仰望”;run up to 意为“达到,积累到”。
17. 选D。turn in 意为“上交,归还”;turn into 意为“进入,(使)变成”;turn to 意为“转向,变成,求助于,致力于”;turn off 意为“关掉,避开”。
18. 选C。see about 意为“查询,留意于”;look after和take care of均表示为“照顾,关心”;get down to 意为“开始认真考虑”。
19. 选A。set out 意为“陈述,陈列,出发,开始”;set off 意为“出发,
动身”;set over 意为“移交,置于……上,指派……管理”;set up意为“设立,竖立,架起,升起,创(纪录),提出”。
20. 选A。take on 意为“披上,呈现,具有,雇用,接纳,流行”;dress up 意为“打扮,装饰,伪装”;put on 意为“穿上,把……放在上,装出,增加”;get into意为“进入,陷入,穿上”。
【高考试题放送】
〖10全国Ⅰ〗The workers ______ the glasses and marked on each box “ This Side Up”
A. carried B. delivered C. pressed D. packed
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗动词词义辨析
〖解析〗句意:工人们把玻璃制品包装好并且每个盒子上标记上 “此面向上”。 选项为四个意思上毫无关联的动词, 此题考查动词的词义辨析。carry 译为搬运, deliver译为递送, press译为按, 压, pack译为打包。
〖10全国Ⅱ〗My mother opened drawer to _________the knives and spoons.
A. put away B. put up C. put on D. put together
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗考查动词词组辨析。
〖解析〗put away 放好, 收拾起来;put up举起, 搭建, 张贴, 挂起;put on 穿上, 戴上;put together 组装, 装配, 把…凑合起来
〖10福建〗More and more high-rise buildings have been built in big cities space.
A. in search of B. in place of C. for lack of D. for fear of
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗短语辨析
〖解析〗A. 寻找 B. 代替; C. 因缺乏 D. 生怕, 以免。句子的完整意思应该是:大城市建起越来越多的高楼大厦, 因为缺乏空间。,
〖10福建〗We’ve just moved into a bigger house and there’s a lot to do. Let’s it.
A. keep up with B. do away with C. get down to D. look forward to
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗动词词组辨析
〖解析〗A. keep up with 保持 B. do away with废除, 去掉;C. get down to着手处理D. look forward to盼望, 期待
〖10福建〗– In this day and age, women can have children and jobs as well.
--I can’t agree more. It’s great to have the two .
A. linked B. related C. connected D. combined
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗动词词义辨析
〖解析〗A.; 联系在一起;将人或物连接或联系起来;B. 与…有某种联系;C. 连接, 连结;;D. 使联合, 使结合;
〖10上海〗In ancient times, people rarely traveled long distances and most farmers only traveled the local market.
A. longer than B. more than C. as much as D. as far as
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗本题考查介词词组。
〖解析〗根据动词travel可判断此处应填关于路程的介词词组, 本题即为as far as。as far as远到...
〖10安徽〗No matter how low you consider yourself, there is always someone ______you wishing they were that high
A. getting rid of B. getting along with
C. Looking up to D. looking down upon
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗本题考查动词短语辨析。
〖解析〗getting rid of意为 “摆脱;去除”; getting along with意为 “与……相处;进展”; Looking up to意为 “尊敬;敬仰”; looking down upon意为 “看不起;轻视”。句意为 “你无论认为自己怎样低下, 总希望有个高尚的人来尊敬你。”
〖10安徽〗----How did you like Nick’s performance last night
----To be honest, his singing didn’t _______to me much
A. appeal B . belong C refer D. occur
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗本题考查动词辨析。
〖解析〗appeal to 意为 “吸引”;belong to意为 “属于”;refer to意为 “提到;涉及”;occur to意为 “突然想到”。 句意为 “她的演唱并不怎么吸引我。”
〖10江西〗Parents _______ much importance to education. They will do their best to give their children that priceless gift.
A attach B pay C link D apply
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗考查动词词组。
〖解析〗,attach importance to 关注.
〖10江西〗Smell the flowers before you go to sleep, and you may just ______ sweet dreams.
A keep up with B put up with C end up with D catch up with
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗考查动词词组。
〖解析〗keep up with 保持, put up with 忍受, end up with 以 为结束 catch up with 赶上。
〖10江西〗We give dogs time, space and love we c an spare, and _____, dogs give us their all.
A in all B in fact C in short D in return
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗考查in的词组。
〖解析〗in all 共计 in fact实际上 in short 简而言之 in return 以作为回报。
〖10山东〗Sam _____ some knowledge of the computer just by watching others working on it.
A. brought up B. looked up C. picked up D. set up
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗本题考查动词短语意义辨析。
〖解析〗句意应为 “山姆只是凭借看别人操作电脑就学到了一些电脑知识。”表示 “学会”用pick up; pick up另外还有 “捡起; 顺车接送,搭载;收拾, 整理;重新开始;获得”等义;bring up 表示 “抚养, 教育;提出;呕吐”;look up 表示 “向上看;(形势)好转, 改善;查阅”;set up表示 “建立, 设置;造成, 产生”。
〖10山东〗Your house is always so neat—how do you ______ it with three children
A. manage B. serve C. adapt D. construct
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗本题考查动词在具体语境中的使用。
〖解析〗句意应为 “你家里总是那么整洁-----家里有三个孩子, 你是怎么设法做到的 ” 表示 “设法做成某事”用manage it。serve表示 “为……服务;接待”;adapt表示 “使适应, 使适合”;construct表示 “建造, 构筑;构思”。
〖10天津〗Joining the firm as a clerk, he got rapid promotion , and as a manager.
A. ended up B. dropped out C. came back D. started off
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗考查短语动词的用法。
〖解析〗句意:作为一名职员加入公司, 他很快得到提升, 最后当上了经理。ended up as 作为……而结束的意思;dropped out是 “退出, 退学”的意思;came back是 “回来”的意思;started off是 “动身, 出发”的意思。只有A项符合题意。
〖10天津〗He telephoned the travel agency to three air tickets to London.
A. order B. arrange C. take D. book
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗考查动词意义。
〖解析〗句意:他打电话给旅行社预定三张去伦敦的机票。book和tickets搭配, 是“订票”的意思。
〖10四川〗Some people eat with their eyes. They prefer to order what nice.
A. looks B. smells C. feels D. tastes
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗考查系动词辨析。
〖解析〗与上句中的eat with their eyes相对, 后句应该为点看起来很好吃的东西。故正确答案为A。
〖10四川〗Jenny was looking for a seat when, luckily, a man and left.
A.took up B.got up C.shut up D.set up
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗考查动词词组。
〖解析〗get up意为 “起床, 起立”。句意为 “Jenny正在找一个座位, 正在那时, 很幸运地, 一个人站起来离开了。”故选B。1意为 “从事, 占据时间或空间”;C意为 “闭嘴”;D意为 “建造, 搭起”。
〖10江苏〗Thousands of foreigners were______ to the Shanghai World Expo the day it opened.
A. attended B. attained C. attracted D. attached
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗考查动词意义。
〖解析〗表示成千上万的外宾被吸引来参加上海的世博会。
〖10江苏〗The experiment has_________ the possibility of the existence of any life on that planet, but it does not mean there is no life on other planets.
A. found out B. pointed out C. ruled out D. carried out
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗考查动词词组。
〖解析〗排除可能性。Find out是查找出 point out指出 carry out执行, 实施
〖10江苏〗So far we have done a lot to build a low-carbon economy, but it is________ ideal. We have to work still harder.
A. next to B. far from C. out of D. due to
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗考查动词短语辨析。
〖解析〗far from 表示not at all . next to 表示仅次于 due to表示因为,由于
〖10陕西〗You look well. The air and the sea foods in Sanya must _____ you, I suppose.
A. agree with B. agree to C. agree on D. agree about
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗考查动词短语辨析。
〖解析〗Agree with:同意, 赞成;与……相适应;agree to:同意, 赞成(观点, 看法等);agree on:就……达成协议;agree about:对...... 有相同的看法。题干意思是:你看上去很好。我认为:三亚的空气和海鲜很适合你。选A。
〖10湖北〗Just as the clothes a person wears , the food he eats and the friends with whom he spends his time, his house his personality.
A. resembles B. strengthens C. reflects D. shapes
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗考查动词词义辨析
〖解析〗“就好像一个人穿什么, 吃什么, 以及和什么样的人交往能反映人的个性一样, 一个人的住房也是如此。”要选一个表示 “反映”的词, 就是reflect. “resemble” = look like; “strengthen”表示 “加强, 巩固”;“shape”作动词表示 “塑形”
〖10湖北〗Had he her promise, she would have made it to Yale University.
A. looked up to B. lived up to
C. kept up with D. come up with
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗动词词组辨析
〖解析〗该题的难点不仅仅在于这四个词组的辨析, 更主要的是考生要读得懂这个句子的意思。该句是典型的虚拟语气, “if” 引导的非真实条件句的倒装句, 描述的事于过去事实是相反的。“如果她当年履行了自己的诺言, 她就会进入耶鲁大学了。” look up to(抬头看, 尊重)keep up with(跟上, 追上)come up with(追赶上;想出;提出), 只有live up to(履行, 实行)符合题意。
〖10湖北〗It is illegal for a public official to ask people for gifts or money favors to them.
A. in preference to B. in place of
C. in agreement with D. in exchange for
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗词组辨析
〖解析〗先理解短语的意思. In preference to(优先于);in place of(代替);in agreement with(同意, 与…一致);in exchange for(交换)。其实辨析这几个介词短语的难度不大, 只需要认识每一个短语中的核心词preference, exchange, place, agreement的意思即可, 猜测较为容易。
〖10辽宁〗Thousands of people _______ to watch yesterday’s match against Ireland.
A.turned on B.turned in C.turned around D.turned out
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗考查短语动词的用法。
〖解析〗句意:数千人出来观看昨天同爱尔兰队的比赛。turn out 有“外出”的意思, 而turn on 则是“打开”, turn in “上床睡觉, 上缴”等意思;turn around是 “转身”的意思。只有turn out 符合语境。
〖10辽宁〗The new movie _____ to be one of the biggest money-makers of all time .
A. promises B. agrees c. pretends D. declines
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗
〖解析〗句意:这部新电影有望成为电影票房史上票房最高的影片之一。考查动词意义辨析。promise除了表示 “允诺, 答应”外, 还有 “有……的希望”的意思;agree是 “同意, 赞同”;pretend是 “假装”;decline是 “衰老, 衰退”。只有promises符合题意。
〖10浙江〗The majority of people in the town strongly the plan to build a playground for children.
A.consider B.support C.confirm D.submit
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查动词辨析。
〖解析〗分析四个选项的意思:consider考虑, 思考, 认为等;support支持, 拥护, 维持;confirm证实, 确认;submit使屈服, 使经受。根据语境:镇上的大多数人都积极地拥护为孩子们建造运动场的计划。
〖10浙江〗After that, he knew he could any emergency by doing what be could to the best of his ability.
A.get away with B.get on with C.get through D.get across
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗本题考查与get相关的短语辨析。
〖解析〗分析四个选项的意思:get away with侥幸逃脱;get on with与……有好相处;get through接通, 顺利通过, 完成;get across被理解, 越过。根据语境:经过那件事之后, 他明白了他能尽一切可能去顺利解决任何突发情况。
〖解析〗
【2011全国卷,34】William found it increasingly difficult to read, for his eyesight was beginning to .
A.disappear B.fall C.fail D.damage
【答案】C
【考点】考查动词的辨析。
【解析】disappear消失,不复存在;fall降落,跌倒,降低;fail (指健康)衰退, 衰弱;damage损害, 毁坏, 加害于。句意为“William 发现阅读越来越困难了,因为他的视力开始衰退了。”“increasingly difficult越来越困难”是个渐进的过程,故选C。
【2011全国卷II,10】Mary, I_____John of his promise to help you.
A. told B. reminded C. warned D. advised
【答案】B
【考点】考查动词的辨析。
【解析】句意为“玛丽,我已经提醒约翰注意他帮助你的承诺了。”remind… of… 就…提醒(某人),使(某人)想起…;warn含有警告的意思。
【2011天津卷,6】I a bank account after I made﹩1,000 by doing a part-time job during the summer vacation.
A.borrowed B.opened C.entered D.ordered
【答案】B
【考点】考查动词的辨析。
【解析】句意为“暑假兼职打工挣了1000美元后,我在银行开了帐户。”open a bank account在银行开帐户。
【2011江苏卷,28】——Are you still mad at her
——Not really, but I can’t ______ that her remarks hurt me.
A.deny B.refuse C.reject D.decline
【答案】A
【考点】考查动词的辨析。
【解析】句意为“——你还生她的气吗?——不见得,但是我不否认她的话伤害了我。”deny否认,否定;refuse,reject ,decline都是拒绝的意思。not deny无法否认。故选A。
【2011福建卷,28】I’d prefer to my judgment until I find all the evidence.
A.show B. express C.pass D.reserve
【答案】D
【考点】考查动词的辨析。
【解析】句意为“我宁愿保留我的判断直到我发现所有的证据。”reserve预订或保留(座位、住处等), 推迟,留到以后,与后面的until相一致。
【2011安徽卷,21】As the story______, the truth about the strange figure is slowly discovered.
A. begins B. happens C. ends D. develops
【答案】D
【考点】考查动词的辨析。
【解析】句意为“随着故事的展开,这个神秘数字的真相渐渐地被解开了。”
develop开发, 发展,把(主题或情节)逐步展现出来。根据句意选D。
【2011湖北卷,26】Knowledge and learning are important if we want to be successful, but they may also________ our thinking.
A. direct B. limit C. change D. improve
【答案】B
【考点】考查动词的辨析。
【解析】句意为“如果我们想要获得成功,知识和学习很重要。但是它们或许会限制我们的思维。”direct指示, 指引,导演(戏剧或电影);指挥(管弦乐队);limit限制;change改变;improve改进,改善。根据句中but的转折,选B。
【2011湖北卷,27】The minister said. “We are ready for discussions with any legal parties, but we’ll never_______ with criminals.”
A. negotiate B. quarrel C. argue D. consult
【答案】A
【考点】考查动词的辨析。
【解析】negotiate谈判;quarrel吵架,争吵;argue辩论,争辩;consult商议,咨询。句意为“部长说:‘我们愿意与任何合法党派进行讨论,但我们决不与犯罪分子谈判。’”根据句意选A。
【2011湖北卷,28】Clinical evidence began to_______学生姓名:周凌峰 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:8 教学时间:2014/02/10 10:00-12:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
【知识要点】
动词的时态
一、一般现在时的用法
1.经常性或习惯性的动作,常与表示频度的时间状语连用。?
时间状语: every...,sometimes,on Sunday?
I leave home for school at 7 every morning.?
我每天早上七点离家去学校。
2.客观真理,客观存在,科学事实。?
The earth moves around the sun.地球围着太阳转。?
Shanghai lies in the east of China.上海位于中国的东方。
3.表示格言或警句中。?
Pride goes before a fall.骄者必败。?
注意:此用法如果出现在宾语从句中,即使主句是过去时,从句谓语也要用一般现在时。
Columbus proved that the earth is round.哥伦布证明地球是圆的。
4.现在时刻的状态、能力、性格、个性。?
比较:Now I put the sugar in the cup.现在我往杯子里放糖。?
I am doing my homework now.我在做作业。?
第一句用一般现在时,用于操作演示或指导说明的示范性动作,表示言行的瞬间动作。再如:Now watch me,I switch on the current and stand back. 第二句中的now是进行时的标志,表示正在进行的动作的客观状况,所以后句用一般现在时。??
二、一般过去时的用法
1.在确定的过去时间里所发生的动作或存在的状态。?
时间状语有:yesterday,last week,an hour ago,the other day,in 1982等。?
Where did you go just now ?
刚才你去哪儿了?
2.表示在过去一段时间内,经常性或习惯性的动作。?
When I was a child,I often played football in the street.?
我小的时候,经常在街上踢足球。
3.句型:?
It is time for sb.to do sth.“到……时间了”“该……了”?
It is time sb.did sth.“时间已迟了”“早该……了”?
It is time for you to go to bed.你该睡觉了。?
It is time you went to bed.你早该睡觉了。?
would (had)rather sb.did sth.表示“宁愿某人做某事”
4.wish,wonder,think,hope 等用过去时,作试探性的询问、请求、建议等。?
I thought you might have some. 我以为你想要一些。?
比较:?
一般过去时表示的动作或状态都已成为过去,现已不复存在。?
Christine was an invalid all her life.她已不在人间。?
Christine has been an invalid all her life.她现在还活着。?
Mrs.Darby lived in Kentucky for seven years.?
达比太太已不再住在肯塔基州。?
Mrs.Darby has lived in Kentucky for seven years.?
现在还住在肯塔基州,有可能指刚离去。?
注意: 用过去时表示现在,表示委婉语气。?
动词want,hope,wonder,think,intend 等。?
Did you want anything else 您还要点别的吗??
情态动词 could,would?
Could you lend me your bike 能借用一下你的自行车吗?
5.used to/be used to?
?
三、一般将来时
1.shall用于第一人称,常被will 所代替。?
will 在陈述句中用于各人称,在征求意见时常用于第二人称。?
Which paragraph shall I read first?我应该先读哪一段?
2.be going to+不定式,表示将来。?
1)主语的意图,即将做某事。?
What are you going to do tomorrow 明天你打算干什么??
2)计划,安排要发生的事。?
The play is going to be produced next month.这部戏预计要下个月拍。?
3)有迹象要发生的事?
Look at the dark clouds,there is going to be a storm.看那乌云,要来暴风雨了。?
4)be+不定式表将来,按计划或正式安排将发生的事。?
We are to discuss the report next Saturday.我们打算下周六讨论这个报告。?
5)be about to+不定式,意为马上做某事。?
He is about to leave for Beijing.他正打算动身去北京。?
注意:be about to 不能与tomorrow,next week 等表示明确将来时的时间状语连用。
3.be going to/will?
用于条件句时, be going to表将来 will表意愿?
If you are going to make a journey,you’d better get ready for it as soon as possible.?
如果你打算去旅行,最好尽快准备好。?
Now if you will take off your clothes,we will fit the new clothes on you in front of the mirror.?
如果你愿意脱下身上穿的衣服,我们就可以在镜子前给你试穿一下新衣服。
4.be to和be going to?
be to 表示客观安排或受人指示而做某事。?
be going to 表示主观的打算或计划。?
I am to play football tomorrow afternoon. (客观安排)?
I’m going to play football tomorrow afternoon.(主观安排)
5.一般现在时表将来?
1)下列动词:come,go,arrive,leave,start,begin,return的一般现在时表将来。这主要用来表示在时间上已确定或安排好的事情。?
The train leaves at six tomorrow morning. 火车明早六点发车。?
2)倒装句,表示动作正在进行?
Here comes the bus.=The bus is coming.车来了。?
There goes the bell.=The bell is ringing.铃响了。?
3)在时间或条件句中。?
When Bill comes (不是will come),ask him to wait for me.比尔来了后,让他等我。?
I’ll write to you as soon as I arrive there.我一到那儿就给你写信。?
4)在动词hope,take care that,make sure that等后边。?
Make sure that the windows are closed before you leave the room.?
离开房间前一定要确保窗户都关上了。
6.用现在进行时表示将来?
意为:“意图”“打算”“安排”常用于人。常用词为 come,go,start,arrive,leave,stay等。
I’m leaving tomorrow.我打算明天动身。?
Are you staying here till next week 你打算在这儿住到下周吗???
四、现在完成时
现在完成时用来表示之前已发生或完成的动作或状态,其结果的确和现在有联系。动作或状态发生在过去但它的影响现在还存在;也可表示持续到现在的动作或状态。其构成: have (has)+过去分词。?
1.比较过去时与现在完成时?
1)过去时表示过去某时发生的动作或单纯叙述过去的事情,强调动作;现在完成时为过去发生的,强调过去的事情对现在的影响,强调的是影响。 ?
2)过去时常与具体的时间状语连用,而现在完成时通常与模糊的时间状语连用,或无时间状语。?
3)现在完成时可表示持续到现在的动作或状态,动词一般是延续性的,如live,teach,learn,work,study,know。过去时常用的非持续性动词有come,go,leave,start,die,finish,become,get married等。I saw this film yesterday.我昨天看了这部电影。(强调看的动作发生过了。)?
I have seen this film.这部电影我看过了。(强调对现在的影响,电影的内容已经知道了。)?
She has returned from Paris.她已从巴黎回来了。?
She returned yesterday.她昨天回来了。?
He has been in the League for three years.(在团内的状态可延续)?
He has been a League member for three years.(是团员的状态可持续)?
句子中如有过去时的时间副词如 yesterday,last,week,in 1960时,不能使用现在完成时,要用过去时。
(错)Tom has written a letter to his parents last night.?
(对)Tom wrote a letter to his parents last night.
2.用于现在完成时的句型?
1)It is the first/second time....that...结构中的从句部分,用现在完成时。?
It is the first time that I have visited the city.这是我第一次参观这座城市。?
2)This is the...that...结构,that 从句要用现在完成时。?
This is the best film that I’ve (ever)seen.这是我看过的最好的电影。?
This is the first time (that)I’ve heard him sing.这是我第一次听他唱歌。?
注意:非延续性动词的否定形式可以与表示延续时间的状语连用。即动作不发生的状态是可以持续的。?
(错)I have received his letter for a month.?
(对)I haven’t received his letter for almost a month.
3.比较since和for?
since 用来说明动作起始时间,for用来说明动作延续时间长度。?
I have lived here for more than twenty years.我在这儿住了20多年了。?
I have lived here since I was born.我自出生就住在这儿。?
I have not heard from my uncle for a long time.我好久没收到叔叔的信了。?
注意:并非有for 作为时间状语的句子都用现在完成时。?
I worked here for more than twenty years. 我在这里工作过20多年。(我现在已不在这里工作。)?
I have worked here for many years.我在这里工作了多年了。(现在我仍在这里工作。)?
小窍门:当现在完成时+一段时间,这一结构中,我们用下面的公式转化,很容易就能排除非延续动词在完成时中的误用。?
汤姆学习俄语有3年了。?
(对)Tom has studied Russian for three years.?
=Tom began to study Russian three years ago,and is still studying it now.?
Harry结婚6年了。?
(错)Harry has got married for six years.?
=Harry began to get married six years ago,and is still getting married now.?
显然,第二句不对,它应改为 Harry got married six years ago.或Harry has been married for six years.
4.since的四种用法?
1) since+过去一个时间点(如具体的年、月、日期、钟点、1980,last month,half past six)。
I have been here since 1989.我自1989年就在这儿。?
2)since+一段时间+ago?
I have been here since five months ago.自五个月前我就一直在这儿。?
3)since+从句?
Great changes have taken place since you left.自从你走后发生了很大的变化。?
4)It is+一段时间+since从句?
It is two years since I became a postgraduate student.?
自从我考上研究生已有两年了?。
5.延续动词与瞬间动词?
1) 用于完成时的区别?
延续动词表示经验、经历; 瞬间动词表示行为的结果,不能与表示段的时间状语连用。
He has completed the work.他已完成了那项工作。 (表结果)?
I’ve known him since then.我从那时起就认识他了。(表经历)?
2)用于till/until从句的差异?
延续动词用于肯定句,表示“做……直到……” 瞬间动词用于否定句,表示“到……,才……”。
He didn’t come back until ten o’clock.他到10 点才回来。?
He slept until ten o’clock.他一直睡到10点。?
五、过去完成时
1.概念:表示过去的过去
其构成是had+过去分词构成。
2.用法
1)在told,said,knew,heard,thought等动词后的宾语从句中。?
She said (that)she had never been to Paris.她说她从来没去过巴黎。?
2) 状语从句?
在过去不同时间发生的两个动作中,发生在先,用过去完成时;发生在后,用一般过去时。When the police arrived,the thieves had run away.等到警察来的时候,贼早已经跑了。?
3)表示意向的动词,如hope,wish,expect,think,intend,mean,suppose等,用过去完成时表示“原本……,未能……”。?
We had hoped that you would come,but you didn’t.我们原本希望你能来,但你却没来。
3.过去完成时的时间状语?
before,by,until ,when,after,once,as soon as。?
He said that he had learned some English before.他说他以前学过英语。?
By the time he was twelve,Edison had began to make a living by himself.?
等到爱迪生12岁那年,他早已学会自我谋生了。?
注意:hardly...when …… 就…… no sooner...than 刚…… 就……
4.用一般过去时代替完成时?
1)两个动作如按顺序发生,又不强调先后,或用then,and,but 等连词时,多用一般过去时。When she saw the mouse,she screamed.看到老鼠,她尖叫了起来。?
2)两个动作相继发生,可用一般过去时;如第一个动作需要若干时间完成,用过去完成时。When I heard the news,I was very excited.听到这个消息时,我非常激动。?
3)叙述历史事实,可不用过去完成时,而只用一般过去时。?
Our teacher told us that Columbus discovered America in 1492.老师告诉过我们哥伦布在1492年发现了美洲。六、将来完成时
1.构成will have done sth.?
2.概念
1)状态完成:表示某事继续到将来某一时为止一直有的状态。?
2)动作完成:表示将来某一时或另一个将来的动作之前,已经完成的动作或已获得的经验。
They will have been married for 20 years by then.到那时他们结婚就20年了。?
You will have reached Shanghai by this time tomorrow.明天这个时候你就到了上海了。??
七、现在进行时
现在进行时的基本用法:?
1.表示现在(指说话人说话时)正在发生的事情。?
We are waiting for you.我们正在等你。
2.习惯进行:表示长期的或重复性的动作,说话时动作未必正在进行。?
Mr.Green is writing another novel.格林先生在写另一部小说。?
(说话时并未在写,只处于写作的状态。)?
She is learning piano under Mr.Smith.她在跟史密斯先生学钢琴。
3.表示渐变的动词有:get,grow,become,turn,run,go,begin等。?
It’s getting warmer and warmer.天越来越暖和了。
4.与always,constantly,forever 等词连用,表示反复发生的动作或持续存在的状态,往往带有说话人的主观色彩。?
You are always changing your mind.你总是改变主意。
5.不用进行时的动词?
1)事实状态的动词have,belong,possess,cost,owe,exist,include,contain,matter,weigh,measure,continue?
I have two brothers.我有两个哥哥。?
This house belongs to my sister.这房子是我姐姐的。?
2)心理状态的动词know,realize,think see,believe,suppose,imagine,agree,recognize,remember,want,need,forget,prefer,mean,understand,love,hate?
I need your help.我需要你的帮助。?
He loves her very much.他非常爱她。?
3) 瞬间动词 accept,receive,complete,finish,give,allow,decide,refuse?
I accept your advice.我接受你的建议。?
4)系动词seem,remain,lie,see,hear,smell,feel,taste,get,become,turn?
You seem a little tired.你看起来有点累。?
八、过去进行时
1.概念:表示过去某时正在进行的状态或动作。?
2.过去进行时的主要用法是描述一件事发生的背景;一个长动作发生的时候,另一个短动作发生。?
3.常用的时间状语?
this morning,the whole morning,all day yesterday,from nine to ten,last evening,when,while?
It was raining when they left the station. 他们离开车站的时候,天正下着雨。??
九、将来进行时
1.概念:表示将来某时进行的状态或动作,或按预测将来会发生的事情。?
She’ll be coming soon.她很快就会来了。?
注意:将来进行时不用于表示“意志”,不能说 I’ll be having a talk with her.
2.常用的时间状语?
Soon,tomorrow,this evening,on Sunday,by this time,tomorrow,in two days,tomorrow evening?
By this time tomorrow,I’ll be lying on the beach.明天这个时候,我正躺在沙滩上。??
十、一般现在时代替将来时
1.时间状语从句,条件句中,从句用一般现在时代替将来时?
when,while,before,after,till,once,as soon as,so long as,by the time,if,in case (that),unless,even if,whether,the moment,the minute,the day,the year,immediately?
He is going to visit her aunt the day he arrives in Beijing. 他一到北京,就去看他姨妈。
2.表示现在已安排好的未来事项,行程等活动。?
The museum opens at ten tomorrow.博物馆明天10点开门。(实际上每天如此。)??
十一、一般现在时代替过去时
1.“书上说”“报纸上说”等。?
The newspaper says that it’s going to be cold tomorrow. 报纸上说明天会很冷的。
2.叙述往事,使其生动。?
Napoleon’s army now advances and the great battle begins.拿破仑的部队冲上来了,战斗打响了。
十二、一般现在时代替完成时
1.有些动词用一般现在时代替完成时:?
hear,tell,learn,write,understand,forget,know,find,say,remember?
I hear (=have heard)he will go to London.?
I forget (=have forgotten)how old he is.
2.句型“It is...since...”代替“It has been...since...”?
It is (=has been)five years since we last met.??
十三、一般现在时代替进行时
1.句型:Here comes...; There goes...
Look,here comes Mr.Li.看,李先生来了。??
十四、现在进行时代替将来时?
1.表示即将发生的或预定中计划好的活动。?
Are you staying with us this weekend 这周和我们一起度周末吗 ?
We are leaving soon.我们马上就走。
2.渐变动词,如:get,run,grow,become,begin,die?
He is dying.他快要不行了。??
十五、时态一致?
1.如果从句所叙述的为真理或不变的事实,则永远用现在时。?
At that time,people did not know that the earth moves.?
在那时,人们不知道地球是运动的。?
He told me last week that he is eighteen.他上周告诉我他18岁了。
2.宾语从句中的助动词ought,need,must,dare 时态是不变的。?
He thought that I need not tell you the truth.他原以为我没有必要告诉你真相。??
十六、时态与时间状语
时间状语?
一般现在时 every...,sometimes,at...,on Sunday?
一般过去时 yesterday,last week,an hour ago,the other day,in 1982,just now?
一般将来时 next...,tomorrow,in+时间?
现在完成时 for,since,so far,ever,never,just,yet,till/until,up to now,in past years,always,recently?
过去完成时 before,by,until,when,after,once,as soon as?
过去进行时 this morning,the whole morning,all day,yesterday,from nine to ten last evening...when,while?
将来进行时 soon,tomorrow,this evening,on Sunday,by this time,tomorrow,in two days,tomorrow evening?
动词的语态
一、分类及定义
语态有两种:主动语态和被动语态。?
主语是动作的发出者为主动语态;主语是动作的接受者为被动语态。?
1.若宾语补足语是不带to 的不定式,变为被动语态时,该不定式前要加“to”。此类动词为感官动词。?
feel,hear,help,listen to,look at,make,observe,see,notice,watch?
The teacher made me go out of the classroom.老师把我赶出了教室。→I was made to go out of the classroom (by the teacher).我被老师赶出了教室。
2.情态动词+be+过去分词,构成被动语态。?
Coal can be used to produce electricity for agriculture and industry.?
煤可以用来发电以供应工农业生产。??
二、功能及用法
1.let 的用法?
1)当let后只有一个单音节动词,变被动语态时,可用不带to 的不定式。?
They let the strange go.?
The strange was let go.他们让那个陌生人走了。 ?
2)若let 后宾补较长时,let 通常不用被动语态,而用allow或permit 代替。?
The nurse let me go to see my classmate in the hospital.?
I was allowed/permitted to see my classmate in the hospital.护士让我去看望在医院的?同学?。
2.短语动词的被动语态?
短语动词是一个整体,不可丢掉后面的介词或副词。?
My sister will be taken care of by grandma.我妹妹将由奶奶来照顾。?
Such a thing has never been heard of before.那种事情以前从来没听说过。
3.表示“据说”或“相信” 的词组?
believe,consider,declare,expect,feel,report,say,see,suppose,think,understand ?
It is said that...据说?
It is reported that...据报道?
It is believed that...大家相信?
It is hoped that...大家希望?
It is well known that...众所周知?
It is thought that...大家认为?
It is suggested that...据建议?
It is taken granted that...被视为当然?
It has been decided that...大家决定?
It must be remembered that...务必记住的是……?
It is said that she will leave for Wuhan on Tuesday.据说她周二动身去武汉。
4.不用被动语态的情况?
1)不及物动词或某些动词短语无被动语态:?
appear,die disappear,end (vi.结束),fail,happen,last,lie,remain,sit,spread,stand,break out,come true,fall asleep,keep silence,lose heart,take place?
比较: rise,fall,happen是不及物动词;raise,seat是及物动词。?
价格上涨了。?
(错)The price has been risen.?
(对)The price has risen.?
事故发生在上周。?
(错)The accident was happened last week.?
(对) The accident happened last week.?
要想正确地使用被动语态,就须注意哪些动词是及物的,哪些是不及物的。特别是一词多义的动词往往有两种用法。解决这一问题惟有在学习过程中多留意积累。?
2)不能用于被动语态的及物动词或动词短语: ?
fit,have,hold,marry,own,wish,cost,notice,watch agree with,arrive at/in,shake hands with,succeed in,suffer from,happen to,take part in,walk into,belong to?
Your story agrees with what had already been heard.你的故事跟我们听到的相符。?
3)系动词无被动语态: ?
appear,be become,fall,feel,get,grow,keep,look,remain,seem,smell, sound,stay,taste,turn?
It sounds good.这听起来不错。?
4)带同源宾语的及物动词、反身代词、相互代词,不能用于被动语态: ?
die,death,dream,live,life?
She dreamed a bad dream last night.她昨天晚上做了一个噩梦。?
5)当宾语是不定式时,很少用于被动语态。?
她喜欢游泳。?
(对)She likes to swim.?
(错)To swim is liked by her.
5.主动形式表示被动意义?
1) wash,clean,cook,iron,look,cut,sell,read,wear,feel,draw,write,sell,drive...?
The book sells well.这本书销路好。?
This knife cuts easily.这刀子很好用。?
2)blame,let(出租),remain,keep,rent,build?
I was to blame for the accident.对于这起事故我应受责备。?
Much work remains.还剩下好多活。?
3)在need,require,want,worth(形容词),deserve后的动名词必须用主动形式。?
The door needs repairing.=The door needs to be repaired.这扇门需要修了。?
This room needs cleaning.这房间应该打扫一下。?
This book is worth reading.这本书值得一读。?
4)特殊结构:make sb.heard/understood(使别人能听见/理解自己)?
have sth.done (要某人做某事)。
6.被动形式表示主动意义?
be determined,be pleased,be graduated (from),be finished,be prepared (for),be ?occupied? (in),get married He is graduated from a famous university.他毕业于一所有名的大学。?
注意: 表示同某人结婚,用marry sb. 或get married to sb. 都可。?
He married a rich girl.?
他娶了一个有钱的女孩。?
He got married to a rich girl.
7.need/want/require/worth?
注意:当 need,want,require,worth(形容词)后面接doing也可以表示被动。?
Your hair wants cutting.你的头发该理了。?
The floor requires washing. 地板需要冲洗。?
The book is worth reading.这本书值得一读。
【考点诠释】
考点一、一般现在时与现在进行时
1.一般现在时
(1)考查表示按时间表将要发生的动作或事件
例1—Look at the timetable. Hurry up! Flight 1026 _______ off at 18: 20.
A. takes B. took C. will be taken D. has taken
(2)考查表示特征、能力或现时的情况或状态
例2 This machine _______. It hasn’t worked for years.
A. didn’t work B. wasn’t working C. doesn’t work D. isn’t working
例3 The house belongs to my aunt but she _______ here any more.
A. hasn’t lived B. didn’t live C. had lived D. doesn’t live
(3)考查表示普遍真理、事实
例4Months ago we sailed ten thousand miles across this open sea, which _______ the Pacific, and we met no storms.
A. was called B. is called C. had been called D. has been called
2.现在进行时
(1)考查表示现在或现阶段正在进行的动作或发生的事
例5 I have to go to work by taxi because my car _______ at the garage.
A. will be repaired B. is repaired C. is being repaired D. has been repaired
例6 Since I won the big prize, my telephone hasn’t stopped ringing. People _______ to ask how I am going to spend the money.
A. phone B. will phone C. were phoning D. are phoning
(2)考查表示某个按最近的计划或安排将要进行的动作、即将开始或结束的动作
常用的这类动词有:go, come, leave, arrive, land, meet, move, return, start, stay, stop, give, change, fly, work等。
例7Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belt. The plane _______.
A. takes off B. is taking off
C. has taken off D. took off
考点二、 一般过去时和过去进行时
1.一般过去时
主要考查表示过去某个特定时间或某一段时间发生的动作或情况
例8It’s said that the early European playing-cards ________ for entertainment and
education.
A. were being designed B. have designed C. have been designed D. were designed
例9My cousin went to Canada two years ago. He _______ there for a few months and then went to America.
A. worked B. would work C. would be working D. has been working
2.过去进行时
(1)考查表示过去某一时刻或某阶段正在发生的动作,强调未完成
例10—Has Sam finished his homework today
—I have no idea. He _______ it this morning.
A. did B. has done C. was doing D. had done
(2)考查表示过去某一时间将要发生的动作
例11—What were you doing when Tony phoned you
—I had just finished my work and _______ take a shower. A. had started B. started C. have started D. was starting
一般过去时与过去进行时的区别如下:
一般过去时:完成性
过去进行时:未完成
考点三、现成完成时与现在完成进行时
1.现成完成时
(1)考查表示所发生的动作或事情对现在的影响或产生的结果
例12Although medical science _______ control over several dangerous diseases, what worries us is that some of them are returning.
A. achieved B. has achieved C. will achieve D. had achieved
(2)考查表示一个从过去某个时间开始,延续到现在的动作
例13My friend, who _______ on the International Olympic Committee all his life, is retiring next month.
A. served B. is serving C. had served D. has served
例14My brother is an actor. He _______ in several films so far.
A. appears B. appeared C. has appeared D. is appearing
例15Now that she is out of a job, Lucy _______ going back to school, but she hasn’t decided yet.
A. had considered B. has been considering C. consider D. is going to consider
现在完成时与现在完成进行时的区别如下:
现在完成时:完成性     强调动作的结果
现在完成进行时:未完成性  动作在不久前持续进行的情景
考点四、 主动表示被动的三种情况
1. 不及物动词与状语连用,用以表示主语的品质和状态。
常见动词是:cut, sell, read, write, fill, cook, lock, wash, drive, keep等。
2. 一些连系动词的主动式+形容词。
常见动词是:look, smell, taste, sound, feel, prove, turn out等。
请同学们看下面一道题:
例16The roast duck_______delicious and a lot_______in two hours.
A. was tasted; was sold B. tasted; was sold C. was tasted; sold D. tasted; would sell
上题可以变化如下:
例17The roast dark which Mr and Mrs White prepared_______well.
A. sold B. had been sold C. was sold D. would sell
3. 五个“发生”: happen, take place, occur to, break out,come about等。
例18is well known to everyone, the Olympic Games_______every four years.
A. It; are held B. As; take place C. That; happen?D. As; break out
考题名师诠释 ??
【例1】What we used to think impossible now does seem possible.
A.is B.was C.has been D.will be
【例2】was giving a talk to a large group of people,the same talk I to half a dozen other groups.
A.was giving B.am giving C.had given D.have given
【例3】Look at the timetable.Hurry up!Flight 4026 off at 18:20!
A.takes B.took C.will be taken D.has taken
动词时态考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. “I _____ his telephone number.” “I have his number, but I ____ to bring my phone book.”
A. forget, forget B. forgot, forgot
C. forget, forgot D. forgot, forget
请再看一例:
— Oh, I ______ where he lives.
— Don’t you carry your address book
No, I ______ to bring it.
A. forget, forget B. forgot, forgot
C. forget, forgot D. forgot, forget
2. I had hoped to see her off at the station, but I _____ too busy.
A. was B. had been
C. would be D. would have been
请做以下类似试题:
(1) We had hoped to catch the 10:20 train, but _____ it was gone.
A. found B. had found
C. would find D. would have found
(2) We had hoped that you would be able to visit us, but you _____.
A. didn’t B. hadn’t
C. needn’t D. would not have
(3) We had wanted to come to see him, but we ____ no time.
A. had B. had had
C. would have D. would have had
(4) I had expected to come over to see you last night, but someone ______ and I couldn’t get away.
A. called B. had called
C. would call D. would have called
(5) The traffic accident wouldn’t have happened yesterday, but the driver _______ really careless.
A. was B. is
C. were D. had been
3. Dear me! Just _____ at the time! I _____ no idea it was so late.
A. look, have B. looking, had
C. look, had D. looking, have
4. “Your phone number again I _____ quite catch it.” “It’s 4331577”
A. didn’t B. couldn’t
C. don’t D. can’t
请看以下类似试题:
(1) “Mr Smith isn’t coming tonight.” “ But he _____.”
A. promises B. promised
C. will promise D. had promised
(2) “Hey, look where you are going!” “Oh, I’m terribly sorry. _____.”
A. I’m not noticing B. I wasn’t noticing
C. I haven’t noticed D. I don’t notice
(3) “Oh it’s you ! I ________ you.” “I’ve had my hair cut.”
A. didn’t realize B. haven’t realized
C. didn’t recognize D. don’t recognized
(4) “What’s her new telephone number ” “Oh, I _____.”
A. forget B. forgot
C. had forgotten D. am forgetting
(5) “Since you’ve agreed to go, why aren’t you getting ready ” “But I ______ that you would have me start at once.”
A. don’t realize B. didn’t realize
C. hadn’t realized D. haven’t realized
(6) “It’s twelve o’clock, I think I must be off now.” “Oh, really I ______ it at all.”
A. don’t realize B. haven’t realized
C. didn’t realize D. hadn’t realized
5. Mr Smith ______ a book about China last year but I don’t know whether he has finished it.
A. has written B. wrote
C. had written D. was writing
6. He has changed a lot. He _______ not what he _______.
A. is, is B. was, was
C. is, was D. was, is
请看类例:
“What place is it ” “Haven’t you found out we _____ back where we ______ ”
A. were, had been B. have been, are
C. are, were D. are, had been
7. He is very busy. I don’t know if he _____ or not tomorrow.
A. come B. comes
C. will come D. is coming
请看以下类似试题:
(1) I don’t know if she _____, but if she ____ I will let you know.
A. comes, comes B. will come, will come
C. comes, will come D. will come, comes
(2) “When _____ he come ” “I don’t know, but when he _____, I’ll tell you.”
A. does, comes B. will, will come
C. does, will come D. will, comes
(3) “When he _____ is not known yet.” “But when he ____, he will be warmly welcomed.”
A. comes, comes B. will come, will come
C. comes, will come D. will come, comes
8. The bridge, which _____ 1688, needs repairing.
A. is dated from B. was dated from
C. dates from D. dated from
如:
The church dates from 1176. 这座教堂是六世纪建的。
The castle dates from the 14th century. 这座城堡是14世纪建的。
但若所谈论的东西现在已不复存在,则可用一般过去时。如:
The church, which dated from the 13th century, was destroyed in an earthquake two years ago. 那座教堂是13世纪建成的,两年前在一次地震中被毁了。
注:与 date from 同义的 date back to 也有类似用法。
9. “You’ve left the light on.” “Oh, so I have. _____ and turn it off.”
A. I’ll go B. I’ve gone
C. I go D. I’m going
比较:
“I’ve come out without any money.” “Never mind, I will lend you some.” “我出来没带钱。”“没关系,我借给你。”(句中用will lend,表示“借”钱给对方是临时想到的,即听了对方的话后临时作出的反应)
I’ve bought a typewriter and I’m going to learn to type. 我买了台打字机,我想学打字。(句中用 be going to learn to type,表示说话人要学打字是事先准备的,并为此买了台打字机)
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. Look at that little boy wandering about — perhaps he _____ his mother.
A. will lose B. is losing
C. had lost D. has lost
2. It’s good that we _____ to the park because it’s started to rain.
A. don’t go B. hadn’t gone
C. didn’t go D. wasn’t going
3. I _____ for five minutes; why don’t they come
A. am calling B. called
C. was calling D. have been calling
4. You _____ your turn so you’ll have to wait.
A. will miss B. have missed
C. are missing D. had missed
5. We _____ to move but are still considering where to go to.
A. are deciding B. decided
C. have decided D. had decided
6. I left my pen on the desk and now it’s gone; who _____ it
A. took B. has taken
C. will take D. had taken
7. They won’t buy any new clothes because they _____ money to buy a new car.
A. save B. were saving
C. have saved D. are saving
8. I _____ your last point — could you say it again
A. didn’t quite catch B. don’t quite catch
C. hadn’t quite catch D. can’t quite catch
9. You’ll never guess who I met today — my old teacher! We _____ for 20 years.
A. don’t meet B. haven’t met
C. hadn’t met D. couldn’t meet
10. I feel sure I _____ her before somewhere.
A. was to meet B. have met
C. had met D. would meet
11. They haven’t arrived yet but we _____ them at any moment.
A. are expected B. have expected
C. are expecting D. will expect
12. I think you must be mistaken about seeing him at the theatre; I’m sure he _____ abroad all week.
A. is B. was
C. has been D. had been
13. The students _______ busily when Miss Brown went to get a book she _______ in the office. 
A. had written, left  B. were writing, has left
C. had written, had left  D. were writing, had left
14. I tried to phone her, but even as I _____ she was leaving the building.
A. phoned B. would phone
C. had phoned D. was phoning
15. “I suppose you _____ that report yet ” “I finished it yesterday, as a matter of fact.”
A. didn’t finish B. haven’t finished
C. hadn’t finished D. wasn’t finishing
16. —Didn’t the guard see him breaking into the bank
—No, he _______ in the other direction.
A. was looking B. had looked
C. looked D. is looking
17. How can you possibly miss the news It _______ on TV all day long.
A. has been B. had been
C. was D. will be
18. “I thought you might have got drunk.” “Yes, I ______.”
A. almost have B. almost had
C. almost did D. might have
19. You ______ television. Why not do something more active
A. always watch B. are always watching
C. have always watched D. have always been watching
20. “I took part in the TOEFL. It was really hard.” “Did you ______ a lot ”
A. Have you studied B. Did you study
C. Had you studied D. Do you study
21. “What’s your opinion on the matter, please ” “Oh, sorry, I _______.”
A. wasn’t to listen B. haven’t listened
C. wasn’t listening D. hadn’t listened
22. “Aha, you’re a chain smoker!” “Only at home. Nobody _______ that but you.”
A. discovered B. had discovered
C. discovers D. is discovering
23. The telephone _______ three times in the last hour, and each time it ________ for my father.
A. had rang; was B. has rung; was
C. rang; has been D. has been ringing; is
24. The thief tried to break away from the policeman who ______ him, but failed.
A. has held B. had held
C. was holding D. would hold
25. When I arrived at the company, the manager ______, so we had only time for a few words.
A. just went away B. had gone away
C. was just going away D. has just gone away
26. “John took a photograph of you just now.” “Oh, really I ______.”
A. didn’t know B. wasn’t knowing
C. don’t know D. haven’t known
27. “Mike is not coming to the football game this afternoon.” “It’s a shame! He _______!”
A. promises B. promised
C. will promise D. had promised
28. Please call again. Jim _______ a bath just now.
A. has had B. was having
C. is having D. has
29. “Was Andrew there when you arrived ” “Yes, but he ______ home soon afterwards.”
A. had gone B. has gone
C. is going D. went
30. “Where is Mother.” “She is in the kitchen. She _______ the housework all morning.”
A. is doing B. was doing
C. has done D. has been doing
31. The books, ________ the dictionaries, must be put back where they ________.
A. included; were B. to include; are
C. including; were D. including; are
被动语态考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. “Do you like the material ” “Yes, it _____ very soft.”
A. is feeling B. felt
C. feels D. is felt
请看以下类似例子 :
(1) Her forehead _____ hot. I’m afraid she is ill.
A. is feeling B. felt
C. is felt D. feels
(2) The new school has been completed. It _____ very beautiful.
A. is looked B. looked
C. has looked D. looks
(3) The dish _____ nice, but the milk _____ sour.
A. is smelt, is smelt B. is smelt, smells
C. smells, is smelt D. smells, smells
(4) The story of his life _____ interesting.
A. is sounded B. is sounding
C. has sounded D. sounds
2. He was angry _____ your work. He said that he _____ at all.
A. at, didn’t satisfy B. to, didn’t satisfy
C. at, wasn’t satisfied D. to, wasn’t satisfied
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. The president _____ a cool reception when he visited London.
A. gave B. was given
C. had given D. had been given
2. A red sky in the morning _____ to be a sign of bad weather.
A. says B. is saying
C. has said D. is said
3 If you go there alone after dark you might get _____.
A. attacked and robbed B. attacking and robbing
B. to attack and rob D. to be attacked and robbed
4. What I wanted to know was when and where the meeting ______.
A. was holding B. had held
C. was to hold D. was to be held
5. New medicines and instruments ______ every day to extend life.
A. develop B. are being developed
C. are developing D. have developed
6. I’ll come after the meeting if time ______.
A. permits B. is permitting
C. is permitted D. has permitted
7. The students _____ £50 a year to cover the cost of books and stationery.
A. give B. are given
C. have given D. to give
8. With the development of science, more new technology _______ to the fields of IT.
A. has introduced B. is being introduced
C. is introduced D. was introduced
9.”How about the dishes, Dear ” “The beef didn’t taste very good. It ______ too long.”
A. cooked B. had been cooked
C. was cooked D. had cooked
10. He kept a little notebook, in which ______ the names and addresses of his friends.
A. wrote  B. was writing
C. was written D. were written
11. “Look! Everything here is under construction.” “What is the small building that ______for ”
A. is being building B. has been built
C. is built D. is being built
12. Hundreds of jobs _______ if the factory closes.
A. lose B. will be lost
C. are lost D. will lose
13. A red sky in the morning ______ to be a sign of bad weather.
A. says B. is saying
C. has said D. is said
14. New medicines and instruments ______ every day to extend life.
A. develop B. are being developed
C. are developing D. have developed
【试题放送】
1. 2013年高考英语【安徽卷】24. I’m calling about the apartment you ______ the other day. Could you tell me more about it
A. advertised B. had advertised C. are advertising D. will advertise
2. 2013年高考英语【北京卷】23. Shakespeare’s play Hamlet ______ into at least ten different films over the past years.
A. had been made . B. was made C. has been made D. would be made
3. 2013年高考英语【北京卷】25. --- Do you think Mom and Dad ______ late
--- No, Swiss Air is usually on time.
A. were B. will be C. would be D. have been
4. 2013年高考英语【北京卷】28. Hurry up! Mark and Carl ______ us.
A. expect B. are expecting C. have expected D. will expect
5. 2013年高考英语【北京卷】32. --- So what is the procedure
--- All the applicants ______ before a final decision is made by the authority.
A. interview B. are interviewing
C. are interviewed D. are being interviewed
6. 2013年高考英语【福建卷】23. The famous musician, as well as his students, ____ to perform at the opening ceremony of the 2012 Taipei Flower Expo.
A. were invited B. was invited C. have been invited D. has been invited
7. 2013年高考英语【福建卷】26. The girl has a great interest in sport and ____ badminton classes twice a week over the last three years.
A. took B. is taking C. takes D. has been taking
8. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】22.“What do you want to be?” asked Mrs. Crawford. “Oh,I________ president,” said the boy, with a smile.
A.have been B.am C.was D.will be
9. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】24.Around two o'clock every night, Sue will start talking in her dream. It somewhat ________ us.
A.bothers B.had bothered
C.would bother D.bothered
10. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】26.If nothing ________, the oceans will turn into fish deserts.
A.does B.had been done
C.will do D.is done
11. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】27.—Have you heard about the recent election
—Sure, it ________the only thing on the news for the last three days.
A.would be B.is
C.has been D.will be
12. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】34.—I don't understand why you didn't go to the lecture yesterday aftermoon.
—I'm so sorry, But I ________ my homework.
A.had done B.was doing
C.would do D.am doing
13. 2013年高考英语【江苏卷】21. Generally, students’ inner motivation with high expectations from others ______ essential to their development.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
14. 2013年高考英语【江苏卷】25. —Could I use your car tomorrow morning
—Sure. I ______ a report at home.
A. will be writing B. will have written
C. have written D. have been writing
15. 2013年高考英语【江苏卷】27. “Never for a second,” the boy says, “______ that my father would come to my rescue.”
A. I doubted B. do I doubt C. I have doubted D. did I doubt
16. 2013年高考英语【江苏卷】234. —What about your self-drive trip yesterday
—Tiring! The road is being widened, and we ______ a rough ride.
A. had B. have C. would have D. have had
17. 2013年高考英语【江西卷】35. I ________ to visit you later that day, but I had to phone and cancel.
A. come B. came C. am coming D. was coming
18. 2013年高考英语【辽宁卷】22. He was unhappy when he sold his guitar. After all, he _____ it for a very long time.
A. has had B. had had C. has D. had
19. 2013年高考英语【辽宁卷】26. At no time _____ the rules of the game. It was unfair to punish them.
A. they actually broke B. do they actually break
C. did they actually break D. they had actually broken
20. 2013年高考英语【辽宁卷】30. We are confident that the environment ______ by our further efforts to reduce pollution.
A. had been improved B. will be improved
C. is improved D. was improved
21. 2013年高考英语【山东卷】24. I didn’t think I’d like the movie, but actually it _____ pretty good.
A. has been B. was C. had been D. would
22. 2013年高考英语【山东卷】27. --- Oh no! We’re too late. The train _____.
----That’s OK. We’ll catch the next train to London.
A. was leaving B. had left C. has left D. has been leaving
23. 2013年高考英语【陕西卷】11. On Monday mornings it usually ______ me an hours to drive to work although the actual distance is only 20 miles.
A. takes B. is taking C. took D. will take
24. 2013年高考英语【陕西卷】17. Jim ______ a late night film at home when, right in the middle of a thrilling scene, the television went blank.
A. watched B. had watched C. was watching D. would be watching
25. 2013年高考英语【上海卷】27. Bob called to tell his mother that he couldn’t enter the house, for he ______ his key at school.
A. had left B. would leave C. was leaving D. has left
26. 2013年高考英语【上海卷】29. The school board is made up of parents who ______ to make decisions about school affairs.
A. had been elected B. had elected
C. have been elected D. have elected
27. 2013年高考英语【四川卷】3. Hurry up, kids! The school bus ________ for us!
A. waits B. was waiting C. waited D. is waiting
28. 2013年高考英语【天津卷】13. The water supply has been cut off temporarily because the workers ______ one of the
main pipes.
A. had repaired B. have repaired C. repaired D. are repairing
29. 2013年高考英语【新课标II卷】7. We ______ very early so we packed the night before.
A. leave B. had left C. were leaving D. have left
30. 2013年高考英语【新课标I卷】24. If we _________ now to protect the environment, we’ll live to regret it.
A. hadn’t acted B. haven’t acted C. don’t act D. won’t act
31. 2013年高考英语【新课标I卷】27. When I first met Bryan I didn’t like him, but I ________ my mind.
A. have changed B. change C. had changed D. would change
32. 2013年高考英语【浙江卷】10. During the last three decades, the number of people participating in physical fitness programs ______ sharply.
A was increasing B. has increased C. had increased D. will be increasing
33. 2013年高考英语【重庆卷】21. I felt very tired when I got home, and I ______ straight to bed.
A. go B. went C. had gone D. have gone
32. 2013年高考英语【重庆卷】33. A Midsummer Night's Dream at the Theatre Royal on 19th June, and then tours throughout Scotland.
A. opens B. is opened C. will open D. will be opened
【2012江西卷】26.--Look! Somebody the sofa.
--Well, it wasn’t me. I didn’t do it.
A.is cleaning B.was cleaning C.has cleaned D.had cleaned
【2012湖南卷】33. -- I remember you were a talented pianist at college. Can you play the piano for me
-- Sorry, I ____ the piano for years.
A. don't play B. wasn't playing C. haven't played D. hadn't played
【2012湖南卷】27. The moment ____ soon, he thought to himself, waiting nervously.
A. came B. has come C. was coming D. is coming
【2012湖南卷】25. Close the door of fear behind you, and you ____ the door of faith open before you.
A. saw B. have seen C. will see D. are seeing
【2012湖南卷】22. Don't worry. The hard work that you do now ____ later in life.
A. will be repaid B. was being repaid C. has been repaid D. was repaid
【2012重庆卷】27. Food supplies in the flood-stricken area ______.We must act immediately before there’s left.
have run out B. are running out C. have been run out D. are being run out
【2012重庆卷】22.-kevin,you look worried. Anything wrong
-Well, I____ a test and I’m waiting for the result.
A. will take B. took C. had taken D. take
【2012辽宁卷】35. Mum, I was wondering if you could lend me a few dollars until I on Friday.
A. get paid B. got paid C. have paid D. had been paid
【2012辽宁卷】33. Jack is a great talker. It’s high time that he something instead of just talking.
A. will do B. has done C. do D. did
【2012辽宁卷】31. I feel so excited! At this time tomorrow morning I to Shanghai.
A. will be flying B. will fly
C. have been flying D. have flown
【2012四川卷】9.—Did you catch what I said
—Sorry. I ______ a text message just now.
A. had answering B. have answered C. would answer D. was answering
【2012四川卷】11. They are living with their parents for the moment because their own house ____.
A. is being rebuilt B. has been rebuilt C. is rebuilt D. has rebuilt
【2012陕西卷】24.—Can I call you back at two o’clock this afternoon
—I’m sorry, but by then I______ to Beijing. How about five
A. fly B. will fly C. will be flying D. am flying
【2012北京卷】22. By the time you have finished this book, your meal ______ cold.
A. gets B. has got C. will get D.is getting
【2012北京卷】25. George said that he would come to school to see me the next day, but he ______.
A. wouldn’t B. didn’t C. hasn’t D. hadn’t
【2012北京卷】29. —Have you heard about that fire in the market
— Yes, fortunately no one _____.
A. hurt B. was hurt C. has hurt D. had been hurt
【2012北京卷】30. Our friendship _____ quickly over the weeks that followed.
A. had developed B. was developing
C. would develop D. developed
【2012全国II】18. The manager ______ the workers how to improve the program since 9 am.
A. has told B. is telling C. has been telling D. will have told
【2012全国II】14. ---Did you ask Sophia for help
---I ______ need to – I managed perfectly well on my own.
A. wouldn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. won’t
【2012天津卷】The three of us___________around Europe for about a month last summer.
A. travelled B. have travelled C. had travelled D. travel
【2012天津卷】The letters for the boss___________ on his desk but he didn’t read them until three later.
were put B. was put C. put D. has put
【2012全国新课程】33. I had been working on math for the whole afternoon and the numbers before my eyes.
A. swim B. swum
C. swam D. had swum
【2012全国新课程】23. "Life is like walking in the snow", Granny used to say, "because every step ”
A. has shown B. is showing
C. shows D. showed
【2012山东卷】34. The manager was concerned to hear that two of his trusted workers ______.
A. will leave B. are leaving
C. have left D. were leaving
【2012山东卷】28. After Jack had sent some e-mails, he _______ working on his project.
A. had started B. has started
C. started D. starts
【2012福建卷】24. 一 When did the computer crash
一 This morning, while I the reading materials downloaded from some websites.
A. have sorted B. was sorting C. am sorting D. had sorted
【2012浙江卷】16. — Alvin, are you coming with us
— I'd love to, but something unexpected .
A. has come up B. was coming up C. had come up D. would come up
【2012浙江卷】13. Peter had intended to take a job in business, but _____ that plan after the unpleasant experience in Canada in 2010.
A. had abandoned B. abandoned C. abandon D. will abandon
【2012江苏卷】34. The president hopes that the people will be better off when he quits than when he________.
A. has started B. starts C. started D. will start
【2012江苏卷】32. The manager is said to have arrived back from Paris where he________ some European partners.
A. would meet B. is meeting C. meets D. had met
【2012安徽卷】35. After school we went to the reading-room to do some reading, only to be told that it .
A. was decorated B. had decorated
C. had been decorating D. was being decorated
【2012安徽卷】33. Walmart, which is one of the largest American supermarket chains, some of its store open 24 hours on Mondays through Saturdays.
A. keeps B. keep C. have kept D. had kept
【2012安徽卷】26. In order to find the missing child , villagers all they can over the past five hours.
A. did B. do C. had done D. have been doing
【2011全国卷,23】Planing so far ahead no sense—so many things will have changed by next year.
A.made B.is making C.makes D.has made
【2011全国卷,24】I wasn’t sure if he was really interested or if he polite.
A.was just being B.will just be C.had just been D.would just be
【2011全国卷,29】When Alice came to, she did not know how long she there.
A.had been lying B.has been lying C.was lying D.has lain
【2011全国卷II,9】If you don't like the drink you just leave it and try a different one.
A. ordered B. are ordering C. will order D. had ordered
【2011北京卷,21】Experiments of this kind in both the U.S. and Europe well before the Second World War.
A. have conducted B. have been conducted C. had conducted D. had been conducted
【2011北京卷,23】Tom in the library every night over the last three months.
A. works B. worked C. has been working D. had been working
【2011北京卷,27】——That must have been a long trip.
——Yeah, it us a whole week to get there.
A. takes B. has taken C. took D. was taking
【2011北京卷,32】——Bob has gone to California.
——Oh, can you tell me when he
A. has left B. left C. is leaving D. would leave
【2011天津卷,3】In the last few years thousands of films all over the world.
A.have produced B. have been produced C. are producing D. are being produced
【2011天津卷,4】On her next birthday, Ann married for twenty years.
A.is B.has been C.will be D.will have been
【2011上海春招,29】I’m sure you will do better in the test because you so hard this year.
A. studied B. had studied C. will study D. have been studying
【2011上海春招,32】A lot of people often forget that oral exams to test our communicative ability.
A. design B. are designed
C. are designing D. are being designed
【2011山东卷,31】When I got on the bus, I I had left my wallet at home.
A. was realizing B. realized C. have realized D. would realize
【2011山东卷,35】She was surprised to find the fridge empty; the child everything!
A. had been eating B. had eaten C. have eaten D. have been eating
【2011江苏卷,21】——I hear you in a pub. what’s it like
——Well, it’s very hard work and I’m always tired, but I don’t mind.
A.are working B.will work C.were working D.will be working
【2011江苏卷,23】——Tommy is planning to buy a car.
——I know. By next month, he enough for a used one.
A. saves B .saved C.will save D. will have saved
【2011福建卷,32】Last month, the Japanese government expressed their thanks for the aid they
from China.
A.receive B.are receiving C.have received D.had received
【2011安徽卷, 32】——I didn’t ask for the name list. Why ______on my desk
——I put it there just now in case you needed it.
A. does it land B. has it landed C. will it land D. had it landed
【2011浙江卷,15】The manager was worried about the press conference his assistant in his place but, luckily, everything was going on smoothly.
A. gave B. gives C. was giving D. had given
【2011四川卷,9】All visitors to this village with kindness.
A. treat B. are treated C. are treating D. had been treated
【2011四川卷,19】——What a mistake!
——Yes. I his doing it another way, but without success.
A.was suggesting B.will suggest C.would suggest D.had suggested
【2011重庆卷,21】That piece of music sounds quite familiar. Who the piano upstairs
A. has played B. played C. plays D. is playing
【2011重庆卷,31】Look at the pride on Tom’s face. He to have been praised by the manager just now.
A.seemed B.seems C.had seemed D.is seeming
【2011陕西卷,12】His first novel good reviews since it came out last month.
A.receives B.is receiving C.will receive D.has received
【2011湖南卷,22】——John, what in your hand
——Look! It’s a birthday gift for my grandma.
A had you held B are you holding C do you hold D will you hold
【2011湖南卷,27】In 1492, Columbus on one of the Bahama islands, but he mistook it for an island off India.
A. lands B. landed C. has landed D.had landed
【2011湖南卷,30】It is the most instructive lecture that I since I came to this school.
A. attended B. had attended C. am attending D. have attended
【2011湖南卷,34】In the near future, more advances in the robot technology by scientists.
A. are making B. are made C. will make D. will be made
【2011辽宁卷,28】I'll go to the library as soon as I finish what I .
A. was doing B. am doing C. have done D. had been doing
【2011辽宁卷,34】By the time Jack returned home from England, his son from college.
A. graduated B. has graduated C. had been graduating D. had graduated
【2011江西卷30】We arrived at work in the morning and found that somebody into the office during the night.
A.broke B. had broken C.has broken D.was breaking
〖10全国Ⅰ〗—Have you finished reading Jane Eyre
—No, I ______ my homework all day yesterday.
A. was doing B. would do C. has done D. do
〖10全国Ⅰ〗When you are home , give a call to let me know you ______ safely.
A. are arriving B. have arrived C. had arrived D. will arrive
〖10全国Ⅰ〗The discovery of gold in Australia led thousands to believe that a fortune ______.
A. is made B. would make C. was to be made D. had made
〖10全国Ⅱ〗Barbara is easy to recognize as she’s the only one of the women who ______ evening dress.
A. wear B. wears C. has worn D. have worn
〖10全国Ⅱ〗Linda make sure the table ________before the guests arrive
A. be set B. set C. are set D. are setting
〖10全国Ⅱ〗Excuse me I________I was blocking your way.
A. didn’t realize B. don’t realize C. haven’t realized D. wasn’t realizing
〖10上海〗Every few years, the coal workers ______ their lungs X-rayed to ensure their health.
A. are having B. have C. have had D. had had
〖10上海〗The church tower which ________will be open to tourists soon. The work is almost finished.
A. has restored B. has been restored C. is restoring D. is being restored
〖10福建〗Every year a flood of farmers arrive in Shenzhen for the money-making jobs they ________before leaving their hometowns.
A. promised B. were promised C. have promised D. have been promised
〖10福建〗–Guess what, we’ve got our visas for a short-term visit to the UK this summer.
--How nice! You________a different culture then.
A. will be experiencing B. have experienced
C. have been experiencing D. will have experienced
〖10安徽〗----Were you surprised by the ending of the film
----No, I _______the book, so I already knew the story
A. was reading B. had read C. am reading D. have read
〖10安徽〗----We’ve spent too much money recently.
----well, it isn’t surprising. Our friend and relatives _______around all the time
A. are coming B. had come C. were coming D. have been coming
〖10湖南〗This coastal area ________a national wildlife reserve last year.
A. was named B. named C. is named D. names
〖10湖南〗I was just going to cut my rose bushes but someone ________it. Was it you
A. has done B. had done C. would do D. will do
〖10湖南〗I walked slowly through the market, where people________all kinds of fruits and vegetables. I studied the prices carefully and bought what I needed.
A. sell B. were selling C. had sold D. have sold
〖10湖南〗I’m tired out. I ______ all afternoon and I don’t seem to have finished anything.
A. shopped B. have shopped
C. had shopped D. have been shopping
〖10江西〗Mother wanted to be a good provider, a role she _____ since her marriage to Father.
A shoulders B shouldered C is shouldering D has been shouldering
〖10山东〗The living room is clean and tidy, with a dining table already ______ for a meal to be cooked.
A. laid B. laying C. to lay D. being laid
〖10山东〗Up to now, the program _______ thousands of children who would otherwise have died.
A. would save B. saves C. had saved D. has saved
〖10天津〗We________on this project for four hours. Let’s have a rest.
A. are working B. have been working C. worked D. had worked
〖10天津〗Traditional folk arts of Tianjin like paper cutting ________at the culture show of the 2010 Shanghai World Expo.
A. are exhibiting B. is exhibiting C. are being exhibited D. is being exhibited
〖10四川〗In many people’s opinion, that company, though relatively small, is pleasant ________.
A. to deal with B. dealing with C. to be dealt with D. dealt with
〖10四川〗一When shall we restart our business
一Not until we________our plan.
A. will finish B. are finishing C. are to finish D. have finished
〖10四川〗You’ve failed to do what you________to and I’m afraid the teacher will blame you.
A. will expect B. will be expected C. expected D. were expected
〖10江苏〗—why, Jack, you look so tired!
—Well, I _____the house and I must finish the work tomorrow.
A. was painting B. will be painting C. have painted D. have been painting
〖10江苏〗—Peter , where did you guys go for the summer vacation
—We________ busy with our work for months, so we went to the beach to relax ourselves.
A. were B. have been C. had been D. will be
〖10陕西〗I have to see the doctor because I________a lot lately.
A. have been coughing B. had coughed C. coughed D. cough
〖10陕西〗It is reported that many a new house________at present in the disaster area.
A. are being built B. were being built C. was being built D. is being built
〖10湖北〗Last night’s TV news said that by then the death of the missing people ________(未证实)yet. (prove)
〖10辽宁〗Joseph ______to evening classes since last month, but he still can’t say “What’s your name ” in Russian.
A. has been going B. went C. goes D. has gone
〖10辽宁〗I _______ all the cooking for my family, but recently I’ve been too busy to do it.
A. will do B. do C. am doing D. had done
〖10北京〗In the spoken English of some areas in the US, the “r”sounds at the end of the words________.
A. are dropped B. drop C. are being dropped D. have dropped
〖10北京〗--I’m not finished with my dinner yet.
--But our friends________for us.
A. will wait B. wait C. have waited D. are waiting
〖10北京〗--I’m sorry, but I don’t quite follow you. Did you say you wanted to return on September 20
--Sorry, I________myself clear. We want to return on October 20.
A. hadn’t made B. wouldn’t make C. don’t make D. haven’t made
〖10北京〗It took me a long time before I was able to fully appreciate what they ______for me.
A. had done B. did C. would do D. were doing
〖10重庆〗The book has been translated into thirty languages since it ________on the market in 1973.
A. had come B. has come C. came D. comes
〖10重庆〗The palace caught fire three times in the last century, and little of the original building _______now.
A. remains B. is remained C. is remaining D. has been remained
〖10重庆〗-----Why do you want to work for our company
-----This is the job that I for.
A. looked B. am to look C. had looked D. have been looking
〖10浙江〗If you plant watermelon seeds in the spring, you______fresh watermelon in the fall.
A. eat B. would eat C. have eaten D. will be eating
〖10浙江〗For many years, people ______electric cars. However, making them has been more difficult than predicted.
A. had dreamed of B. have dreamed of C. dreamed of D. dream of学生姓名:周凌峰 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:8 教学时间:2014/02/10 10:00-12:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
上次课程学生存在的问题:动词时英语语法难点,需精讲多练。
学生问题的解决方案:熟记基础知识点,逐渐掌握做题方法。
【知识要点】
动词的时态
一、一般现在时的用法
1.经常性或习惯性的动作,常与表示频度的时间状语连用。?
时间状语: every...,sometimes,on Sunday?
I leave home for school at 7 every morning.?
我每天早上七点离家去学校。
2.客观真理,客观存在,科学事实。?
The earth moves around the sun.地球围着太阳转。?
Shanghai lies in the east of China.上海位于中国的东方。
3.表示格言或警句中。?
Pride goes before a fall.骄者必败。?
注意:此用法如果出现在宾语从句中,即使主句是过去时,从句谓语也要用一般现在时。
Columbus proved that the earth is round.哥伦布证明地球是圆的。
4.现在时刻的状态、能力、性格、个性。?
比较:Now I put the sugar in the cup.现在我往杯子里放糖。?
I am doing my homework now.我在做作业。?
第一句用一般现在时,用于操作演示或指导说明的示范性动作,表示言行的瞬间动作。再如:Now watch me,I switch on the current and stand back. 第二句中的now是进行时的标志,表示正在进行的动作的客观状况,所以后句用一般现在时。??
二、一般过去时的用法
1.在确定的过去时间里所发生的动作或存在的状态。?
时间状语有:yesterday,last week,an hour ago,the other day,in 1982等。?
Where did you go just now ?
刚才你去哪儿了?
2.表示在过去一段时间内,经常性或习惯性的动作。?
When I was a child,I often played football in the street.?
我小的时候,经常在街上踢足球。
3.句型:?
It is time for sb.to do sth.“到……时间了”“该……了”?
It is time sb.did sth.“时间已迟了”“早该……了”?
It is time for you to go to bed.你该睡觉了。?
It is time you went to bed.你早该睡觉了。?
would (had)rather sb.did sth.表示“宁愿某人做某事”
4.wish,wonder,think,hope 等用过去时,作试探性的询问、请求、建议等。?
I thought you might have some. 我以为你想要一些。?
比较:?
一般过去时表示的动作或状态都已成为过去,现已不复存在。?
Christine was an invalid all her life.她已不在人间。?
Christine has been an invalid all her life.她现在还活着。?
Mrs.Darby lived in Kentucky for seven years.?
达比太太已不再住在肯塔基州。?
Mrs.Darby has lived in Kentucky for seven years.?
现在还住在肯塔基州,有可能指刚离去。?
注意: 用过去时表示现在,表示委婉语气。?
动词want,hope,wonder,think,intend 等。?
Did you want anything else 您还要点别的吗??
情态动词 could,would?
Could you lend me your bike 能借用一下你的自行车吗?
5.used to/be used to?
?
三、一般将来时
1.shall用于第一人称,常被will 所代替。?
will 在陈述句中用于各人称,在征求意见时常用于第二人称。?
Which paragraph shall I read first?我应该先读哪一段?
2.be going to+不定式,表示将来。?
1)主语的意图,即将做某事。?
What are you going to do tomorrow 明天你打算干什么??
2)计划,安排要发生的事。?
The play is going to be produced next month.这部戏预计要下个月拍。?
3)有迹象要发生的事?
Look at the dark clouds,there is going to be a storm.看那乌云,要来暴风雨了。?
4)be+不定式表将来,按计划或正式安排将发生的事。?
We are to discuss the report next Saturday.我们打算下周六讨论这个报告。?
5)be about to+不定式,意为马上做某事。?
He is about to leave for Beijing.他正打算动身去北京。?
注意:be about to 不能与tomorrow,next week 等表示明确将来时的时间状语连用。
3.be going to/will?
用于条件句时, be going to表将来 will表意愿?
If you are going to make a journey,you’d better get ready for it as soon as possible.?
如果你打算去旅行,最好尽快准备好。?
Now if you will take off your clothes,we will fit the new clothes on you in front of the mirror.?
如果你愿意脱下身上穿的衣服,我们就可以在镜子前给你试穿一下新衣服。
4.be to和be going to?
be to 表示客观安排或受人指示而做某事。?
be going to 表示主观的打算或计划。?
I am to play football tomorrow afternoon. (客观安排)?
I’m going to play football tomorrow afternoon.(主观安排)
5.一般现在时表将来?
1)下列动词:come,go,arrive,leave,start,begin,return的一般现在时表将来。这主要用来表示在时间上已确定或安排好的事情。?
The train leaves at six tomorrow morning. 火车明早六点发车。?
2)倒装句,表示动作正在进行?
Here comes the bus.=The bus is coming.车来了。?
There goes the bell.=The bell is ringing.铃响了。?
3)在时间或条件句中。?
When Bill comes (不是will come),ask him to wait for me.比尔来了后,让他等我。?
I’ll write to you as soon as I arrive there.我一到那儿就给你写信。?
4)在动词hope,take care that,make sure that等后边。?
Make sure that the windows are closed before you leave the room.?
离开房间前一定要确保窗户都关上了。
6.用现在进行时表示将来?
意为:“意图”“打算”“安排”常用于人。常用词为 come,go,start,arrive,leave,stay等。
I’m leaving tomorrow.我打算明天动身。?
Are you staying here till next week 你打算在这儿住到下周吗???
四、现在完成时
现在完成时用来表示之前已发生或完成的动作或状态,其结果的确和现在有联系。动作或状态发生在过去但它的影响现在还存在;也可表示持续到现在的动作或状态。其构成: have (has)+过去分词。?
1.比较过去时与现在完成时?
1)过去时表示过去某时发生的动作或单纯叙述过去的事情,强调动作;现在完成时为过去发生的,强调过去的事情对现在的影响,强调的是影响。 ?
2)过去时常与具体的时间状语连用,而现在完成时通常与模糊的时间状语连用,或无时间状语。?
3)现在完成时可表示持续到现在的动作或状态,动词一般是延续性的,如live,teach,learn,work,study,know。过去时常用的非持续性动词有come,go,leave,start,die,finish,become,get married等。I saw this film yesterday.我昨天看了这部电影。(强调看的动作发生过了。)?
I have seen this film.这部电影我看过了。(强调对现在的影响,电影的内容已经知道了。)?
She has returned from Paris.她已从巴黎回来了。?
She returned yesterday.她昨天回来了。?
He has been in the League for three years.(在团内的状态可延续)?
He has been a League member for three years.(是团员的状态可持续)?
句子中如有过去时的时间副词如 yesterday,last,week,in 1960时,不能使用现在完成时,要用过去时。
(错)Tom has written a letter to his parents last night.?
(对)Tom wrote a letter to his parents last night.
2.用于现在完成时的句型?
1)It is the first/second time....that...结构中的从句部分,用现在完成时。?
It is the first time that I have visited the city.这是我第一次参观这座城市。?
2)This is the...that...结构,that 从句要用现在完成时。?
This is the best film that I’ve (ever)seen.这是我看过的最好的电影。?
This is the first time (that)I’ve heard him sing.这是我第一次听他唱歌。?
注意:非延续性动词的否定形式可以与表示延续时间的状语连用。即动作不发生的状态是可以持续的。?
(错)I have received his letter for a month.?
(对)I haven’t received his letter for almost a month.
3.比较since和for?
since 用来说明动作起始时间,for用来说明动作延续时间长度。?
I have lived here for more than twenty years.我在这儿住了20多年了。?
I have lived here since I was born.我自出生就住在这儿。?
I have not heard from my uncle for a long time.我好久没收到叔叔的信了。?
注意:并非有for 作为时间状语的句子都用现在完成时。?
I worked here for more than twenty years. 我在这里工作过20多年。(我现在已不在这里工作。)?
I have worked here for many years.我在这里工作了多年了。(现在我仍在这里工作。)?
小窍门:当现在完成时+一段时间,这一结构中,我们用下面的公式转化,很容易就能排除非延续动词在完成时中的误用。?
汤姆学习俄语有3年了。?
(对)Tom has studied Russian for three years.?
=Tom began to study Russian three years ago,and is still studying it now.?
Harry结婚6年了。?
(错)Harry has got married for six years.?
=Harry began to get married six years ago,and is still getting married now.?
显然,第二句不对,它应改为 Harry got married six years ago.或Harry has been married for six years.
4.since的四种用法?
1) since+过去一个时间点(如具体的年、月、日期、钟点、1980,last month,half past six)。
I have been here since 1989.我自1989年就在这儿。?
2)since+一段时间+ago?
I have been here since five months ago.自五个月前我就一直在这儿。?
3)since+从句?
Great changes have taken place since you left.自从你走后发生了很大的变化。?
4)It is+一段时间+since从句?
It is two years since I became a postgraduate student.?
自从我考上研究生已有两年了?。
5.延续动词与瞬间动词?
1) 用于完成时的区别?
延续动词表示经验、经历; 瞬间动词表示行为的结果,不能与表示段的时间状语连用。
He has completed the work.他已完成了那项工作。 (表结果)?
I’ve known him since then.我从那时起就认识他了。(表经历)?
2)用于till/until从句的差异?
延续动词用于肯定句,表示“做……直到……” 瞬间动词用于否定句,表示“到……,才……”。
He didn’t come back until ten o’clock.他到10 点才回来。?
He slept until ten o’clock.他一直睡到10点。?
五、过去完成时
1.概念:表示过去的过去
其构成是had+过去分词构成。
2.用法
1)在told,said,knew,heard,thought等动词后的宾语从句中。?
She said (that)she had never been to Paris.她说她从来没去过巴黎。?
2) 状语从句?
在过去不同时间发生的两个动作中,发生在先,用过去完成时;发生在后,用一般过去时。When the police arrived,the thieves had run away.等到警察来的时候,贼早已经跑了。?
3)表示意向的动词,如hope,wish,expect,think,intend,mean,suppose等,用过去完成时表示“原本……,未能……”。?
We had hoped that you would come,but you didn’t.我们原本希望你能来,但你却没来。
3.过去完成时的时间状语?
before,by,until ,when,after,once,as soon as。?
He said that he had learned some English before.他说他以前学过英语。?
By the time he was twelve,Edison had began to make a living by himself.?
等到爱迪生12岁那年,他早已学会自我谋生了。?
注意:hardly...when …… 就…… no sooner...than 刚…… 就……
4.用一般过去时代替完成时?
1)两个动作如按顺序发生,又不强调先后,或用then,and,but 等连词时,多用一般过去时。When she saw the mouse,she screamed.看到老鼠,她尖叫了起来。?
2)两个动作相继发生,可用一般过去时;如第一个动作需要若干时间完成,用过去完成时。When I heard the news,I was very excited.听到这个消息时,我非常激动。?
3)叙述历史事实,可不用过去完成时,而只用一般过去时。?
Our teacher told us that Columbus discovered America in 1492.老师告诉过我们哥伦布在1492年发现了美洲。六、将来完成时
1.构成will have done sth.?
2.概念
1)状态完成:表示某事继续到将来某一时为止一直有的状态。?
2)动作完成:表示将来某一时或另一个将来的动作之前,已经完成的动作或已获得的经验。
They will have been married for 20 years by then.到那时他们结婚就20年了。?
You will have reached Shanghai by this time tomorrow.明天这个时候你就到了上海了。??
七、现在进行时
现在进行时的基本用法:?
1.表示现在(指说话人说话时)正在发生的事情。?
We are waiting for you.我们正在等你。
2.习惯进行:表示长期的或重复性的动作,说话时动作未必正在进行。?
Mr.Green is writing another novel.格林先生在写另一部小说。?
(说话时并未在写,只处于写作的状态。)?
She is learning piano under Mr.Smith.她在跟史密斯先生学钢琴。
3.表示渐变的动词有:get,grow,become,turn,run,go,begin等。?
It’s getting warmer and warmer.天越来越暖和了。
4.与always,constantly,forever 等词连用,表示反复发生的动作或持续存在的状态,往往带有说话人的主观色彩。?
You are always changing your mind.你总是改变主意。
5.不用进行时的动词?
1)事实状态的动词have,belong,possess,cost,owe,exist,include,contain,matter,weigh,measure,continue?
I have two brothers.我有两个哥哥。?
This house belongs to my sister.这房子是我姐姐的。?
2)心理状态的动词know,realize,think see,believe,suppose,imagine,agree,recognize,remember,want,need,forget,prefer,mean,understand,love,hate?
I need your help.我需要你的帮助。?
He loves her very much.他非常爱她。?
3) 瞬间动词 accept,receive,complete,finish,give,allow,decide,refuse?
I accept your advice.我接受你的建议。?
4)系动词seem,remain,lie,see,hear,smell,feel,taste,get,become,turn?
You seem a little tired.你看起来有点累。?
八、过去进行时
1.概念:表示过去某时正在进行的状态或动作。?
2.过去进行时的主要用法是描述一件事发生的背景;一个长动作发生的时候,另一个短动作发生。?
3.常用的时间状语?
this morning,the whole morning,all day yesterday,from nine to ten,last evening,when,while?
It was raining when they left the station. 他们离开车站的时候,天正下着雨。??
九、将来进行时
1.概念:表示将来某时进行的状态或动作,或按预测将来会发生的事情。?
She’ll be coming soon.她很快就会来了。?
注意:将来进行时不用于表示“意志”,不能说 I’ll be having a talk with her.
2.常用的时间状语?
Soon,tomorrow,this evening,on Sunday,by this time,tomorrow,in two days,tomorrow evening?
By this time tomorrow,I’ll be lying on the beach.明天这个时候,我正躺在沙滩上。??
十、一般现在时代替将来时
1.时间状语从句,条件句中,从句用一般现在时代替将来时?
when,while,before,after,till,once,as soon as,so long as,by the time,if,in case (that),unless,even if,whether,the moment,the minute,the day,the year,immediately?
He is going to visit her aunt the day he arrives in Beijing. 他一到北京,就去看他姨妈。
2.表示现在已安排好的未来事项,行程等活动。?
The museum opens at ten tomorrow.博物馆明天10点开门。(实际上每天如此。)??
十一、一般现在时代替过去时
1.“书上说”“报纸上说”等。?
The newspaper says that it’s going to be cold tomorrow. 报纸上说明天会很冷的。
2.叙述往事,使其生动。?
Napoleon’s army now advances and the great battle begins.拿破仑的部队冲上来了,战斗打响了。
十二、一般现在时代替完成时
1.有些动词用一般现在时代替完成时:?
hear,tell,learn,write,understand,forget,know,find,say,remember?
I hear (=have heard)he will go to London.?
I forget (=have forgotten)how old he is.
2.句型 “It is...since...”代替“It has been...since...”?
It is (=has been)five years since we last met.??
十三、一般现在时代替进行时
1.句型:Here comes...; There goes...
Look,here comes Mr.Li.看,李先生来了。??
十四、现在进行时代替将来时?
1.表示即将发生的或预定中计划好的活动。?
Are you staying with us this weekend 这周和我们一起度周末吗 ?
We are leaving soon.我们马上就走。
2.渐变动词,如:get,run,grow,become,begin,die?
He is dying.他快要不行了。??
十五、时态一致?
1.如果从句所叙述的为真理或不变的事实,则永远用现在时。?
At that time,people did not know that the earth moves.?
在那时,人们不知道地球是运动的。?
He told me last week that he is eighteen.他上周告诉我他18岁了。
2.宾语从句中的助动词ought,need,must,dare 时态是不变的。?
He thought that I need not tell you the truth.他原以为我没有必要告诉你真相。??
十六、时态与时间状语
时间状语?
一般现在时 every...,sometimes,at...,on Sunday?
一般过去时 yesterday,last week,an hour ago,the other day,in 1982,just now?
一般将来时 next...,tomorrow,in+时间?
现在完成时 for,since,so far,ever,never,just,yet,till/until,up to now,in past years,always,recently?
过去完成时 before,by,until,when,after,once,as soon as?
过去进行时 this morning,the whole morning,all day,yesterday,from nine to ten last evening...when,while?
将来进行时 soon,tomorrow,this evening,on Sunday,by this time,tomorrow,in two days,tomorrow evening?
动词的语态
一、分类及定义
语态有两种:主动语态和被动语态。?
主语是动作的发出者为主动语态;主语是动作的接受者为被动语态。?
1.若宾语补足语是不带to 的不定式,变为被动语态时,该不定式前要加“to”。此类动词为感官动词。?
feel,hear,help,listen to,look at,make,observe,see,notice,watch?
The teacher made me go out of the classroom.老师把我赶出了教室。→I was made to go out of the classroom (by the teacher).我被老师赶出了教室。
2.情态动词+be+过去分词,构成被动语态。?
Coal can be used to produce electricity for agriculture and industry.?
煤可以用来发电以供应工农业生产。??
二、功能及用法
1.let 的用法?
1)当let后只有一个单音节动词,变被动语态时,可用不带to 的不定式。?
They let the strange go.?
The strange was let go.他们让那个陌生人走了。 ?
2)若let 后宾补较长时,let 通常不用被动语态,而用allow或permit 代替。?
The nurse let me go to see my classmate in the hospital.?
I was allowed/permitted to see my classmate in the hospital.护士让我去看望在医院的?同学?。
2.短语动词的被动语态?
短语动词是一个整体,不可丢掉后面的介词或副词。?
My sister will be taken care of by grandma.我妹妹将由奶奶来照顾。?
Such a thing has never been heard of before.那种事情以前从来没听说过。
3.表示“据说”或“相信” 的词组?
believe,consider,declare,expect,feel,report,say,see,suppose,think,understand ?
It is said that...据说?
It is reported that...据报道?
It is believed that...大家相信?
It is hoped that...大家希望?
It is well known that...众所周知?
It is thought that...大家认为?
It is suggested that...据建议?
It is taken granted that...被视为当然?
It has been decided that...大家决定?
It must be remembered that...务必记住的是……?
It is said that she will leave for Wuhan on Tuesday.据说她周二动身去武汉。
4.不用被动语态的情况?
1)不及物动词或某些动词短语无被动语态:?
appear,die disappear,end (vi.结束),fail,happen,last,lie,remain,sit,spread,stand,break out,come true,fall asleep,keep silence,lose heart,take place?
比较: rise,fall,happen是不及物动词;raise,seat是及物动词。?
价格上涨了。?
(错)The price has been risen.?
(对)The price has risen.?
事故发生在上周。?
(错)The accident was happened last week.?
(对) The accident happened last week.?
要想正确地使用被动语态,就须注意哪些动词是及物的,哪些是不及物的。特别是一词多义的动词往往有两种用法。解决这一问题惟有在学习过程中多留意积累。?
2)不能用于被动语态的及物动词或动词短语: ?
fit,have,hold,marry,own,wish,cost,notice,watch agree with,arrive at/in,shake hands with,succeed in,suffer from,happen to,take part in,walk into,belong to?
Your story agrees with what had already been heard.你的故事跟我们听到的相符。?
3)系动词无被动语态: ?
appear,be become,fall,feel,get,grow,keep,look,remain,seem,smell, sound,stay,taste,turn?
It sounds good.这听起来不错。?
4)带同源宾语的及物动词、反身代词、相互代词,不能用于被动语态: ?
die,death,dream,live,life?
She dreamed a bad dream last night.她昨天晚上做了一个噩梦。?
5)当宾语是不定式时,很少用于被动语态。?
她喜欢游泳。?
(对)She likes to swim.?
(错)To swim is liked by her.
5.主动形式表示被动意义?
1) wash,clean,cook,iron,look,cut,sell,read,wear,feel,draw,write,sell,drive...?
The book sells well.这本书销路好。?
This knife cuts easily.这刀子很好用。?
2)blame,let(出租),remain,keep,rent,build?
I was to blame for the accident.对于这起事故我应受责备。?
Much work remains.还剩下好多活。?
3)在need,require,want,worth(形容词),deserve后的动名词必须用主动形式。?
The door needs repairing.=The door needs to be repaired.这扇门需要修了。?
This room needs cleaning.这房间应该打扫一下。?
This book is worth reading.这本书值得一读。?
4)特殊结构:make sb.heard/understood(使别人能听见/理解自己)?
have sth.done (要某人做某事)。
6.被动形式表示主动意义?
be determined,be pleased,be graduated (from),be finished,be prepared (for),be ?occupied? (in),get married He is graduated from a famous university.他毕业于一所有名的大学。?
注意: 表示同某人结婚,用marry sb. 或get married to sb. 都可。?
He married a rich girl.?
他娶了一个有钱的女孩。?
He got married to a rich girl.
7.need/want/require/worth?
注意:当 need,want,require,worth(形容词)后面接doing也可以表示被动。?
Your hair wants cutting.你的头发该理了。?
The floor requires washing. 地板需要冲洗。?
The book is worth reading.这本书值得一读。
【考点诠释】
考点一、一般现在时与现在进行时
1.一般现在时
(1)考查表示按时间表将要发生的动作或事件
例1—Look at the timetable. Hurry up! Flight 1026 _______ off at 18: 20.
A. takes B. took C. will be taken D. has taken
【解析】飞机起非的时间是时间表上的安排,所以无论将来什么时候发生都用一般现在时,答案应是A。
(2)考查表示特征、能力或现时的情况或状态
例2 This machine _______. It hasn’t worked for years.
A. didn’t work B. wasn’t working C. doesn’t work D. isn’t working
例3 The house belongs to my aunt but she _______ here any more.
A. hasn’t lived B. didn’t live C. had lived D. doesn’t live
【解析】句中的谓语动词是现在时,故不住在这里也应该是现时的情况,答案应为D。
(3)考查表示普遍真理、事实
例4Months ago we sailed ten thousand miles across this open sea, which _______ the Pacific, and we met no storms.
A. was called B. is called C. had been called D. has been called
【解析】尽管我们横渡太平洋是几个月前的事情,但是海洋的名称是存在的事实,所以用一般现在时,答案是B。
2.现在进行时
(1)考查表示现在或现阶段正在进行的动作或发生的事
例5 I have to go to work by taxi because my car _______ at the garage.
A. will be repaired B. is repaired C. is being repaired D. has been repaired
【解析】句中的谓语动词是现在时态,所以现在汽车正在被修理,故答案选C。
例6 Since I won the big prize, my telephone hasn’t stopped ringing. People _______ to ask how I am going to spend the money.
A. phone B. will phone C. were phoning D. are phoning
(2)考查表示某个按最近的计划或安排将要进行的动作、即将开始或结束的动作
常用的这类动词有:go, come, leave, arrive, land, meet, move, return, start, stay, stop, give, change, fly, work等。
例7Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belt. The plane _______.
A. takes off B. is taking off
C. has taken off D. took off
1.一般过去时
主要考查表示过去某个特定时间或某一段时间发生的动作或情况
例8It’s said that the early European playing-cards ________ for entertainment and
education.
A. were being designed B. have designed C. have been designed D. were designed
【解析】句中的the early说明以前欧洲扑克牌的设计是为了娱乐和教育,用一般过去时说明过去某个特定时间发生的动作或情况,答案是D。
例9My cousin went to Canada two years ago. He _______ there for a few months and then went to America.
A. worked B. would work C. would be working D. has been working
【解析】此题中的two years ago说明是发生在过去的事情,所以答案是A。
2.过去进行时
(1)考查表示过去某一时刻或某阶段正在发生的动作,强调未完成
例10—Has Sam finished his homework today
—I have no idea. He _______ it this morning.
A. did B. has done C. was doing D. had done
(2)考查表示过去某一时间将要发生的动作
例11—What were you doing when Tony phoned you
—I had just finished my work and _______ take a shower. A. had started B. started C. have started D. was starting
【解析】“我”刚刚完成手头的工作,将要去洗澡,所以答案是D。
一般过去时与过去进行时的区别如下:
一般过去时:完成性
过去进行时:未完成
考点三、现成完成时与现在完成进行时
1.现成完成时
(1)考查表示所发生的动作或事情对现在的影响或产生的结果
例12Although medical science _______ control over several dangerous diseases, what worries us is that some of them are returning.
A. achieved B. has achieved C. will achieve D. had achieved
【解析】尽管句中未出现时间状语,我们从句意可以判断出医学已经控制住了一些危险的疾病,所以答案是B。
(2)考查表示一个从过去某个时间开始,延续到现在的动作
例13My friend, who _______ on the International Olympic Committee all his life, is retiring next month.
A. served B. is serving C. had served D. has served
【解析】此题中的时间状语all his life 说明我的朋友从过去到现在一直在奥委会工作,答案应是D。
例14My brother is an actor. He _______ in several films so far.
A. appears B. appeared C. has appeared D. is appearing
2.现成完成进行时
主要考查表示一个从过去某时开始发生,一直延续到现在并可能延续下去的动作。
例15Now that she is out of a job, Lucy _______ going back to school, but she hasn’t decided yet.
A. had considered B. has been considering C. consider D. is going to consider
【解析】因为失业,Lucy一直考虑重返校园,但是到现在还没做出决定,所以答案为B。
现在完成时与现在完成进行时的区别如下:
现在完成时:完成性     强调动作的结果
现在完成进行时:未完成性  动作在不久前持续进行的情景
考点四、 主动表示被动的三种情况
1. 不及物动词与状语连用,用以表示主语的品质和状态。
常见动词是:cut, sell, read, write, fill, cook, lock, wash, drive, keep等。
2. 一些连系动词的主动式+形容词。
常见动词是:look, smell, taste, sound, feel, prove, turn out等。
请同学们看下面一道题:
例16The roast duck_______delicious and a lot_______in two hours.
A. was tasted; was sold B. tasted; was sold C. was tasted; sold D. tasted; would sell
【解析】根据所给情景,taste应为连系动词,英语中连系动词不用被动语态,所以第一空填tasted,后半句意为“烤鸭两小时内被卖掉很多”,所以答案为B。
上题可以变化如下:
例17The roast dark which Mr and Mrs White prepared_______well.
A. sold B. had been sold C. was sold D. would sell
3. 五个“发生”: happen, take place, occur to, break out,come about等。
例18is well known to everyone, the Olympic Games_______every four years.
A. It; are heldB. As; take place C. That; happen?D. As; break out
【解析】本题考查定语从句和表示“发生”等词的用法。A项it 不对,are held正确,改成以下句子正确:It is well known to everyone that the Olympic Games are held every four years. C、D项中That与break out不妥,B项中as引导的定语从句修饰the Olympic ... 整个句子,take place相当于are held,所以答案为B。
考题名师诠释 ??
【例1】What we used to think impossible now does seem possible.
A.is B.was C.has been D.will be
解析:句意为:我们原先认为不可能的事,如今确实显得可能了。此句貌似简单,实则相当复杂。What we used to think为主语从句的主语从句,答案was为主语从句的谓语动词,主句的谓语动词为一般现在时。
答案:B
【例2】was giving a talk to a large group of people,the same talk I to half a dozen other groups.
A.was giving B.am giving C.had given D.have given
解析:我在给一大群人做报告,与给其余六组人做过的是同一个报告。
答案:C
链接·提示
依据上下文的时间概念,推断出所需要的时间(过去的过去)。
【例3】Look at the timetable.Hurry up!Flight 4026 off at 18:20!
A.takes B.took C.will be taken D.has taken
解析:按照规定、时间(刻)表安排定时进行了的动作,通常用一般现在时表达。句意为:看看时间表。快点!4026次航班在18点20分起飞。
答案:A
动词时态考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. “I _____ his telephone number.” “I have his number, but I ____ to bring my phone book.”
A. forget, forget B. forgot, forgot
C. forget, forgot D. forgot, forget
【陷阱】容易误选A,认为“忘记”是现在的事。
【分析】仔细体会一下对话的语境:第一个人说“我忘记他的电话号码了”,这个“忘记”应该是现在的情况,即现在忘记了,要不然就没有必要同对方说此话了,故第一空应填 forget;第二个人说“我有他的号码,但我忘记带电话本了”,这个“忘记”应该是过去的情况,即过去忘记带电话本,所以现在电话本不在身上(注意句中的转折连词 but),故第二空应填 forgot,即答案选应C。请再看一例:
— Oh, I ______ where he lives.
— Don’t you carry your address book
No, I ______ to bring it.
A. forget, forget B. forgot, forgot
C. forget, forgot D. forgot, forget
答案选C,理由同上。
2. I had hoped to see her off at the station, but I _____ too busy.
A. was B. had been
C. would be D. would have been
【陷阱】容易误选B或D,认为前句用了had hoped,所以此句谓语要用B或D与之呼应。
【分析】但正确答案为A,前一句谓语用had hoped,表示的是过去未曾实现的想法或打算,可以译为“本想”,而后一句说“我太忙”,这是陈述过去的一个事实,所以要用一般过去时。请做以下类似试题(答案均为A):
(1) We had hoped to catch the 10:20 train, but _____ it was gone.
A. found B. had found
C. would find D. would have found
(2) We had hoped that you would be able to visit us, but you _____.
A. didn’t B. hadn’t
C. needn’t D. would not have
(3) We had wanted to come to see him, but we ____ no time.
A. had B. had had
C. would have D. would have had
(4) I had expected to come over to see you last night, but someone ______ and I couldn’t get away.
A. called B. had called
C. would call D. would have called
(5) The traffic accident wouldn’t have happened yesterday, but the driver _______ really careless.
A. was B. is
C. were D. had been
3. Dear me! Just _____ at the time! I _____ no idea it was so late.
A. look, have B. looking, had
C. look, had D. looking, have
【陷阱】此题容易误选D,认为第一空用现在分词表伴随,第二空填 have 的一般现在时,以保持与前面时态的一致性。
【分析】其实,此题应选C,第一空应填 look, 因为这是祈使句的谓语;第二空应填 had,因为前一句说“看看时间吧”,这一看当然知道了现在很迟的情形,“不知道这么迟了”显然应是“过去”的事,故应用一般过去时态,许多同学由于忽略这一隐含的语境而误选。
4. “Your phone number again I _____ quite catch it.” “It’s 4331577”
A. didn’t B. couldn’t
C. don’t D. can’t
【陷阱】此题容易误选C,认为此处要用一般现在时态,表示现在“没听清对方的话”。
【分析】其实,此题答案应选A,根据上文的语境“请把你的电话号码再说一遍好吗 ”可知“没听清对方的电话号码”应是在说此话以前,故应用一般过去时态。请看以下类似试题:
(1) “Mr Smith isn’t coming tonight.” “ But he _____.”
A. promises B. promised
C. will promise D. had promised
答案选B,“他答应(要来)”应发生在过去。
(2) “Hey, look where you are going!” “Oh, I’m terribly sorry. _____.”
A. I’m not noticing B. I wasn’t noticing
C. I haven’t noticed D. I don’t notice
答案选B,“我没注意”是对方提醒之前的事,现经对方一提醒,当然注意到了。
(3) “Oh it’s you ! I ________ you.” “I’ve had my hair cut.”
A. didn’t realize B. haven’t realized
C. didn’t recognize D. don’t recognized
答案选C。“没认出是你”是说此话之前的事,说此话时显然已经认出了对方。
(4) “What’s her new telephone number ” “Oh, I _____.”
A. forget B. forgot
C. had forgotten D. am forgetting
此题应选A,从语境上看,“忘记”的时间应是现在,即指现在不记得了。
(5) “Since you’ve agreed to go, why aren’t you getting ready ” “But I ______ that you would have me start at once.”
A. don’t realize B. didn’t realize
C. hadn’t realized D. haven’t realized
答案选B。“没意识到”是对方提醒之前的事。
(6) “It’s twelve o’clock, I think I must be off now.” “Oh, really I ______ it at all.”
A. don’t realize B. haven’t realized
C. didn’t realize D. hadn’t realized
答案选C。“没意识到”是在听到的话之前的事。
5. Mr Smith ______ a book about China last year but I don’t know whether he has finished it.
A. has written B. wrote
C. had written D. was writing
【陷阱】容易误选B或C。
【分析】此题应选D,这是由 but I don’t know whether he has finished it 这一句话的语境决定的,全句意为“史密斯先生去年在写一本书,但我不知道他现在是否写完了”。有的同学可能由于受 last year的影响而误选B。但若选B,则句子前半部分的意思则变为“史密斯先生去年写了一本书”,既然是“写了”,那么这与下文的“但我不知道他现在是否写完了”相矛盾。
6. He has changed a lot. He _______ not what he _______.
A. is, is B. was, was
C. is, was D. was, is
【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能误选。
【分析】最佳答案选C,上文说“他”变化很大,即“他”现在不是过去的那个样子了,故第一空填is,第二空填 was(其实第二空也可用 used to be)。请看类例:
“What place is it ” “Haven’t you found out we _____ back where we ______ ”
A. were, had been B. have been, are
C. are, were D. are, had been
答案选C,We are back where we were 的意思是“我们(现在)又回到刚才来过的地方”。
7. He is very busy. I don’t know if he _____ or not tomorrow.
A. come B. comes
C. will come D. is coming
【陷阱】此题容易误选B。认为 if 引导的是条件状语从句,从句谓语要用一般现在时表示将来意义。
【分析】其实,此题答案应选C,句中if引导的不是条件状语从句(即if≠如果),而是宾语从句(即if=是否),句意为“他很忙,我不知道明天他是否会来。”请看以下类似试题:
(1) I don’t know if she _____, but if she ____ I will let you know.
A. comes, comes B. will come, will come
C. comes, will come D. will come, comes
答案选 D,第一个 if 引导的是宾语从句,第二个 if 引导的是条件状语从句。
(2) “When _____ he come ” “I don’t know, but when he _____, I’ll tell you.”
A. does, comes B. will, will come
C. does, will come D. will, comes
答案选 D,第一个 when 疑问副词,用于引出一个特殊疑问句;第二个 when是从属连词,用于引导时间状语从句。
(3) “When he _____ is not known yet.” “But when he ____, he will be warmly welcomed.”
A. comes, comes B. will come, will come
C. comes, will come D. will come, comes
答案选 D,第一个 when 引导的是主语从句,第二个 when引导的是时间状语从句。
8. The bridge, which _____ 1688, needs repairing.
A. is dated from B. was dated from
C. dates from D. dated from
【陷阱】此题容易误选B或D,认为句中用了 1688 这个过去时间,所以应选过去时态,又因为 date from 不用于被动语态,所以只能选D。
【分析】其实此题的最佳答案应是C,因为 date from 的意思是“自某时起存在至今”(=have existed since),它通常用于一般现在时,而不用过去时态(尽管其后接的总是表示过去的时间)。如:
The church dates from 1176. 这座教堂是六世纪建的。
The castle dates from the 14th century. 这座城堡是14世纪建的。
但若所谈论的东西现在已不复存在,则可用一般过去时。如:
The church, which dated from the 13th century, was destroyed in an earthquake two years ago. 那座教堂是13世纪建成的,两年前在一次地震中被毁了。
注:与 date from 同义的 date back to 也有类似用法。
9. “You’ve left the light on.” “Oh, so I have. _____ and turn it off.”
A. I’ll go B. I’ve gone
C. I go D. I’m going
【陷阱】容易误选D。
【分析】A和D两者均可表示将来,填入空格处似乎都可以。但实际上只有A是最佳的,因为根据上下文的语境来看,“我去把灯关掉”这一行为是说话人听了对方的话后临时想到的,而不是事先准备的。而按英语习惯:will 和 be going to后接动词原形均可表示意图,但意图有强弱之分,如果是事先考虑过的意图,要用 be going to;如果不是事先考虑过的,而是说话时刻才临时想到的意图,则用 will。比较:
“I’ve come out without any money.” “Never mind, I will lend you some.” “我出来没带钱。”“没关系,我借给你。”(句中用will lend,表示“借”钱给对方是临时想到的,即听了对方的话后临时作出的反应)
I’ve bought a typewriter and I’m going to learn to type. 我买了台打字机,我想学打字。(句中用 be going to learn to type,表示说话人要学打字是事先准备的,并为此买了台打字机)
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. Look at that little boy wandering about — perhaps he _____ his mother.
A. will lose B. is losing
C. had lost D. has lost
2. It’s good that we _____ to the park because it’s started to rain.
A. don’t go B. hadn’t gone
C. didn’t go D. wasn’t going
3. I _____ for five minutes; why don’t they come
A. am calling B. called
C. was calling D. have been calling
4. You _____ your turn so you’ll have to wait.
A. will miss B. have missed
C. are missing D. had missed
5. We _____ to move but are still considering where to go to.
A. are deciding B. decided
C. have decided D. had decided
6. I left my pen on the desk and now it’s gone; who _____ it
A. took B. has taken
C. will take D. had taken
7. They won’t buy any new clothes because they _____ money to buy a new car.
A. save B. were saving
C. have saved D. are saving
8. I _____ your last point — could you say it again
A. didn’t quite catch B. don’t quite catch
C. hadn’t quite catch D. can’t quite catch
9. You’ll never guess who I met today — my old teacher! We _____ for 20 years.
A. don’t meet B. haven’t met
C. hadn’t met D. couldn’t meet
10. I feel sure I _____ her before somewhere.
A. was to meet B. have met
C. had met D. would meet
11. They haven’t arrived yet but we _____ them at any moment.
A. are expected B. have expected
C. are expecting D. will expect
12. I think you must be mistaken about seeing him at the theatre; I’m sure he _____ abroad all week.
A. is B. was
C. has been D. had been
13. The students _______ busily when Miss Brown went to get a book she _______ in the office. 
A. had written, left  B. were writing, has left
C. had written, had left  D. were writing, had left
14. I tried to phone her, but even as I _____ she was leaving the building.
A. phoned B. would phone
C. had phoned D. was phoning
15. “I suppose you _____ that report yet ” “I finished it yesterday, as a matter of fact.”
A. didn’t finish B. haven’t finished
C. hadn’t finished D. wasn’t finishing
16. —Didn’t the guard see him breaking into the bank
—No, he _______ in the other direction.
A. was looking B. had looked
C. looked D. is looking
17. How can you possibly miss the news It _______ on TV all day long.
A. has been B. had been
C. was D. will be
18. “I thought you might have got drunk.” “Yes, I ______.”
A. almost have B. almost had
C. almost did D. might have
19. You ______ television. Why not do something more active
A. always watch B. are always watching
C. have always watched D. have always been watching
20. “I took part in the TOEFL. It was really hard.” “Did you ______ a lot ”
A. Have you studied B. Did you study
C. Had you studied D. Do you study
21. “What’s your opinion on the matter, please ” “Oh, sorry, I _______.”
A. wasn’t to listen B. haven’t listened
C. wasn’t listening D. hadn’t listened
22. “Aha, you’re a chain smoker!” “Only at home. Nobody _______ that but you.”
A. discovered B. had discovered
C. discovers D. is discovering
23. The telephone _______ three times in the last hour, and each time it ________ for my father.
A. had rang; was B. has rung; was
C. rang; has been D. has been ringing; is
24. The thief tried to break away from the policeman who ______ him, but failed.
A. has held B. had held
C. was holding D. would hold
25. When I arrived at the company, the manager ______, so we had only time for a few words.
A. just went away B. had gone away
C. was just going away D. has just gone away
26. “John took a photograph of you just now.” “Oh, really I ______.”
A. didn’t know B. wasn’t knowing
C. don’t know D. haven’t known
27. “Mike is not coming to the football game this afternoon.” “It’s a shame! He _______!”
A. promises B. promised
C. will promise D. had promised
28. Please call again. Jim _______ a bath just now.
A. has had B. was having
C. is having D. has
29. “Was Andrew there when you arrived ” “Yes, but he ______ home soon afterwards.”
A. had gone B. has gone
C. is going D. went
30. “Where is Mother.” “She is in the kitchen. She _______ the housework all morning.”
A. is doing B. was doing
C. has done D. has been doing
31. The books, ________ the dictionaries, must be put back where they ________.
A. included; were B. to include; are
C. including; were D. including; are
【答案与解析】
1. 选D。根据那个小男孩徘徊的现象,推知他可能是找不到妈妈了。用现在完成时表示结果。
2. 选C。句意为“好在我们(刚才)没有去公园,因为天(现在)已经开始下雨了”。
3. 选D。用现在完成进行时表示持续到现在的一段时间。
4. 选B,用现在完成时表示结果,即你已经错过了机会,其结果是:你只能等。
5. 选C。用现在完成时表示影响。
6. 选B。用现在完成时表示影响或结果,即现在笔不见了,是由于某人已经把它拿走了的结果。
7. 选D。用现在进行时表示现在正在进行的动作。
8. 选A。从下文的语境看,既然现在叫对方重复一遍,说明“没听清对方的最后一点”应发生在过去(即说此话之前)。
9. 选B。用现在完成时表示从过去持续到现在的一段时间。
10. 选B。before 用作副词时不与具体时间连用,泛指“以前”,通常与一般过去时或现在完成时连用。
11. 选C。用现在进行时表示目前的一种状态。
12. 选C。用现在完成时表示影响或结果,即他整个星期都在国外,所以你说你在剧院见过他,你一定是搞错了。
13. 选D。“把书忘在办公室”发生在“去取书”这一过去的动作之前,因此“忘了书”这一动作发生在过去的过去,用过去完成时。句中when表示的是时间的一点,表示在“同学们正忙于……”这一背景下,when所引导的动作发生。因此前一句应用过去进行时。
14. 选D。注意even as 的意思,它表示“正当……的时候”或“恰当……的时候”。
15. 选B。注意下文语境——事实上,我昨天就做完了。从该回答的语气上推测,填空处应填现在完成时态。
16. 选A。表示当时正在进行的动作。
17. 选A。表示目前一种持续的状态。
18. 选C。句中的 might have got drunk是对过去情况的推测,故答句所指的情况也应在过去,故选C。
19. 选B。always 与进行时态连用,可以表示高兴、满意、抱怨、厌恶等感彩。
20. 选C。根据took的时态可知,“参加托福考试”发生在过去;而对方问“是否努力学习过 ”这肯定问的是参加考试以前的事,故用过去完成时。
21. 选C。“没听”肯定是刚才的事,所以应用过去时态。
22. 选C。答句陈述的是客观事实,故用一般现在时态。
23. 选B。按英语语法,“in the last [past]+一段时间”通常与现在完成时连用。
24. 选C。用过去进行时表示当时在持续的一种状态。
25. 选C。由于下文说we had only time for a few words,说明“经理”正准备离开。
26. 选A。“不知道”是对方告诉自己之前的事,故用一般过去时。
27. 选B。根据语境,他“答应”发生在过去,故用一般过去时。
28. 选C。just now 有两个意思:一是表示“刚才”,此时just now 为习语;二是表示“现在”、“眼前”、“就在此时”,此时 just 意为“正好”、“恰好”,用以修饰副词now。根据句子语境,句中的 just now 应取上面的第二个意思。
29. 选D。Andrew“回家”发生在你见到他(发生在过去)之后不久。
30. 选 D。现在完成进行时表示从过去至今一直在持续的动作。
31. 选 C。第一空including不填 included,因为其后带有宾语;第二填 were,是因为它是指“原来放的地方”。
被动语态考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. “Do you like the material ” “Yes, it _____ very soft.”
A. is feeling B. felt
C. feels D. is felt
【陷阱】此题容易误选D,想当然地根据“这布料摸起来很柔软”这一句意,认为“布料”应是“被摸”,所以 feel 选用被动语态。
【分析】其实,此题正确答案为C,因为 feel 在此为连系动词,而连系动词均为不及物动词,不能用于被动语态,尽管有时其汉语意思有被动意味。请看以下类似例子 (答案均为D):
(1) Her forehead _____ hot. I’m afraid she is ill.
A. is feeling B. felt
C. is felt D. feels
(2) The new school has been completed. It _____ very beautiful.
A. is looked B. looked
C. has looked D. looks
(3) The dish _____ nice, but the milk _____ sour.
A. is smelt, is smelt B. is smelt, smells
C. smells, is smelt D. smells, smells
(4) The story of his life _____ interesting.
A. is sounded B. is sounding
C. has sounded D. sounds
2. He was angry _____ your work. He said that he _____ at all.
A. at, didn’t satisfy B. to, didn’t satisfy
C. at, wasn’t satisfied D. to, wasn’t satisfied
【陷阱】几个干扰项均有可能被误选。
【分析】最佳答案为C。 be angry at (about) sth 意为“对某事生气”,许多同学常按汉语意思将其中的介词 at (about) 换成 to,这是错误的。另外,许多同学将汉语的“不满意”直译为 not satisfy,这是是不对的,因为,satisfy在现代英语中只用作及物动词,其意不是“满意”而是“使(人)满意”,所以其后不能没有宾语,除非本身是被动语态(或是系表结构)。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. The president _____ a cool reception when he visited London.
A. gave B. was given
C. had given D. had been given
2. A red sky in the morning _____ to be a sign of bad weather.
A. says B. is saying
C. has said D. is said
3 If you go there alone after dark you might get _____.
A. attacked and robbed B. attacking and robbing
B. to attack and rob D. to be attacked and robbed
4. What I wanted to know was when and where the meeting ______.
A. was holding B. had held
C. was to hold D. was to be held
5. New medicines and instruments ______ every day to extend life.
A. develop B. are being developed
C. are developing D. have developed
6. I’ll come after the meeting if time ______.
A. permits B. is permitting
C. is permitted D. has permitted
7. The students _____ £50 a year to cover the cost of books and stationery.
A. give B. are given
C. have given D. to give
8. With the development of science, more new technology _______ to the fields of IT.
A. has introduced B. is being introduced
C. is introduced D. was introduced
9.”How about the dishes, Dear ” “The beef didn’t taste very good. It ______ too long.”
A. cooked B. had been cooked
C. was cooked D. had cooked
10. He kept a little notebook, in which ______ the names and addresses of his friends.
A. wrote  B. was writing
C. was written D. were written
11. “Look! Everything here is under construction.” “What is the small building that ______for ”
A. is being building B. has been built
C. is built D. is being built
12. Hundreds of jobs _______ if the factory closes.
A. lose B. will be lost
C. are lost D. will lose
13. A red sky in the morning ______ to be a sign of bad weather.
A. says B. is saying
C. has said D. is said
14. New medicines and instruments ______ every day to extend life.
A. develop B. are being developed
C. are developing D. have developed
【答案与解析】
1. 选B。一方面语意要求要被动语态,另一方面从句时态暗示主句应用一般过去时。
2. 选D。此句也可说成 It is said that a red sky in the morning is a sign of bad weather.
3. 选A,“get + 过去分词”表被动。
4. 选D,从逻辑上说,“会议”应是被开,故用被动式。
5. 选B。从语境上看,develop 不仅要用被动语态,而且要用进行时态。
6. 选A,该用法中的 permit 为不及物动词,不用被动语态。其中if time permits 也可换成 time permitting。
7. 选B。谓语为 give sb sth 结构的被动语态形式。
8. 选B。技术应该是“被”引进,故用被动语态;根据语境句子应用现在进行时。
9. 选B。从句意上看,“牛肉”应该是“被”煮,故句子要用被动语态;从时间上看,由于句中有 didn’t taste very good,所以“煮得太久”应该在这一过去时间之前,故用过去完成时。
10. 选D。in which were written the names and addresses…为倒装句式,其正常表达为 the names and addresses of his friends were written in the notebook。
11. 选D。因为 building 应该是“被建”,故用被动语态;再根据前文的 look, under construction 等信息词可知,此处应用现在进行时态。
12. 选B。jobs与lose应为被动关系,故用被动语态;再根据条件状语从句中的一般现在时可知主句以用一般将来时为宜。
13. 选D。因为主语 a red sky 与谓语动词say之间为被动关系,故用被动语态。
14. 选B。因为“新的药物和器械”与“开发”之间为被动关系,故用被动语态。
【试题放送】
1. 2013年高考英语【安徽卷】24. I’m calling about the apartment you ______ the other day. Could you tell me more about it
A. advertised B. had advertised C. are advertising D. will advertise
24. A。本题考查动词时态。此题的解题关键是句中的时间状语the other day,这个时间状语跟一般过去时态连用,没有例外。
【句意】我在电话咨询你前几天登广告的公寓。可以再告诉我一些信息吗?
【小窍门】做动词时态题,很重要的一个方法就是找出句中的时间状语。
2. 2013年高考英语【北京卷】23. Shakespeare’s play Hamlet ______ into at least ten different films over the past years.
A. had been made . B. was made C. has been made D. would be made
23. C。本题考查动词的时态。本题的解题关键是后面的时间状语over the past years,这种时间状态,通常都是跟现在完成时态连用的,因此锁定答案。
【拓展】现在完成时态有两种用法,其中一种是表示一个动作从过去的某个时候发生,一直延续到现在,此时,经常使用的时间状语有:so far,up to/till now,for …years,since…,over/in/during the past … years,等等。
【句意】在过去的几年中,莎士比亚的《哈姆雷特》已经被制作成至少十部不同的电影。
3. 2013年高考英语【北京卷】25. --- Do you think Mom and Dad ______ late
--- No, Swiss Air is usually on time.
A. were B. will be C. would be D. have been
25. B。本题考查动词的时态。从句意看,是对将来情况的一种推测,故应该用一般将来时态。
【句意】— 你认为爸妈会晚到吗?— 不,瑞士航班总是准点。
4. 2013年高考英语【北京卷】28. Hurry up! Mark and Carl ______ us.
A. expect B. are expecting C. have expected D. will expect
28. B。本题考查动词的时态。既然是让人家快点,那别人就一定是正在等,因此锁定正确答案。
【句意】快点!Mark和Carol正在等我们呢。
5. 2013年高考英语【北京卷】32. --- So what is the procedure
--- All the applicants ______ before a final decision is made by the authority.
A. interview B. are interviewing
C. are interviewed D. are being interviewed
32. C。本题考查动词的时态语态。从语态看,申请者是被面试,排除选项A,B;从时态看,既然是程序,那就应该用一般现在时来表达,排除选项D。
【句意】—程序如何? — 权威部门做出最终决定之前,所有的申请者都要接受面试。
6. 2013年高考英语【福建卷】23. The famous musician, as well as his students, ____ to perform at the opening ceremony of the 2012 Taipei Flower Expo.
A. were invited B. was invited C. have been invited D. has been invited
23. B。本题考查时态及主谓一致。主语是单数,尽管后面跟有介词或介词词组作附属修饰语,谓语动词仍用单数形式。排除A和C;2012 Taipei Flower Expo是一个过去的时间,动作已经发生,和现在没有关系,没必要用现在完成时,排除D。
【句意】这个著名的音乐家和他的学生被邀请在2012年的台北花展上演出。
7. 2013年高考英语【福建卷】26. The girl has a great interest in sport and ____ badminton classes twice a week over the last three years.
A. took B. is taking C. takes D. has been taking
26. D。本题考查动词时态。A是一般过去时,B是现在进行时,C是一般现在时,D是现在完成进行时over the last three years.常用于完成时,所以选D。
【句意】这个女孩很喜欢运动,在过去的三年时间一直坚持每周上两次羽毛球兴趣班。
8. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】22.“What do you want to be?” asked Mrs. Crawford. “Oh,I________ president,” said the boy, with a smile.
A.have been B.am C.was D.will be
22. D。考查动词时态。从题干want可判断出本题考查一般将来时。解题技巧:要善于在语境明确时态,如;want, intend, plan, mean, expect等表示计划打算的动词,隐含着将来意义。
【句意】“你长大了想干什么?”Crawford先生问道,男孩笑着说:“我想当总统。”
9. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】24.Around two o'clock every night, Sue will start talking in her dream. It somewhat ________ us.
A.bothers B.had bothered
C.would bother D.bothered
24. A。考查动词时态。解题思路:从状语around two o’clock every night可判断出,本句要用一般现在时,will start表示现在的趋势而非将来时,故选择A。
【句意】每晚两点左右,他总是开始说梦话,多少总会打搅我们。
10. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】26.If nothing ________, the oceans will turn into fish deserts.
A.does B.had been done
C.will do D.is done
26. D。考查动词时态语态——一般现在时的被动语态。解题思路:根据”主将从现”原则, if引导的条件状语从句中用一般现在时表将来,排除B、C;nothing做主语,和do构成动宾关系,排除A,选择D。
【句意】如果不采取措施,海洋将成为鱼类的沙漠(海洋鱼类资源面临枯竭)。
11. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】27.—Have you heard about the recent election
—Sure, it ________the only thing on the news for the last three days.
A.would be B.is
C.has been D.will be
27. C。考查动词时态——现在完成时。从上文have you heard判断是现在范畴的时态,for the last three days是现在完成时的标志词,故选择C。
12. 2013年高考英语【湖南卷】34.—I don't understand why you didn't go to the lecture yesterday aftermoon.
—I'm so sorry, But I ________ my homework.
A.had done B.was doing
C.would do D.am doing
34. B。考查动词时态——过去进行时。解题思路:从didn’t you和yesterday afternoon都说明过去时态,故排除C、D,过去进行时表示过去某时正在进行的动作,说明昨天下午正在做什么。
13. 2013年高考英语【江苏卷】21. Generally, students’ inner motivation with high expectations from others ______ essential to their development.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
21. A。本题考查时态及主谓一致用法。分析句子结构,主语为students’ inner motivation with high expectations from others,中心词为inner motivation,显然为第三人称单数。再根据generally(一般说来),可见讲通常情况,所以用一般现在时。故选择A。
【句意】一般说来,他人对其期望值高的学生的内在动机对自身的发展是至关重要的。
14. 2013年高考英语【江苏卷】25. —Could I use your car tomorrow morning
—Sure. I ______ a report at home.
A. will be writing B. will have written
C. have written D. have been writing21世纪教育网
25. A。本题考查动词时态。解题关键:对话双方谈论同一话题,自然时间一致,时态也相互关联。本题中关键时间状语为tomorrow morning,所以回答时用将来进行时,表示“明天上午我将在家写报告”,用将来进行时。所以选A。
【句意】——明天上午我可以用你的汽车吗?
——当然可以。那时候,我将在家写报告呢。
15. 2013年高考英语【江苏卷】27. “Never for a second,” the boy says, “______ that my father would come to my rescue.”
A. I doubted B. do I doubt C. I have doubted D. did I doubt
27. D。本题考查动词时态和倒装。当否定词或具有否定含义的短语置于句首时,句子要用部分倒装。本题中,Never for a second置于句首,所以句子倒装,故先排除A,C。再根据已知时态would come to…,可知在讲发生过的事情,用过去时,故选D。
【句意】“没有一秒,”男孩说,“我怀疑过我爸爸会来救我。”
16. 2013年高考英语【江苏卷】234. —What about your self-drive trip yesterday
—Tiring! The road is being widened, and we ______ a rough ride.
A. had B. have C. would have D. have had
34. A。本题考查动词时态。A是一般过去时;B是一般现在时;C是过去将来时;D是现在完成时。本题关键时间点就是yesterday,所以讲昨天的事情,故用一般过去时,选A。
【拓展】时态题关键是找准句子的时间的基点,例如本题就是抓住yesterday。
【句意】——昨天的自驾游如何?
——太累人了!道路正在拓宽,开起来真不容易!
17. 2013年高考英语【江西卷】35. I ________ to visit you later that day, but I had to phone and cancel.
A. come B. came C. am coming D. was coming
35.D.考查动词时态。本题的题眼是that day和but.由that day可断定应该用过去的某种时态。A.一般现在时;B.一般过去时;C.现在进行时;D.过去进行时。排除A与C。根据but可知,“我打算来,但不得不打电话取消”,对于come、go、arrive等位置转移的动词可以用进行时表达将来意义。因此,答案是D.
【句意】尽管那天我打算来呢,我还是打电话取消了。
18. 2013年高考英语【辽宁卷】22. He was unhappy when he sold his guitar. After all, he _____ it for a very long time.
A. has had B. had had C. has D. had
22. B。本题考查动词时态。A是现在完成时,B是过去完成时,C是一般现在时,D是一般过去时。根据本题中已知时态was和sold可知,讲的是发生在过去的事情,所以排除A,C。再根据时间状语for a very long time,可知要用完成时。而买吉他是在最终卖掉吉他之前,很明显是“过去的过去”,所以用过去完成时。故选B。
【句意】他卖掉吉他的时候是很不开心的。毕竟,他已经拥有这把吉他很久了。
19. 2013年高考英语【辽宁卷】26. At no time _____ the rules of the game. It was unfair to punish them.
A. they actually broke B. do they actually break
C. did they actually break D. they had actually broken
26. C。本题考查动词时态和部分倒装用法。当否定词或具有否定含义的短语置于句首时,句子要用部分倒装。at no time意为“绝不,在任何时候都不”,置于句首用部分倒装,故排除A,D。再根据已知时态was,可知讲的是过去的情况,所以选择C。
【句意】事实上他们绝对没有违反游戏规则。惩罚他们是不公平的。
20. 2013年高考英语【辽宁卷】30. We are confident that the environment ______ by our further efforts to reduce pollution.
A. had been improved B. will be improved
C. is improved D. was improved
30. B。本题考查动词时态。A. 是过去完成时 B. 是一般将来时 C. 是一般现在时 D.是一般过去时。根据已知时态we are confident,可以先排除A,D。再根据our further efforts,可确知讲将来的事情。所以用将来时。故选B。
【句意】我们非常有信心,在我们进一步减少污染的努力之下,环境将得到改善。
21. 2013年高考英语【山东卷】24. I didn’t think I’d like the movie, but actually it _____ pretty good.21世纪教育网
A. has been B. was C. had been D. would
24.B本题考查动词的时态用法。由语境中I didn’t think I’d like the movie一般过去时可知,我原以为我不会喜欢电影,后半句中but表转折可知:这个电影已经看过,还是不错的。故选B。A项has been为现在完成时,强调对现在造成的影响和结果;B项was为一般过去时,就是指上句提到的那部电影是不错的,符合句意;C项had been为过去完成时,它强调的是“过去的过去”,不符合本句的语言环境;D项would be为过去将来时,指的是过去的将来所要发生的事情,本题评价的是已经看完的电影的好坏。
【句意】我想我不喜欢这部电影,但事实上它是一部好电影。
22. 2013年高考英语【山东卷】27. --- Oh no! We’re too late. The train _____.
----That’s OK. We’ll catch the next train to London.
A. was leaving B. had left C. has left D. has been leaving
27. C。本题考查时态的运用。A项was leaving为过去进行时,指的是过去的某一时刻正在发生或进行的事;B项had left为过去完成时,强调的是“过去的过去”;C项has left为现在完成时,强调对现在造成的影响和结果,指的是火车已经开走了,赶不上这趟车了;而D项has been leaving为现在完成进行时,强调的动作的延续,说火车还在离开着,显然不合乎常理,而且leave也是一个非延续性动词,可排除D项。
【句意】——噢,不!我们来得太晚了。火车已经离开了。
——好吧。我们坐下一班火车去伦敦。
23. 2013年高考英语【陕西卷】11. On Monday mornings it usually ______ me an hours to drive to work although the actual distance is only 20 miles.
A. takes B. is taking C. took D. will take
11. A。本题考查动词时态。本题的关键词是usually以及让步状语从句中的谓语动词is,据此可以判断句子用一般现在时态。
【句意】每周一早上我通常花费一个小时开车去上班,尽管实际距离只有20英里。
24. 2013年高考英语【陕西卷】17. Jim ______ a late night film at home when, right in the middle of a thrilling scene, the television went blank.
A. watched B. had watched C. was watching D. would be watching
17. C。本题考查动词的时态。“某个动作正在进行,就在此时,另一个动作发生了”这种情况下,前一个动作用过去进行时,后一个动作用一般过去时。
【句意】深夜Jim正在家里看一个电影,就在一个恐怖镜头的当中,电视突然一片空白。
25. 2013年高考英语【上海卷】27. Bob called to tell his mother that he couldn’t enter the house, for he ______ his key at school.
A. had left B. would leave C. was leaving D. has left
27. 答案:A
解析:题干意思是:鲍伯打电话给他的妈妈说他不能进房子,因为他把钥匙忘在学校了。本句中的called标明动作发生在过去,而在电话之前忘记拿钥匙,所以应用had left表示过去的过去的动作。
26. 2013年高考英语【上海卷】29. The school board is made up of parents who ______ to make decisions about school affairs.
A. had been elected B. had elected
C. have been elected D. have elected
29. 答案:C
解析:题干的意思是:“这个学校董事会是由已经当选,并为学校事务做决定的父母组成的”。父母是被选上,用被动语态,排除选项B,D。再根据关键信息is made up of用的是现在时,可知选举一事对现在有影响,所以用现在完成时。
27. 2013年高考英语【四川卷】3. Hurry up, kids! The school bus ________ for us!
A. waits B. was waiting C. waited D. is waiting
3. D。本题考查动词的时态。既然让孩子们快点,那校车就一定是正在等,而不可能是过去在等,排除选项B和C;一般现在时表示经常发生的动作,显然不合适,排除选项A。
【句意】孩子们快点!校车在等我们!
28. 2013年高考英语【天津卷】13. The water supply has been cut off temporarily because the workers ______ one of the
main pipes.
A. had repaired B. have repaired C. repaired D. are repairing
D。本题考查动词的时态运用。had repaired为过去完成时,强调的是“过去的过去”;have repaired为现在完成时,强调对现在造成的结果或影响;repaired为一般过去时,强调过去的某一时间发生的动作;are repairing为现在进行时,强调现在正在发生或进行的动作,符合句意,正在维修一条主管道成为了临时停水的原因。
【句意】水资源供应被临时切断是因为工人们正在维修一条主管道。
29. 2013年高考英语【新课标II卷】7. We ______ very early so we packed the night before.
A. leave B. had left C. were leaving D. have left
7. C。本题考查动词的时态。were leaving 是用进行时态表示将要发生的动作,头天晚上就打包的原因就是第二天要早早出发,打包发生在过去,而出发是发生在将来。整个句子描述的是一个发生在过去的事情,排除选项A和D;如果用B,那就是打包之前已经出发了,语意不通,排除。
【句意】我们很早就要出发,所以头天晚上我们就打包了。
30. 2013年高考英语【新课标I卷】24. If we _________ now to protect the environment, we’ll live to regret it.
A. hadn’t acted B. haven’t acted C. don’t act D. won’t act
24. C 本题考查时态。A是过去完成时;B是现在完成时;C是一般现在时;D是一般将来时。if在句中作“如果”解,引导一个条件状语从句,但有可能是一个虚拟条件句,也可能是一个真实条件句。如果是虚拟条件句的话,题干中的now提示,这有可能是一个表示与现在事实相反的假设,这时if从句中的谓语动词用过去式acted,而选项中没有该形式,由此判断if引导一个真实条件句。在真实条件句中,谓语动词涉及到将来动作时,要用一般现在时代替一般将来时,用现在完成时代替将来完成时,这样答案锁定B和C。题干中的now说明,保护环境这个动作发生在现在,所以用一般现在时,故最佳答案是C。
【句意】如果我们现在不采取行动保护环境,我们会遗憾一辈子。
31. 2013年高考英语【新课标I卷】27. When I first met Bryan I didn’t like him, but I ________ my mind.
A. have changed B. change C. had changed D. would change
27. A 本题考查时态。A是现在完成时;B是一般现在时;C是过去完成时;D是过去将来时。题干中的but提示,“我”第一次见布莱恩的时候不喜欢他,但现在喜欢他。显然说话人“改变主意”这一过去的动作对现在造成的影响是,“我”现在喜欢他,故用现在完成时,正确答案是A。一般现在时表示永久性的客观存在;过去完成时表示动作或状态发生在过去某一动作或时刻之前;过去将来时表示相对于过去某时而言还未发生的将来动作。
【句意】当我第一次见布莱恩的时候我不喜欢他,但我改变想法了。
32. 2013年高考英语【浙江卷】10. During the last three decades, the number of people participating in physical fitness programs ______ sharply.
A was increasing B. has increased C. had increased D. will be increasing
10.B。考查动词时态。根据句首的during the last three decades这个时间状语,可以判断出后面句子应该用 现在完成时态。21世纪教育网
【句意】过去三十年来,参加体育锻炼的人数增长了。
33. 2013年高考英语【重庆卷】21. I felt very tired when I got home, and I ______ straight to bed.
A. go B. went C. had gone D. have gone
21. B。本题考查动词的时态。整个句子描述的都是过去发生的事情,排除选项A,D;上床睡觉是在到家这个动作之后发生的,不能用过去完成时,排除选项C。
【句意】到家的时候我觉得很累,直接就上床睡觉了。
32. 2013年高考英语【重庆卷】33. A Midsummer Night's Dream at the Theatre Royal on 19th June, and then tours throughout Scotland.
A. opens B. is opened C. will open D. will be opened
33. B。本题考查动词的时态语态。表示按照计划或时间表要发生的动作,用一般现在时表将来,排除选项C,D;open做公开演出讲时,是不及物动词,没有被动语态,排除选项B。
【句意】《仲夏夜之梦》将于六月十九号在皇家剧院公演,然后在苏格兰各地巡回演出。
【2012江西卷】26.--Look! Somebody the sofa.
--Well, it wasn’t me. I didn’t do it.
A.is cleaning B.was cleaning C.has cleaned D.had cleaned
【答案】C  
【考点】考察时态
【解析】句意为”看,有人已经打扫了沙发.是的,不是我,我没有做.过去发生的动作对现在造成的影响用现在完成时.
【2012湖南卷】33. -- I remember you were a talented pianist at college. Can you play the piano for me
-- Sorry, I ____ the piano for years.
A. don't play B. wasn't playing C. haven't played D. hadn't played
【答案】C
【考查】本题考查动词的时态。
【解析】根据remember, can可知语境为现在,for years得出为从过去到现在,所以用现在完成时态。动词的时态 现在完成时态
【2012湖南卷】27. The moment ____ soon, he thought to himself, waiting nervously.
A. came B. has come C. was coming D. is coming
【答案】D
【解析】本题考查时态。
【解析】根据soon可知为将来的事情,且是直接引语,应为现在,所以选D,进行时态表将来。动词的时态 现在进行时态表将来
【2012湖南卷】25. Close the door of fear behind you, and you ____ the door of faith open before you.
A. saw B. have seen C. will see D. are seeing
【答案】C
【考点】本题考察动词的时态。
【解析】从前一分句为祈使句可知此语境为将来的情况,而且这是一常见句型:“祈使句+and+表将来的句子”。动词的时态 一般将来时态
【2012湖南卷】22. Don't worrry. The hard work that you do now ____ later in life.
A. will be repaid B. was being repaid C. has been repaid D. was repaid
【答案】A
【考点】考查动词时态和语态。
【解析】从don't可知语境为现在,排除B、D;而later in life可知为将来的动作,故选A。动词的时态 一般将来时态
【2012重庆卷】27. Food supplies in the flood-stricken area ______.We must act immediately before there’s left.
have run out B. are running out C. have been run out D. are being run out
【答案】B
【考点】动词的时态
【解析】分析题干语境可知,食品供应即将耗尽。run out为不及物动词短语,不能使用被动形式,由此可排除C和D两个选项。B选项为现在进行时态,可以表示将来,符合题意。因此,正确答案为B选项。
【2012重庆卷】22.-kevin,you look worried. Anything wrong
-Well, I____ a test and I’m waiting for the result.
A. will take B. took C. had taken D. take
【答案】B
【考点】动词的时态
【解析】根据答语的后半句可知,现在Kevin正在等待测试的成绩,参加测试为一个过去的动作,应该使用一般过去时态。因此,正确答案为B选项。
【知识拓展】一般过去时表示过去某时发生的动作或状态,也可表示过去某段时间内经常或反复发生的动作。其标志性状语常为in the past, yesterday, just now, the day before yesterday, last week, in 2000, two weeks ago等。
【2012辽宁卷】35. Mum, I was wondering if you could lend me a few dollars until I on Friday.
A. get paid B. got paid C. have paid D. had been paid
【答案】A
【考点】动词时态和语态
【解析】在时间状语从句中用一般现在时表将来,且I与pay之间是动宾关系,所以选A。
【2012辽宁卷】33. Jack is a great talker. It’s high time that he something instead of just talking.
A. will do B. has done C. do D. did
【答案】D
【考点】动词的时态
【解析】在句型 “It’s high/ very time that…”中, 从句中的谓语动词用did或should do.所以选D项。
【2012辽宁卷】31. I feel so excited! At this time tomorrow morning I to Shanghai.
A. will be flying B. will fly
C. have been flying D. have flown
【答案】A
【考点】动词的时态
【解析】at this time tomorrow morning作时间状语,所以用将来进行时,选A项。
【2012四川卷】9.—Did you catch what I said
—Sorry. I ______ a text message just now.
A. had answering B. have answered C. would answer D. was answering
【答案】 D
【考点】本题考查动词时态。
【解析】句意为:“你听懂我所说的了吗?”“对不起。我刚刚在回短信。”根据句意及时间状语just now可知,回短信的动作正好是发生在问话人说话的那一时间点,即表示过去某一时间点正在发生的动作,故选过去进行时态D。
【2012四川卷】11. They are living with their parents for the moment because their own house ____.
A. is being rebuilt B. has been rebuilt C. is rebuilt D. has rebuilt
【答案】 A
【考点】本题考查动词的时态和语态。
【解析】句意为:他们现在暂时和父母一起居住,因为他们自己的房子正在重建。根据句意可知,应使用被动语态,且house与动词rebuilt之间为被动关系,故使用现在进行时态的被动语态。
【2012陕西卷】24.—Can I call you back at two o’clock this afternoon
—I’m sorry, but by then I______ to Beijing. How about five
A. fly B. will fly C. will be flying D. am flying
【答案】C
【考点】考查动词时态。
【解析】根据问句中的two o’clock和应答句中的by then可知所填词表示的动作在当时正在进行,用将来进行时,选C。
【2012北京卷】22. By the time you have finished this book, your meal ______ cold.
A. gets B. has got C. will get D.is getting
【答案】C
【考点】考查动词时态。
【解析】此处by the time 后接现在时,表示将来之前发生的动作,故用将来时。
【2012北京卷】25. George said that he would come to school to see me the next day, but he ______.
A. wouldn’t B. didn’t C. hasn’t D. hadn’t
【答案】B
【考点】时态考点。
【解析】前半句的would come是过去将来时,但是仍然发生在过去.
【2012北京卷】29. —Have you heard about that fire in the market
— Yes, fortunately no one _____.
A. hurt B. was hurt C. has hurt D. had been hurt
【答案】B
【考点】考查被动语态。
【解析】发生在过去的被动动作。
【2012北京卷】30. Our friendship _____ quickly over the weeks that followed.
A. had developed B. was developing
C. would develop D. developed
【答案】 D
【考点】考查动词时态。
【解析】描述在过去阶段发生的动作,强调状态,用一般过去式。
【2012全国II】18. The manager ______ the workers how to improve the program since 9 am.
A. has told B. is telling C. has been telling D. will have told
【答案】C
【考点】考查动词时态。
【解析】现在完成进行时表示:过去某一动作从过去开始一直延续到现在,现在刚刚结束或还在进行。句意:经理从早上9点开始就一直在不停的告诉工人们如何改进这个项目。根据句意选C。
【2012全国II】14. ---Did you ask Sophia for help
---I ______ need to – I managed perfectly well on my own.
A. wouldn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. won’t
【答案】C
【考点学生姓名:李嘉伟 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:3 教学时间:2014/01/26 10:00-12:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
【名词-------知识要点】
一、名词的种类
名词是所有事物的名称,包括人、物及抽象概念。名词分为普通名词和专有名词两大类。?
1.普通名词?
普通名词是某类人、事件、物体和抽象概念的名称。根据其所指代物体 的特征,普通名词又可分为以下四类:?
(1)个体名词 表示人或物体中可以数清的单个体。如:?
student(学生),pen(钢笔),bird(鸟)等。?
(2)集体名词(即集合名词)表示由个体组成的集合体。如:?
people(人民),police(警察),family(家庭)等。?
(3)物质名词 表示构成物体物质的不可数名词,或表示无法分为个体的物质的名词。如:
water(水),air(空气),wood(木头)等。?
(4)抽象名词表示动作、状态、品质、情感等非具体化的抽象概念。如:?
work(工作),peace(和平),love(爱)等。
2.专有名词?
专有名词是某些人、事物、机构、组织等特有的名称。主要包括:人名、地名、国名、党派名称等。如:Churchill(丘吉尔)、Tokyo(东京)、China(中国)、the Communist Party of China(中国共产党)等。二、名词的性
名词按其所表达的物体的自然性别可以分为四类。?
1.阴性名词?
表示女性或雌性动物的名词。如:?
woman(女人),hostess(女主人),cow(母牛)等。?
2.阳性名词?
表示男性或雄性动物的名词。如:?
man(男人),host(男主人),bull(公牛)等。?
3.中性名词?
表示物体和抽象概念的名词。如:?
radio(收音机),love(爱),tree(树),friend(朋友)等。?
4.通性名词?
多数英语名词不分性,这类名词特指人类、适用于男性和女性组成的小群体或男性、女性个体。如:?
parents(父母),couple(夫妇),children(孩子们),child(孩子),person(一个人)等。
三、名词的数
名词分可数名词和不可数名词?
1.可数名词?
个体名词都是可数名词。每个可数名词都有其单数和复数形式。?
单数:表示“一个”的概念。用名词的单数时,名词前需加a或an。如: ?
a book(一本书)、a river(一条河)、an apple(一个苹果)、an orange(一个橘子)等。?
复数:表示两个或两个以上的物体。如:?
two pens(两枝钢笔)、three days(三天)、three cities(三个城市)等。?
复数形式的构成有两种:规则名词复数形式的构成和不规则名词复数形式的构成。 ?
(1)规则名词复数形式的构成?
大多数名词在词尾加?s。(在清辅音后读,在浊辅音及元音后读。cat—cats bag—bags day—days 以s,x,ch,sh结尾的名词在词尾加?es,读作。?
class—classes match—matches?
以辅音字母+?y结尾的名词把y变成i,加?es,作?
city—cities但专有名词例外,直接在y后加?s,读作 Germany—Germanys?
以辅音字母+o结尾的名词一般直接加?es,读作;某些外来词例外,加?s(如zero,kilo,tobacco等)
tomato—tomatoes photo—photos piano—pianos?
以元音字母+o结尾的名词直接加?s,但读作?
zoo—zoos radio—radios?
(2)不规则名词复数形式的构成:?
通过改变词内元音字母?
man—men  foot—feet?
tooth—teeth mouse—mice?
通过在词尾加?en?
ox—oxen  child—children?
单复数形式相同?
a sheep—two sheep  a deer—two deer?
a Chinese—two Chinese?
外来词保持其原有的复数形式?
crisis—crises  basis—bases  phenomenon—phenomena?
(3)复合名词复数形式的构成?
将中心词变为复数形式?
Son-in-law(女婿)—sons-in-law?
grandchild(孙子)—grandchildren?
looker-on(旁观者)—lookers-on?
组成部分均为表示人的主体词,各组成部分都要变为复数形式?
woman doctor(女医生)—women doctors?
man servant(男仆)—men servants ?
组成部分没有中心词 最后一个组成词上加?s?
grown-up(成年人)—grown-ups?
go-between(中间人)—go-betweens?
(4)只有复数形式的名词?
由相同两部分组成的物体的名称?
scissors trousers glasses?
以-ing结尾的名词化的动名词?
savings earnings belongings surroundings?
已约定俗成的名词形式?
arms stairs thanks?
只有单数形式的名词?
advice,labor,information,furniture,traffic?
抽象名词和物质名词的具体化?
表示具有某种特性、状态、特点、情感、情绪的人或事,表示变化了的词义,这一抽象名词已完全变为可数名词。常见的词有surprise,cold,pleasure,pity,failure,success,worry,honor,experience,must,difficulty,youth,beauty,wonder,danger,interest等。?
That was an unpleasant experience.那是一段不愉快的经历。
2.不可数名词?
不可数名词指无法分清个体的名词。一般没有复数形式,不能同不定冠词连用,也不能直接用数词修饰,要表示物质名词的量,需要用:“a/数词+单位词+of+不可数名词”来表示。如:
a piece of paper一张纸;a block of ice一块冰;a drop of water一滴水;two cups of tea两杯茶;some boxes of chalk很多盒子粉笔;a flash of lighting(一道闪电)等。 ?
英语中有些不可数名词无论在什么情况下都不可能充当可数名词使用,常见的类似词有fun,weather,health,furniture。
典题解析:
1. It is generally believed that teaching is ___________it is a science.
A.an art much as B.much an art as
C.as an art much as D.as much an art as
2. The police are offering a __________to anyone who can give information about the lost key.
A.price B.prize C.reward D.money
3.You’ll find this map of great _____________in helping you to get round London.(NMET 1998)
A.price B.cost C.value D.usefulness
4.If you buy more than ten, they knock 20 pence off .
A. a price B. price C. the price D. price
5.The journey around the world took the old sailor nine moths, the sailing time was 226 days.
A. of which B. during which C. from which D. for which
6.I keep medicines on the top shelf, out of the children’s .
A. reach B. hand C. hold D. place
【考点诠释】
考点一、对同义词、近义词的考查
1、 At the meeting they discussed three different_______to the study of mathematics。
A.approaches B.means C.methods D.ways
考点二、易错的新版教材名词固定搭配
作为对新版教材的体现,新版教材里的一些新出现的名词固定搭配得到了较多的一种考查。
2、______achievement,last week’s ministerial meeting of the WTO here earned a low,though not failing,grade.
A.In terms of B.In case of
C.As a result of D.In face of
3、You have been sitting on my hat and now it is badly out of______。
A.date B.shape
C.order D.balance
考点三、考察单词基本义的引申和拓展
近年来,常见单词的陌生义项在高考试题中不时出现,给部分考生造成了不小的障碍。
4、To make members of a team perform better,the trainer first of all has to know their _____ and weaknesses.
A.strengths B.benefits C.techniques D.values
名词考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. I found her sitting in the corner, reading _____ newspaper, with _____ in her eyes.
A. a, tear B. a piece of, tears
C. a, tears D. a piece of, tear
Her eyes filled with tears. 她热泪盈眶。
She dried her tears with a handkerchief. 她用手帕擦干了眼泪。
The newspapers were full of lies. 报纸上一片谎言。
A newspaper is a publication. 报纸是一种出版物。
顺便说一句,若不是将 newspaper 当作是供阅读或传递信息的一种东西,而只是把它当成一种“纸”来看待,也可用作不可数名词,如:
Wrap it in (a sheet of) newspaper. 把它用张报纸包起来。
2. Her father works as a ______ in a hotel and her mother a ______ in a private company.
A. cooker, typewriter B. cook, typist
C. cooker, typist D. cook, typewriter
3. “Why couldn’t they meet us at five o’clock ” “Because they were delayed by ________.”
A. heavy traffic   B. heavy traffics
C. crowded traffic D. crowded traffics
如下面一题
She is not a competent driver and can’t cope with driving in _______.
A. heavy traffic   B. heavy traffics
C. crowded traffic D. crowded traffics
4. In fact, _______ one cause that leads to the problem.
A. cattle is B. cattle are
C. cattles are D. the cattles are
又如:
For this many cattle were killed. 为此宰了不少牲畜。
The prisoners were herded like cattle. 囚犯像牲口一样被赶到一起。
类似地,police(警察),people(人),police(警察),poultry(家禽)等也具有同样用法,即只有单数形式,但却表示复数意义;用作主语时谓语通常也用复数;不与 a(n) 连用,但可与the连用(表示总括意义和特指)。如:
The poultry have been fed. 家禽已经喂过饲料了。
In Britain police do not usually carry guns. 在英国警察通常不带枪。
It annoys me when people forget to say “thank you”. 遇到有人忘记道谢的时候,我就不痛快。
5. By all _______, you must try every _______ to help him.
A. mean, mean B. means, means
C. means, mean D. mean, means
比较:
All possible means have been tried. 所有可能的办法都已经试过了。
Every possible means has been tried. 每种可能的办法都已经试过了。
若句意不能明确地表明主语的单复数,其谓语则用单数或复数均可。如:
Is [Are] there any other means of getting more money 还有其他什么办法可弄到更多钱吗
6. Jim is ______ person, and everyone is willing to be ______ with him.
A. so kind a, friends B. so a kind, friends
C. so kind a, friend D. so a kind, friend
如:
He is friends with me. 他与我是朋友。
He has made friends with everyone here. 他与这儿的每个人交上了朋友。
7. We already have ______ pencils, but we need two ______ pens.
A. dozen of, dozen B. dozens of, dozens
C. dozens of, dozen D. dozens of, dozen of
关于dozen的复数是否加词尾-s的问题比较复杂,大致原则是:
(1) 当它与具体数字连用时,既不加复数词尾-s,也不后接介词of。尽管有的词书也有 two dozen of 这样的用例,但这已属过时用法,在考试中应避免,如1992年全国高考有一道单项选择题就认为two dozen of为错误选项:
Shortly after the accident, _____ police were sent to the spot to keep order.
A. dozens of B. dozens C. dozen of D. dozen
(2) 当它不与具体数字连用,而是表示不确定的泛指数时,则不仅要加复数词尾-s,而且要后接介词 of,此时可将dozens of(许多,几十)视为习语。如:
I’ve been there dozens of times. 我去过那儿几十次。
She’s got dozens of boy-friends. 她的男朋友很多。
下面一例中的dozens加了复数词尾-s也属为似情况:
Pack them in dozens. 按打装袋吧。
(3) 当与 a few, several 等数目不很具体的词连用时,加不加复数词尾-s均可,但需注意:不加复数词尾-s时,其后的介词of可以省略;加词尾-s时,其后介词 of不能省略。如:
several dozen (of) pencils=several dozens of pencils几打铅笔
注:英语较少使用many dozen的说法,要表示类似意思可用dozens of。
(4) 当它后面的名词受 the, these, those 等特指限定词修饰时,或其后的接的是us, them这样的人称代词时,则此时必须用介词 of。如:
two dozen of these eggs 两打这种鸡蛋
three dozen of them 它们中的3打
注:score, hundred, thousand, million等也具有以上类似用法。
8. She raised her finger to her lips as _____ for silence.
A. an idea B. a mark
C. a sign D. a word
类似地,
(1) Those black clouds are a sure _____ that it’s going to rain.
A. thing B. mark
C. sign D. one
(2) Just as a famous Chinese saying goes, a timely heavy snow is a ______ of good harvest next year.
A. mark B. track
C. sign D. appearance
但是,下面一题
The lion is considered the king of the forest as it is a(n) _____ of courage and power.
A. example B. sign
C. mark D. symbol
顺便说一句,在近几年的高考中像这类结合词义区别以及语境和生活常识进行考查的试题经常出现,同学们需引起注意。
9. “May I take your order now ” “We’d like three black _______ and two green _______.”
A. coffee, cups of teas B. coffees, teas
C. cups of coffee, tea D. cup of coffees, teas
10. _____ is a good form of exercise for both young and old.
A. Walk B. Walking
C. The walk D. To walk
分析如下:
(1) 首先,选项D不如选项B佳,因为,不定式通常表示特定的动作,而动名词才表示习惯性的动作。
(2) 尽管walk用作名词时可以表示“散步”,但它是可数名词,指的是一次一次的具体的散步,而不表示抽象意义或泛指意义的“散步”,要表示此义,要用动名词 walking。比较:
How about going for a walk 出去散散步如何
Walking does good to your health. 散步对你的健康有益。
类似地,dance 和 dancing 以及 swim 和 swimming 的区别也是一样:
(1) 名词的 dance表示“跳舞”,是可数名词,指的是一次一次的具体的跳舞,而不表示抽象意义或泛指意义的“跳舞”,要表示后者的意思,要用动名词转化来的名词 dancing。比较:
Let’s have a dance. 我们跳曲舞吧。
He is interested in dancing. 他对跳舞感兴趣。
(2) 名词的 swim表示“游泳”,是可数名词,指的是一次一次的具体的游泳,而不表示抽象意义或泛指意义的“游泳”,要表示后者的意思,要用动名词转化来的名词 swimming。比较:
She had a swim every day. 她每天游一会儿泳。
She loves swimming. 她喜欢游泳。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. Ten years had passed. I found she had _______.
A. a few white hairs B. a little white hair
C. some white hair D. more fifty hair
2.—Hi, this way, please.
—OK.I sometimes have no sense of ______ when I arrive at the crossroad.
A. position B. direction
C. situation D. condition
3. Shelly had prepared carefully for her English examination so that she could be sure of passing it on her first ________.
A. intention B. attempt
C. purpose D. desire
4. I didn’t have to work all weekend — I did it by _______.
A. chance B. choice
C. accident D. myself
5. “Did you get _____ to the party ” “Yes, I replied to it this morning.”
A. an answer B. an invitation
C. a question D. a letter
6. I paid him £50 for the painting, but its true ______ must be at least £500.
A. price B. money
C. value D. importance
7. His letter was so confusing that I could hardly make any ______ of it.
A. explanation B. meaning
C. sense D. guess
8. You’ve just missed your ______, and you will have to wait for the next round.
A. chance B. turn
C. time D. part
9. —Li Lin is very bright and studies hard as well.
—It’ s no ______ he always gets the first place in any examination.
A. question B. doubt
C. problem D. wonder
10. —How can I use this washing machine
—Well, just refer to the _______.
A. explanations B. expressions
C. introductions D. directions
11. Jim was late for two classes this morning. He said that he forgot both of the ______.
A. rooms number B. room number
C. room’s numbers D. room numbers
12. —Hello, I’d like to speak to Henry.
—Oh, which _______ There are two ______ in our office.
A. Henrys, Henrys   B. Henries, Henries
C. Henry, Henrys   D. Henrys, Henries
13. Electricity, like other forms of ______, has greatly increased in price in recent years.
A. pressure B. force
C. strength D. energy
14. In order to learn the _______ of the family business, Bill took a job as messenger boy in one of the offices.
A. ins and outs B. dos and don’ts
C. heads and tails D. t’s and i’s
15. —I’ve got an “A” in the examination.
—That’s a good ______. You will surely win a second.
A. result B. news
C. start D. idea
高考试题放送
〖10安徽〗I haven’t seen Sara since she was a little girl, and she has changed beyond_______
A. hearing B strength C. recognition D. measure
〖10江西〗Last year the number of students who graduated with a driving license reached 200,000, a (n) ______ of 40,000 per year.
A average B number C amount D quantity
〖10山东〗Those who suffer from headache will find they get ______ from this medicine.
A. relief B. safety C. defense D. shelter
〖10天津〗James took the magazines off the little table to make for the television.
A. room B. area C. field D. position
〖10江苏〗The doctor is skilled at treating heart trouble and never accepts any gift from his patients, so he has a very good_____.
A. expectation B. reputation C. contribution D. civilization
〖10湖北〗This restaurant has become popular for its wide of foods that suit all tastes and pockets.
A. division B. area C. range D. circle
〖〗After the earthquake, the first thing the local government did was to provide for the homeless families.
A. accommodation B. occupation C. equipment D. furniture.
〖10浙江〗The school advisers help you talk through your problem but they don’t give you any direct ______.
A. solution B. target C. measure D. function
【2011江苏卷,27】Teachers have to constantly update their knowledge in order to maintain their professional _____.
A.consequence B.independence C.competence D.intelligence
【2011福建卷,26】The lack of ecofriendly habits among the public is thought to be a major of global climate change.
A.result B.cause C.warning D.reflection
【2011浙江卷,18】Anyway, I can’t cheat him—it’s against all my ____.
A. emotions B. principles C. regulations D. opinions
【2011四川卷,13】Always remember to put such dangerous things as knives out of children’s
.
A.touch B.sight C.reach D.distance
【2011湖北卷,21】“Tommy, run! Be quick! The house is on fire!” the mother shouted, with______ clearly in her voice.
A . anger B. rudeness C. regret D. panic
【2011湖北卷,22】Giving up my job to go back to full-time education was a big________, but now I know it was the best decision I ever made.
A. project B. commitment C. competition D. ambition
【2011湖北卷,30】When asked about their opinions about the schoolmaster, many teachers would prefer to see him step aside _________ younger men.
A. in terms of B. in need of C. in favor of D. in praise of
【2011江西卷31】What’s the_____, in your opinion, of helping him if he doesn’t make an effort to help himself
A.sympathy B.theme C.object D.point
【2011山东卷,34】There’s a _____ in our office that when it’s somebody’s birthday, they bring in a cake for us all to share.
A. tradition B. balance C. concern D. relationship
【2011江苏卷,32】We’d better discuss everything _______ before we work out the plan.
A.in detail B.in general C.on purpose D.on time
【举一反三】【2012届 牡丹江一中高三上学期期中考试】
To play better, all the players have to know their ___________ and weaknesses.
A. techniques B. strengths C. benefits D. values
【2012浙江卷】7. Your as a student will be excellent if you develop a habit of reflecting on how you learn.
A. operation B. growth C. performance D. character
【2012湖北卷】29. It is important to have your eyes examined regularly to check for any sign of eye disease that may not have any ________.
A. symptom B. similarity C. sample D. shadow
【2012湖北卷】30. The officer insisted that Michael did not follow the correct ________ in applying for a visa.
A. pattern B. procedure C. program D. perspective
【2012江苏卷】21. — Can I help you with it
— I appreciate your , but I can manage it myself.
A. advice B. question C. offer D. idea
【2012江西卷】29.You’d better write down the phone number of that restaurant for future .
A.purpose B. reference C.progress D.memory
【2012四川卷】15. He will come to understand your efforts sooner or later. It’s just a matter of _____.
A. luck B. value C. time D. fact
【2012全国II】19. The Harry Potter books are quite popular; they are in great ______ in this city.
A. quantity B. progress C. production D. demand
3【2012天津卷】You were working too hard. You’d better keep a ________between work and relaxation.
promise B. lead C. balance D. diary
1. (2013年高考英语湖北卷) 21. Poetry written from the ______ of the urban youth tends to reveal their anxiety over a lack of sense of belonging.
A. perspective B. priority C. participation D. privilege
2. (2013年高考英语湖北卷) 22. Carbon dioxide, which makes a ______ between us and the sun, prevents heat from getting out of the atmosphere easily, so the earth is becoming warmer.
A. difference B. comparison C. connection D. barrier
3. (2013年高考英语湖北卷) 30. An artist who was recently traveling on a ferry to the southern island discovered ______ a long lost antique Greek vase.
A. at random B. by chance C. in turn D. on occasion
4. (2013年高考英语江苏卷) 33. With inspiration from other food cultures, American food culture can take a _______ for the better.
A. share B. chance C. turn D. lead
5. (2013年高考英语江西卷) 22. Whenever I made mistakes, the teacher pointed them out with ______.
A. curiosity B. satisfaction C. envy D. patience
6. (2013年高考英语辽宁卷) 23. The accident caused some______ to my car, but it’ s nothing serious.
A. harm B. injury C. ruin D. damage
7. (2013年高考英语天津卷) 7. While she was in Paris, she developed a ________ for fine art.
A. way B. relation C. taste D. habit
8. (2013年高考英语浙江卷) 4. As the world’s population continues to grow, the ______ of food becomes more and more of a concern.
A. worth B. supply C. package D. list学生姓名:李嘉伟 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数:3 教学时间:2014/01/26 10:00-12:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
上次课程学生存在的问题:
学生问题的解决方案:
【名词-------知识要点】
一、名词的种类
名词是所有事物的名称,包括人、物及抽象概念。名词分为普通名词和专有名词两大类。?
1.普通名词?
普通名词是某类人、事件、物体和抽象概念的名称。根据其所指代物体 的特征,普通名词又可分为以下四类:?
(1)个体名词 表示人或物体中可以数清的单个体。如:?
student(学生),pen(钢笔),bird(鸟)等。?
(2)集体名词(即集合名词)表示由个体组成的集合体。如:?
people(人民),police(警察),family(家庭)等。?
(3)物质名词 表示构成物体物质的不可数名词,或表示无法分为个体的物质的名词。如:
water(水),air(空气),wood(木头)等。?
(4)抽象名词表示动作、状态、品质、情感等非具体化的抽象概念。如:?
work(工作),peace(和平),love(爱)等。
2.专有名词?
专有名词是某些人、事物、机构、组织等特有的名称。主要包括:人名、地名、国名、党派名称等。如:Churchill(丘吉尔)、Tokyo(东京)、China(中国)、the Communist Party of China(中国共产党)等。二、名词的性
名词按其所表达的物体的自然性别可以分为四类。?
1.阴性名词?
表示女性或雌性动物的名词。如:?
woman(女人),hostess(女主人),cow(母牛)等。?
2.阳性名词?
表示男性或雄性动物的名词。如:?
man(男人),host(男主人),bull(公牛)等。?
3.中性名词?
表示物体和抽象概念的名词。如:?
radio(收音机),love(爱),tree(树),friend(朋友)等。?
4.通性名词?
多数英语名词不分性,这类名词特指人类、适用于男性和女性组成的小群体或男性、女性个体。如:?
parents(父母),couple(夫妇),children(孩子们),child(孩子),person(一个人)等。
三、名词的数
名词分可数名词和不可数名词?
1.可数名词?
个体名词都是可数名词。每个可数名词都有其单数和复数形式。?
单数:表示“一个”的概念。用名词的单数时,名词前需加a或an。如: ?
a book(一本书)、a river(一条河)、an apple(一个苹果)、an orange(一个橘子)等。?
复数:表示两个或两个以上的物体。如:?
two pens(两枝钢笔)、three days(三天)、three cities(三个城市)等。?
复数形式的构成有两种:规则名词复数形式的构成和不规则名词复数形式的构成。 ?
(1)规则名词复数形式的构成?
大多数名词在词尾加?s。(在清辅音后读,在浊辅音及元音后读。cat—cats bag—bags day—days 以s,x,ch,sh结尾的名词在词尾加?es,读作。?
class—classes match—matches?
以辅音字母+?y结尾的名词把y变成i,加?es,作?
city—cities但专有名词例外,直接在y后加?s,读作 Germany—Germanys?
以辅音字母+o结尾的名词一般直接加?es,读作;某些外来词例外,加?s(如zero,kilo,tobacco等)
tomato—tomatoes photo—photos piano—pianos?
以元音字母+o结尾的名词直接加?s,但读作?
zoo—zoos radio—radios?
以f或fe结尾的名词有的直接加?s,读作 roof—roofs?
大多数要将f或fe变为v,再加?es,读作?
leaf—leaves wife—wives?
有些词两种形式都可handkerchief—handkerchiefs—handkerchieves?
?
单复数形式相同?
a sheep—two sheep  a deer—two deer?
a Chinese—two Chinese?
外来词保持其原有的复数形式?
crisis—crises  basis—bases  phenomenon—phenomena?
(3)复合名词复数形式的构成?
将中心词变为复数形式?
Son-in-law(女婿)—sons-in-law?
grandchild(孙子)—grandchildren?
looker-on(旁观者)—lookers-on?
组成部分均为表示人的主体词,各组成部分都要变为复数形式?
woman doctor(女医生)—women doctors?
man servant(男仆)—men servants ?
组成部分没有中心词 最后一个组成词上加?s?
grown-up(成年人)—grown-ups?
go-between(中间人)—go-betweens?
(4)只有复数形式的名词?
由相同两部分组成的物体的名称?
scissors trousers glasses?
以-ing结尾的名词化的动名词?
savings earnings belongings surroundings?
已约定俗成的名词形式?
arms stairs thanks?
只有单数形式的名词?
advice,labor,information,furniture,traffic?
抽象名词和物质名词的具体化?
表示具有某种特性、状态、特点、情感、情绪的人或事,表示变化了的词义,这一抽象名词已完全变为可数名词。常见的词有surprise,cold,pleasure,pity,failure,success,worry,honor,experience,must,difficulty,youth,beauty,wonder,danger,interest等。?
That was an unpleasant experience.那是一段不愉快的经历。
2.不可数名词?
不可数名词指无法分清个体的名词。一般没有复数形式,不能同不定冠词连用,也不能直接用数词修饰,要表示物质名词的量,需要用:“a/数词+单位词+of+不可数名词”来表示。如:
a piece of paper一张纸;a block of ice一块冰;a drop of water一滴水;two cups of tea两杯茶;some boxes of chalk很多盒子粉笔;a flash of lighting(一道闪电)等。 ?
英语中有些不可数名词无论在什么情况下都不可能充当可数名词使用,常见的类似词有fun,weather,health,furniture。
典题解析:
1. It is generally believed that teaching is ___________it is a science.
A.an art much as B.much an art as
C.as an art much as D.as much an art as
解析:答案为D。当名词前有what、so、as、too、quite等词修饰时,其形容词被这些词修饰,组成下列结构,如:What a nice book! This is too heavy a box for me to carry. He is not as honest a boy as Mike.等,应采取too/how + 形容词(副词)+ a(an) + 名词的形式。要记住一些类似的特殊结构,并加以分析。
2. The police are offering a __________to anyone who can give information about the lost key.
A.price B.prize C.reward D.money
解析:答案为C。price 价格,价钱;prize奖金。D项是钱,属不可数名词,题中所要填的是“酬金,报酬”。注意正确理解名词的含义及其搭配是活用语言的基础,在复习备考中要熟练掌握考纲中一些名词的词义、搭配、习惯等,才能更好辨析名词,从而选择最符合句意的选项。
3.You’ll find this map of great _____________in helping you to get round London.(NMET 1998)
A.price B.cost C.value D.usefulness
解析:答案为C。本题考查特定语境中名词的词义及“be of + 抽象名词”结构。Price (价格),cost(价钱,费用,成本)不符合题意,value作“quality of being useful or desirable”解时,常与of搭配,在句中作表语或补语,意为“有用,有价值”。故选择value。注意名词词义辨异及惯用法表达,题中“of + 抽象名词”相当于该名词的形容词形式。
4.If you buy more than ten, they knock 20 pence off .
A. a price B. price C. the price D. price
解析:答案为C。本题考冠词和名词。全句合理句意应是:如果你买超过10个,他们从(现在标出的)价格上减价20便士。此处价格是特指的定价,所以C项最佳。
5.The journey around the world took the old sailor nine moths, the sailing time was 226 days.
A. of which B. during which C. from which D. for which
解析:答案为B。辨析名词语义, a distance of +数字“……距离”。
6.I keep medicines on the top shelf, out of the children’s .
A. reach B. hand C. hold D. place
解析:答案为A。“out of reach”是“超出某人够得着的范围”,即“够不着”的意思,药品应放到孩子够不到的地方。
【考点诠释】
考点一、对同义词、近义词的考查
1、 At the meeting they discussed three different_______to the study of mathematics。
A.approaches B.means C.methods D.ways
【答案】D。
【解析】在会议上他们讨论了三种不同的学习数学的方法。way意为“方式,方法”,可所使用的工具、材料、机器、用具、车船等。method意为“方式,方法”,指具体的、系统的、有步骤的方法,强调条理性及高效率。
【备考提示】面对英语学习中的大量近义词,仅凭母语我们往往无法把它们真正理解和解释清楚。要尽可能地多翻阅英语词典,注意并比较它们的基本义,用英语的思维方式和语言来解释和理解它们。
考点二、易错的新版教材名词固定搭配
作为对新版教材的体现,新版教材里的一些新出现的名词固定搭配得到了较多的一种考查。
3、______achievement,last week’s ministerial meeting of the WTO here earned a low,though not failing,grade.
A.In terms of B.In case of
C.As a result of D.In face of
【答案】A。
【解析】语境为:就成绩而言,上周WTO在这里的部长级会议得分不高,尽管还不至于不及格。B项表“如果”,C项表“因为”,D项表“面对……”,A项表“关于、至于”,符合题意。
4、You have been sitting on my hat and now it is badly out of______。
A.date B.shape
C.order D.balance
【答案】B。
【解析】你坐在我帽子上,帽子已严重变形了。out of shape意为“变形”;out of date意为“过时”:out of order意为“混乱”;out of balance 意为“失衡”。
【备考提示】面对教材里的词组、搭配,我们要注意收集和整理,并尤其要加强新出现的固定搭配的记忆和分类汇总。
考点三、考察单词基本义的引申和拓展
近年来,常见单词的陌生义项在高考试题中不时出现,给部分考生造成了不小的障碍。
5、To make members of a team perform better,the trainer first of all has to know their _____ and weaknesses.
A.strengths B.benefits
C.techniques D.values
【答案】A。
名词考点
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. I found her sitting in the corner, reading _____ newspaper, with _____ in her eyes.
A. a, tear B. a piece of, tears
C. a, tears D. a piece of, tear
【陷阱】误选D,许多学生错误地认为,既然news(消息)和 paper(纸)均为不可数名词,那么newspaper(报纸)也应是不可数的;同时认为“眼泪”即“泪水”,“水”不可数,“泪水”和“眼泪”也应该不可数。
【分析】最佳答案为C。newspaper和 tear均为可数名词,它们不仅可以连用不定冠词、可以用复数,而且还可以连用数词。
Her eyes filled with tears. 她热泪盈眶。
She dried her tears with a handkerchief. 她用手帕擦干了眼泪。
The newspapers were full of lies. 报纸上一片谎言。
A newspaper is a publication. 报纸是一种出版物。
顺便说一句,若不是将 newspaper 当作是供阅读或传递信息的一种东西,而只是把它当成一种“纸”来看待,也可用作不可数名词,如:
Wrap it in (a sheet of) newspaper. 把它用张报纸包起来。
2. Her father works as a ______ in a hotel and her mother a ______ in a private company.
A. cooker, typewriter B. cook, typist
C. cooker, typist D. cook, typewriter
【陷阱】误选A,许多同学想当然地认为:cook 用作动词,表示“煮饭”,所以 cooker 应是其相应的名词,表示“煮饭的人”,即“厨师”;type 用作动词,表示“打字”,所以 typewriter 应表示“打字员”。
【分析】而事实是:cook=厨师,cooker=炊具;typist=打字员,typewriter=打字机。即此题正确答案为B。
3. “Why couldn’t they meet us at five o’clock ” “Because they were delayed by ________.”
A. heavy traffic   B. heavy traffics
C. crowded traffic D. crowded traffics
【陷阱】B、C、D三项均容易误选。
【分析】对于此题,首先要明确traffic为不可数名词,没有复数形式,故排除B和D。另外,汉语习惯说“交通拥挤”,而英语习惯上却不能用crowded 来修饰 traffic,要表示汉语的“交通拥挤”,英语通常说heavy traffic,即选A。如下面一题也是选A:
She is not a competent driver and can’t cope with driving in _______.
A. heavy traffic   B. heavy traffics
C. crowded traffic D. crowded traffics
4. In fact, _______ one cause that leads to the problem.
A. cattle is B. cattle are
C. cattles are D. the cattles are
【陷阱】此题容易误选A,想当然地认为cattle是单数,并且空格有表单数的one,自然谓语动词用is。
【陷阱】其实,正确答案为B。cattle(牲畜,牛)为集合名词,尽管它不带复数词尾-s,却永远表示复数意义,若用作主语,谓语要用复数。又如:
For this many cattle were killed. 为此宰了不少牲畜。
The prisoners were herded like cattle. 囚犯像牲口一样被赶到一起。
类似地,police(警察),people(人),police(警察),poultry(家禽)等也具有同样用法,即只有单数形式,但却表示复数意义;用作主语时谓语通常也用复数;不与 a(n) 连用,但可与the连用(表示总括意义和特指)。如:
The poultry have been fed. 家禽已经喂过饲料了。
In Britain police do not usually carry guns. 在英国警察通常不带枪。
It annoys me when people forget to say “thank you”. 遇到有人忘记道谢的时候,我就不痛快。
5. By all _______, you must try every _______ to help him.
A. mean, mean B. means, means
C. means, mean D. mean, means
【陷阱】误选C,认为第一空前有all修饰,故用means,而第二空前有every修饰,故用mean。
【分析】其实,means是一个单复数同形的名词,并且永远带有尾-s。换句话说,在表示“方式”、“方法”时,不存在mean这一形式(mean主要用作动词,表示“意思是”;也可用作名词,表示“中间”、“中庸”)。此题正确答案为C,by all means为习语,意为“一定”、“尽一切办法”。顺便说一句,means用作主语时,其谓语的数需根据句意来确定。比较:
All possible means have been tried. 所有可能的办法都已经试过了。
Every possible means has been tried. 每种可能的办法都已经试过了。
若句意不能明确地表明主语的单复数,其谓语则用单数或复数均可。如:
Is [Are] there any other means of getting more money 还有其他什么办法可弄到更多钱吗
6. Jim is ______ person, and everyone is willing to be ______ with him.
A. so kind a, friends B. so a kind, friends
C. so kind a, friend D. so a kind, friend
【陷阱】误选C或D。认为 friend要用单数。
【分析】其实此题最佳答案为A。so kind a person相当于such a kind person,注意两者中冠词的位置不同。be friends with是习语,意为“与……友好”、“跟……做朋友”,与之同义的类似地还有make friends with。值得说明的是,这类短语中的名词总是用复数,即使句子主语为单数也是如此。如:
He is friends with me. 他与我是朋友。
He has made friends with everyone here. 他与这儿的每个人交上了朋友。
7. We already have ______ pencils, but we need two ______ pens.
A. dozen of, dozen B. dozens of, dozens
C. dozens of, dozen D. dozens of, dozen of
【陷阱】误选 B。
【分析】此题最佳答案为C。关于dozen的复数是否加词尾-s的问题比较复杂,大致原则是:
(1) 当它与具体数字连用时,既不加复数词尾-s,也不后接介词of。尽管有的词书也有 two dozen of 这样的用例,但这已属过时用法,在考试中应避免,如1992年全国高考有一道单项选择题就认为two dozen of为错误选项:
Shortly after the accident, _____ police were sent to the spot to keep order.
A. dozens of B. dozens C. dozen of D. dozen [D]
(2) 当它不与具体数字连用,而是表示不确定的泛指数时,则不仅要加复数词尾-s,而且要后接介词 of,此时可将dozens of(许多,几十)视为习语。如:
I’ve been there dozens of times. 我去过那儿几十次。
She’s got dozens of boy-friends. 她的男朋友很多。
下面一例中的dozens加了复数词尾-s也属为似情况:
Pack them in dozens. 按打装袋吧。
(3) 当与 a few, several 等数目不很具体的词连用时,加不加复数词尾-s均可,但需注意:不加复数词尾-s时,其后的介词of可以省略;加词尾-s时,其后介词 of不能省略。如:
several dozen (of) pencils=several dozens of pencils几打铅笔
注:英语较少使用many dozen的说法,要表示类似意思可用dozens of。
(4) 当它后面的名词受 the, these, those 等特指限定词修饰时,或其后的接的是us, them这样的人称代词时,则此时必须用介词 of。如:
two dozen of these eggs 两打这种鸡蛋
three dozen of them 它们中的3打
注:score, hundred, thousand, million等也具有以上类似用法。
8. She raised her finger to her lips as _____ for silence.
A. an idea B. a mark
C. a sign D. a word
【陷阱】容易误选B。
【分析】应选C,sign与mark的区别是:sign 的意思是“迹象”、“征兆”gesture or movement made with the hand, head, etc, used to give information, a command, etc(用手或头等做出示意动作以传递信息或命令等),mark 的意思是 written or printed symbol or figure, line etc made as signor an indication of sth(书写与印刷的符号或图、线等记号)。根据此二词的语义区别以及常识可知答案为C。类似地,下面两题的答案也是C:
(1) Those black clouds are a sure _____ that it’s going to rain.
A. thing B. mark
C. sign D. one
(2) Just as a famous Chinese saying goes, a timely heavy snow is a ______ of good harvest next year.
A. mark B. track
C. sign D. appearance
但是,下面一题却不能选sign,也不能选mark,而选symbol(象征):
The lion is considered the king of the forest as it is a(n) _____ of courage and power.
A. example B. sign
C. mark D. symbol
顺便说一句,在近几年的高考中像这类结合词义区别以及语境和生活常识进行考查的试题经常出现,同学们需引起注意。
9. “May I take your order now ” “We’d like three black _______ and two green _______.”
A. coffee, cups of teas B. coffees, teas
C. cups of coffee, tea D. cup of coffees, teas
【陷阱】误选C,认为coffee和tea均为不可数名词,不能后加复数词尾-s,从而排除选项A、B、D。
【分析】选B。有的同学认为 coffee 和tea是物质名词,不可数,不能用 three coffees, two teas 这样的表达。其实,coffee既可用作不可数名词,表示“咖啡”这种物质,也可用作可数名词,表示“一杯咖啡”,即在口语中 three coffees 就等于 three cups of coffee。同样,“三杯茶”既可说成 three cups of tea,也可说成 three teas;“三杯啤酒”既可说成 three glasses of beer,也可说成 three beers。
10. _____ is a good form of exercise for both young and old.
A. Walk B. Walking
C. The walk D. To walk
【陷阱】容易误选A或D。
【分析】最佳答案为B。分析如下:
(1) 首先,选项D不如选项B佳,因为,不定式通常表示特定的动作,而动名词才表示习惯性的动作。
(2) 尽管walk用作名词时可以表示“散步”,但它是可数名词,指的是一次一次的具体的散步,而不表示抽象意义或泛指意义的“散步”,要表示此义,要用动名词 walking。比较:
How about going for a walk 出去散散步如何
Walking does good to your health. 散步对你的健康有益。
类似地,dance 和 dancing 以及 swim 和 swimming 的区别也是一样:
(1) 名词的 dance表示“跳舞”,是可数名词,指的是一次一次的具体的跳舞,而不表示抽象意义或泛指意义的“跳舞”,要表示后者的意思,要用动名词转化来的名词 dancing。比较:
Let’s have a dance. 我们跳曲舞吧。
He is interested in dancing. 他对跳舞感兴趣。
(2) 名词的 swim表示“游泳”,是可数名词,指的是一次一次的具体的游泳,而不表示抽象意义或泛指意义的“游泳”,要表示后者的意思,要用动名词转化来的名词 swimming。比较:
She had a swim every day. 她每天游一会儿泳。
She loves swimming. 她喜欢游泳。
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. Ten years had passed. I found she had _______.
A. a few white hairs B. a little white hair
C. some white hair D. more fifty hair
2.—Hi, this way, please.
—OK.I sometimes have no sense of ______ when I arrive at the crossroad.
A. position B. direction
C. situation D. condition
3. Shelly had prepared carefully for her English examination so that she could be sure of passing it on her first ________.
A. intention B. attempt
C. purpose D. desire
4. I didn’t have to work all weekend — I did it by _______.
A. chance B. choice
C. accident D. myself
5. “Did you get _____ to the party ” “Yes, I replied to it this morning.”
A. an answer B. an invitation
C. a question D. a letter
6. I paid him £50 for the painting, but its true ______ must be at least £500.
A. price B. money
C. value D. importance
7. His letter was so confusing that I could hardly make any ______ of it.
A. explanation B. meaning
C. sense D. guess
8. You’ve just missed your ______, and you will have to wait for the next round.
A. chance B. turn
C. time D. part
9. —Li Lin is very bright and studies hard as well.
—It’s no ______ he always gets the first place in any examination.
A. question B. doubt
C. problem D. wonder
10. —How can I use this washing machine
—Well, just refer to the _______.
A. explanations B. expressions
C. introductions D. directions
11. Jim was late for two classes this morning. He said that he forgot both of the ______.
A. rooms number B. room number
C. room’s numbers D. room numbers
12. —Hello, I’d like to speak to Henry.
—Oh, which _______ There are two ______ in our office.
A. Henrys, Henrys   B. Henries, Henries
C. Henry, Henrys   D. Henrys, Henries
13. Electricity, like other forms of ______, has greatly increased in price in recent years.
A. pressure B. force
C. strength D. energy
14. In order to learn the _______ of the family business, Bill took a job as messenger boy in one of the offices.
A. ins and outs B. dos and don’ts
C. heads and tails D. t’s and i’s
15. —I’ve got an “A” in the examination.
—That’s a good ______. You will surely win a second.
A. result B. news
C. start D. idea
【答案与解析】
1. 选A。hair 可用作可数或不可数名词,用作可数名词时,指一根一根的毛发或头发,如说 There’s a hair in my soup (我的汤里有根头发);用作不可数名词时,则是整体地指一个人的头发。
2. 选B。需根据句意来分析。have no sense of direction 意为“没有方向感”。
3. 选B。需根据句意来分析。attempt 在此表示“尝试”。
4. 选B,由于上文说 didn’t have to work,所以下文相应的语境应是 did it by choice。类似地,下面一题应选D,也是因为choice与下文的have to do it 相呼应:
Were you given a _____, or did you have to do it
A. job B. duty
C. request D. choice
5. 选 B。注意其后的 to the party 和 replied to it。
6. 选C。value 指“价值”。
7. 选C。make sense of 意为“明白”、“理解”。比较:make sense 意为“有意义”、“意思清楚”、“有道理”。如下面一题选D:
What he told us about the situation simply doesn’t make any ______.
A. use B. reason
C. value D. sense
8. 选B。miss one’s turn 电为“错过机会”,注意下文的 …have to wait for the next round 所表示的语境。
9. 选D。it’s no wonder (+that从句)的意思是“难怪”,也可说成 No wonder (+that从句)。
10. 选D。directions 的意思是“使用说明”,空格前的 refer to 意为“查看”、“参考”。
11. 选D。room 为无生命名词,不用 room’s 这样的所有格形式,在此可直接用名词作定语。类似地,下面一题要选B,也是一样的道理(名词作定语通常用单数不用复数):
The boy was very happy that his mother bought him a new pair of shoes at a ______ yesterday.
A. shoes shop B. shoe shop C. shoes’s shop D. shoe’s
12. 选C。在通常情况下,专有名词具有“独一无二”性,因此它通常没有复数形式,即不可数。但是,专有名词的独一无二性有时是相对的,随着范围的扩大,这种独一无二性便会受到破坏。如在一个星期(week)内,只有一个星期六(Saturday), 一个星期日(Sunday)等,但是在一个月中甚至一年中,便有多个星期六,多个星期日了。所以我们有时可以说:We have spent many happy Sundays there. 我们在那儿度过了许多个愉快的星期日。另外一点值得注意的是,与一般的名词单数变复数不同,以“辅音字母+y”结尾的专有名词,其直接加词尾-s,而不将y改为i。
13. 选D。从常识来考虑,electricity 属于 energy,结合全句的语境,只有D最合适。同样地,下面一题从常识和语境来考虑也应选D:
(1) Some countries are increasing their use of natural gas, and other forms of ______.
A. source B. material
C. power D. energy
(2) The ______ has become extremely tense. A war could break out any time between the two sides.
A. pollution B. friendship
C. condition D. situation
14. 选A。ins and outs 意为“细节”,dos and don’ts 意为“注意事项”,heads or tails 为掷钱币打赌时用语,意为“你赌正面还是赌反面”,p’s and q’s主要用于 mind one’s p’s and q’s,意为“留意自己的言行”。结合句意,选A最合适。
15. 选C。从语法上看,news 不可选,因为它不可数;从意义上看,D不可选,因为选D意思不通;比较A和C,选C最合适,因为 start与下文的 a second 相吻合。
高考试题放送
〖10安徽〗I haven’t seen Sara since she was a little girl, and she has changed beyond_______
A. hearing B strength C. recognition D. measure
〖答案〗C
〖考点〗本题考查名词辨析。
〖解析〗hearing意为 “听力”;strength意为 “力气;力量”; recognition意为 “认出;识别;认识”; measure意为 “测量;措施”。句意为 “……她变得认不出来了。”
〖10江西〗Last year the number of students who graduated with a driving license reached 200,000, a (n) ______ of 40,000 per year.
A average B number C amount D quantity
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗考查名词。
〖解析〗a number of 许多 amount of 一般加不可数名词表金额, a quantity of 既可以加可数也可以加不可数, 但没有平均每年增加的意思。
〖10山东〗Those who suffer from headache will find they get ______ from this medicine.
A. relief B. safety C. defense D. shelter
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗本题考查名词在具体语境的使用。
〖解析〗句意应为 “那些头痛的人会发现这种药物能使头痛缓解。”所以A项意义符合句意, relief 表示 “缓解, 减轻, 解除”。 safety表示 “安全, 保险”;defense 表示 “防御, 防护”; shelter表示 “掩蔽, 保护”。
〖10天津〗James took the magazines off the little table to make for the television.
A. room B. area C. field D. position
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗考查名词意义和用法。
〖解析〗句意:詹姆斯把杂志从小桌子上拿下了, 目的是为电视腾出空间。make room for是固定搭配, 意思是 “为……让空”的意思, 其中的room是不可数名词。
〖10江苏〗The doctor is skilled at treating heart trouble and never accepts any gift from his patients, so he has a very good_____.
A. expectation B. reputation C. contribution D. civilization
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗名词辨析。
〖解析〗reputation 表示名声而expectation是期望的意思。Contribution是贡献的意思。Civilization是文明的意思。
〖10湖北〗This restaurant has become popular for its wide of foods that suit all tastes and pockets.
A. division B. area C. range D. circle
〖答案〗B
〖考点〗本题考查名词/名词短语。
〖解析〗此题不仅考查学生对于四个选项的认知, 更重要的是要理解句子的含义。 “这家餐馆越来越出名 是由于它做的各种各样的食物适应各种类型人群。” “a range of “强调一个系列, 而 “a wide range of”意为 “各种各样的”。正好符合题意。从句子结构来讲, 这个句子属于典型的 “从句套从句”。 “for”引导原因状语从句, “that”引导定语从句。   
〖〗After the earthquake, the first thing the local government did was to provide for the homeless families.
A. accommodation B. occupation C. equipment D. furniture.
〖答案〗D
〖考点〗本题考查名词辨析。
〖解析〗512的汶川地震, 414玉树地震。天灾 “earthquake”相信是很多考生都准备过的一个话题。所以相关词汇“accommodation”表示 “住处”应该是考生们准备的系列词汇之一。这道题难度不大, 句子结构也相对简单。只要背过这几个词, 知道 “occupation”表示 “占用”或者“工作, 职业”;“furniture”表示 “家具”;“equipment”表示 “设备, 器材”就能选出正确答案D了。
〖10浙江〗The school advisers help you talk through your problem but they don’t give you any direct ______.
A. solution B. target C. measure D. function
〖答案〗A
〖考点〗本题考查名词辨析。
〖解析〗分析四个选项:solution解决方法;target目标;measure措施;function功能。根据句意:学校的建议者们帮助你分析问题, 但是他们不会给你直接的解决方法。
【2011江苏卷,27】Teachers have to constantly update their knowledge in order to maintain their professional _____.
A.consequence B.independence C.competence D.intelligence
【答案】C
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】句意为 “教师要不断地更新他们的知识以便保持专业上的称职。”consequence后果,结果;independence独立;competence能力,胜任,称职;intelligence智力, 智慧; 理解力。根据句意选C。
【2011福建卷,26】The lack of ecofriendly habits among the public is thought to be a major of global climate change.
A.result B.cause C.warning D.reflection
【答案】B
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“公众缺乏对生态环境友好的习惯被认为是全球气候变化的主要原因。”result结果;cause原因;warning警告;reflection反映。cause与global climate change存在着因果关系,故选B。
【2011浙江卷,18】Anyway, I can’t cheat him—it’s against all my ____.
A. emotions B. principles C. regulations D. opinions
【答案】B
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“不管怎样,我不能欺骗他—这违反我的原则。”emotion情绪;principle原则,准则;regulation规定,规则;opinions意见。根据句意选B。
【2011四川卷,13】Always remember to put such dangerous things as knives out of children’s
.
A.touch B.sight C.reach D.distance
【答案】C
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“时刻记住:这些危险物品,比如刀子,要放在孩子们够不着的地方。”out of touch不联系,不接触;out of sight看不见, 在视野之外;out of reach手够不着, 达不到;out of distance远离=far away。根据前面的交代的危险品,选C。
【2011湖北卷,21】“Tommy, run! Be quick! The house is on fire!” the mother shouted, with______ clearly in her voice.
A . anger B. rudeness C. regret D. panic
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“Tommy,快跑!快点!房子着火了!”母亲大声叫喊,嗓音里夹杂这明显的惊慌。”anger生气;rudeness粗鲁;regret后悔;panic惊慌,慌乱。根据句意选D。
【2011湖北卷,22】Giving up my job to go back to full-time education was a big________, but now I know it was the best decision I ever made.
A. project B. commitment C. competition D. ambition
【答案】B
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“当初放弃我的工作重新接受全日制的教育是个了不起的决定,现在我知道那是我作出的最好的决定。”project项目, 计划, 方案, 课题;commitment 承诺,许诺,保证;competition比赛,竞争;ambition抱负,雄心,野心。commitment与后面的decision相呼应,故选B。
【2011湖北卷,30】When asked about their opinions about the schoolmaster, many teachers would prefer to see him step aside _________ younger men.
A. in terms of B. in need of C. in favor of D. in praise of
【答案】C
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“当被问到对于校长的看法时,许多老师都愿意看到他靠边站为更年轻的人让路。”in terms of就而论;in need of需要;in favor of赞成;in praise of表扬,赞扬。
【2011江西卷31】What’s the_____, in your opinion, of helping him if he doesn’t make an effort to help himself
A.sympathy B.theme C.object D.point
【答案】D
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】sympathy同情,theme 主题,object 物体,point意义。句意为你认为如果他没有作出努力去帮助自己而去帮助他的意义是什么?选D。
【2011山东卷,34】There’s a _____ in our office that when it’s somebody’s birthday, they bring in a cake for us all to share.
A. tradition B. balance C. concern D. relationship
【答案】A
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“我们办公室有个传统:轮到某个人的生日时,他就带蛋糕来与大家分享。”tradition传统;balance平衡;concern关心;relationship关系,联系。句中somebody 与they相照应,说明不止一次,因此用tradition作答案。
【2011江苏卷,32】We’d better discuss everything _______ before we work out the plan.
A.in detail B.in general C.on purpose D.on time
【答案】A
【考点】考查名词的辨义。
【解析】句意为“我们最好先详细地讨论好一切,然后再制定计划。”in detail详细地;in general一般而言, 总的来说;on purpose故意地;on time准时。根据句意,先讨论后定计划,选A。
【举一反三】【2012届 牡丹江一中高三上学期期中考试】
To play better, all the players have to know their ___________ and weaknesses.
A. techniques B. strengths C. benefits D. values
【答案】B strengths and weaknesses“优势和劣势”是固定搭配,直接选择B项。
【2012浙江卷】7. Your as a student will be excellent if you develop a habit of reflecting on how you learn.
A. operation B. growth C. performance D. character
7.【考点】名词
【答案】C
【解析】根据句意:作为一个学生,你的学习(performance)会很棒的如果你能够养成对所学的的东西进行反思的话。operation操作、手术;growth增长;character人物、角色,均不符合语境,故排除。
【难度】偏小
【2012湖北卷】29. It is important to have your eyes examined regularly to check for any sign of eye disease that may not have any ________.
A. symptom B. similarity C. sample D. shadow
29. A【命题立意】考查名词辨析。难度中等。
【解题思路】句意为:定期检查眼睛看看是否有眼疾症状很重要。A项意为“症状”,符合句意;B项意为“类似”,C项意为“样本”,D项意为“阴影”,都与语意不符。
【2012湖北卷】30. The officer insisted that Michael did not follow the correct ________ in applying for a visa.
A. pattern B. procedure C. program D. perspective
30. B【命题立意】考查名词辨析。难度较易。
【解题思路】句意为:这位官员坚持认定Michael没有按照正确的程序申请签证。B项意为“程序”,符合句意;A项意为“模式”,C项意为“节目”,D项意为“远景”,都与语意不符。
【2012江苏卷】21. — Can I help you with it
— I appreciate your , but I can manage it myself.
A. advice B. question C. offer D. idea
21. 【考点】名词词义辨析
【答案】C
【解析】句意为:——我可以帮你吗?——我感激你的提议 “offer”,但我自己能设法做的。offer意为“提议”,符合题意。A意为“建议,劝告”;B意为“问题”;D意为“想法,主意”。
【难度】一般
【2012江西卷】29.You’d better write down the phone number of that restaurant for future .
A.purpose B.reference C.progress D.memory
29答案:B考点:考察词义辨析
解析:你最好写下这个餐馆的号码以便日后参考用。
for future reference是一个常用词组搭配,表示“以供日后参考”。
【2012四川卷】15. He will come to understand your efforts sooner or later. It’s just a matter of _____.
A. luck B. value C. time D. fact
15.【答案与解析】 C 本题考查名词辨析。句意为:他迟早会渐渐理解你付出的努力的。这只是个时间的问题。根据句意选C。
【2012全国II】19. The Harry Potter books are quite popular; they are in great ______ in this city.
A. quantity B. progress C. production D. demand
【答案】D
【解析】此处quantity数量;progress进步; production生产;demand要求。这里be in great demand意为:需求量很大,畅销。句意:《哈利波特》很受欢迎;在这个城市有很大的需求量。
【考点定位】考查名词词义辨析。
3【2012天津卷】You were working too hard. You’d better keep a ________between work and relaxation. 【C】
promise B. lead C. balance D. diary
1. (2013年高考英语湖北卷) 21. Poetry written from the ______ of the urban youth tends to reveal their anxiety over a lack of sense of belonging.
A. perspective B. priority C. participation D. privilege
【答案】A。
【解析】本题考查词汇和句意的理解。perspective 观点,看法; 角度;priority优先,优先权;participation n. 参加,参与 ;privilege n. 特权 ,权益;重点结构:written from…在句中充当后置定语。
【句意】从城市青年的角度来写的诗歌更加倾向于揭示他们在缺乏归属感上的焦虑。
2. (2013年高考英语湖北卷) 22. Carbon dioxide, which makes a ______ between us and the sun, prevents heat from getting out of the atmosphere easily, so the earth is becoming warmer.
A. difference B. comparison C. connection D. barrier
【答案】D。
【解析】本题考查词汇和句意的理解。difference 差别,差异 ;comparison 比较,对照 ; connection 连接 ; 联系,关系 ; barrier 障碍 ; 屏障 ;本题中有一个which引导的非限制性定义从句,一个短语prevents …from…
【句意】二氧化碳在我们与太阳之间的形成了一道屏障,它可以防止热量轻易逃离大气层,因此地球变得越来越暖。
3. (2013年高考英语湖北卷) 30. An artist who was recently traveling on a ferry to the southern island discovered ______ a long lost antique Greek vase.
A. at random B. by chance C. in turn D. on occasion
【答案】B。
【解析】本题考查短语和句意的理解。at random任意地,随便地;by chance偶然地,意外地;无意之中;碰巧;in turn轮流地;相应地;on occasion有时, 间或。
【句意】一个艺术家最近乘坐渡轮到那个南方岛屿旅游,他无意之中竟然发现失传已久的古希腊花瓶。
4. (2013年高考英语江苏卷) 33. With inspiration from other food cultures, American food culture can take a _______ for the better.
A. share B. chance C. turn D. lead
【答案】C。
【解析】本题考查固定短语在语境中的使用。A. take a share分担……,为……出力 B. take a chance冒险 C. take a turn转弯,转;(情况、形势等)转变 D. take a lead领先,带头。根据本句,for the better的提示,可见是讲转变,变得更好,所以选C。
【句意】有了源于其他食品文化的灵感,美国饮食文化可以变得更好。
5. (2013年高考英语江西卷) 22. Whenever I made mistakes, the teacher pointed them out with ______.
A. curiosity B. satisfaction C. envy D. patience
【答案】D。
【解析】考查with+名词搭配的介宾短语。A. with curiosity好奇地;B. with satisfaction满意地;C. with envy羡慕地;D. with patience耐心地。
【句意】无论什么时候我犯了错,老师总是耐心地给我指出来。
6. (2013年高考英语辽宁卷) 23. The accident caused some______ to my car, but it’s nothing serious.
A. harm B. injury C. ruin D. damage
【答案】D。
【解析】本题考查名词词义辨析。A. harm伤害,害处 B. injury意外伤害 C. ruin毁灭(不可修复);废墟D. damage破坏,损坏(可以修复)。根据后一句it’s nothing serious,可知造成的破坏不严重,可以修复。所以选D。
【句意】这次事故对我的汽车造成了一些损坏,但并不严重。
7. (2013年高考英语天津卷) 7. While she was in Paris, she developed a ________ for fine art.
A. way B. relation C. taste D. habit
【答案】C。
【解析】本题考查名词的词义辨析。A项way意为“方式、方法”;B项relation意为“关系,联系”;C项taste意为“品位,鉴赏”,符合句意;而D项意为“习惯”。
【句意】当她在巴黎时,培养了自己鉴赏精美艺术品的品位。
8. (2013年高考英语浙江卷) 4. As the world’s population continues to grow, the ______ of food becomes more and more of a concern.
A. worth B. supply C. package D. list
【答案】B。
【解析】考查名词词义辨析。worth价值,package包装,list名单,清单, supply供应,与语境“人口增长”相对应的是“粮食供应”
【句意】随着世界人口继续增长,食物的供应变得越来越受关注。学生姓名: 年级:高三 任教学科:英语 教学次数: 教学时间:2014/02/06 08:00-10:00
指导教师:江洪 教学模式:一对一 教学地点:滨湖区万达 新区宝龙 胡埭校区
一、形容词和副词的基本用法
A.形容词:就是用来修饰名词或不定代词,表示人或事物的性质、状态和特征的词。形容词主要作定语、表语、补语。如:
1. This is a new pen. 这是支新钢笔。(形容词new作名词pen定语)
2. These oranges taste ________. (全国卷)
A. good B. well C. to be good D. to be well
3. John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes ________. (全国卷)
A. open B. to be opened C. to open D. opening
B.副词:就是修饰动词、形容词、其它副词或全句,说明时间、地点、程度、方式等概念的词。副词在句中主要作状语。如:
It’s raining heavily. 雨下得很大。(副词heavily修饰谓语动词)
It’s a rather interesting job. 这是一份相当有趣的工作。(副词rather修饰形容词interesting)
She speaks English very well. 她的英语说得很好。(副词very修饰副词well)
This is just what he said. 这正是他所说的。(副词just修饰what he said)
注:here, there, in, out, away, abroad等少数副词也可以作表语;here, there, home, abroad, below等表示地点或方位的词及today, tomorrow, yesterday, back, out等表示时间或动词方向词还可以作定语。如:
Tom isn’t here. 汤姆不在这里。(here作表语)
The people there were very kind to us. 那里的人对我们很友好。(副词there作定语,修饰people)
二、定语形容词与表语形容词
A.表语形容词:有的形容词一般只作表语,如表示健康状况的well, unwell, ill, faint,表示情感反应的glad, sorry, fond, worth, able,以a开头的afraid, alone, asleep, alive, awake, alike, ashamed等。但有的可作后置定语或补语。
B.定语形容词:通常只作定语的形容词,如起强调作用的only(唯一的), single(唯一的), certain(某一), real(真正的), true(真正的), very(正是), live(活的), exact(准确的), present(在场的),由名词等转化而来的wooden(木制的), woolen(羊毛制的), drunken(醉的), medical, daily, weekly, electric, former(前任的), some, any, little, many, 及one-eyed之类的复合形容词等。如:
This is a medical school. (不说This school is medical. )
三、形容词作定语的后置规律
形容词作定语一般位于所修饰的名词前,但是在下列情况下作定语的形容词却要位于所修饰的名词之后:
A.形容词短语作定语时要后置。如:
________ to take this adventure course will certainly learn a lot of useful skills. (全国卷)
A. Brave enough students B. Enough brave students
C. Students brave enough D. Students enough brave
B.表语形容词作定语要后置。如:
All the people ________ at the party were his supporters. (北京卷)
A. present B. thankful C. interested D. important
如:
Is there anything important in the paper 报纸上有什么重要新闻吗?
四、多个形容词作定语的排序
多个形容词修饰名词时,其排序规律是:(限定词+程度副词+) 描绘性形容词+表示大小(长短、高低)、形状、年龄(新旧)的形容词+表颜色的形容词+表国籍或产地的形容词+表物质材料的形容词+表类别或用途的形容词+名词。如:
1. John Smith, a successful businessman, has a ________ car. (辽宁卷)
A. large German white B. large white German C. white large German D. German large white
2. ________ students are required to take part in the boat race. (浙江卷)
A. Ten strong young Chinese B. Ten Chinese strong young
C. Chinese ten young strong D. Young strong ten Chinese
3. The ________ house smells as if it hasn’t been lived in for years. (江苏卷)
A. little white wooden B. little wooden white C. white wooden little D. wooden white little
注:限定词的排序:前位限定词 (指量限定词all, both, half等;倍数词double, twice等;分数词one-third, two-fifths等) +中位限定词 (冠词;指示代词;形容词性物主代词;名词所有格)+后位限定词 (序数词及last, next等;基数词及few, several等)。如:
1. The husband gave his wife ________ every month in order to please her. (重庆卷)
A. all half his income B. his half all income C. half his all income D. all his half income
2. —How was your recent visit to Qingdao
—It was great. We visited some friends, and spent the ________ days at the seaside. (全国卷)
A. few last sunny B. last few sunny C. last sunny few D. few sunny last
五、副词在句中的位置规律
1) 副词修饰形容词或其它副词时,一般位于被修饰词的前面,但enough却要放在被修饰的形容词或副词的后面。如:
1. —Mum, I think I’m ________ to get back to school.
—Not really, my dear. You’d better stay at home for another day or two. (全国卷)
A. so well B. so good C. well enough D. good enough
2. If I had ________, I’d visit Europe, stopping at the small interesting places. (全国卷)
A. a long enough holiday B. an enough long holiday
C. a holiday enough long D. a long holiday enough
3. ________, some famous scientists have the qualities of being both careful and careless. (上海卷)
A. Strangely enough B. Enough strangely C. Strange enough D. Enough strange
2) 频度副词always, usually, often, never等一般放在行为动词前,或者情态动词、助动词或be动词之后。如:
She always gets up early. 她总是起得早。(副词always放在行为动词gets之前)
She is seldom late for school. 他很少上学迟到。(副词seldom放在be动词之后)
六、–ed形容词和-ing形容词的区别
-ed形容词,通常说明人,意为“(某人)感到…”;-ing形容词通常说明事物,意为“(某事物)令人…”或“令人…的(事物)”。这样成对的形容词有:interested / interesting; excited / exciting; frightened / frightening; surprised / surprising; pleased / pleasing; moved / moving; disappointed / disappointing等。
1. Laws that punish parents for their little children’s actions against the laws get parents ________. (重庆卷)
A. worried B. to worried C. worrying D. worry
2. It is believed that if a book is ________, it will surely ________ the reader.
A. interested; interest B. interesting; be interested
C. interested; be interesting D. interesting; interest
注:即使-ed形容词用以说明事物,那也是指与该事物相关的人;即使-ing形容词用以说明人,也是指此人具有该性质或特征。如:
He told me the news in an excited voice. 他告诉了那个消息,声音很激动。
The man is interesting. 这个有很有趣。
另外,glad, happy, sorry, angry, thankful, proud等的主语也只能是人;而pleasant, easy, difficult, important等则通常以事物或it作主语,因为它们是说明事物的。如:
—I’m very ________ with my own cooking. It looks nice and smells delicious.
—Mn, it does have a ________ smell. (北京卷)
pleasant; pleased B. pleased; pleased C. pleasant; pleasant D. pleased; pleasant
【考点诠释】
考点1 形谷词、副词的比较等级
1.形容词或副词的as…as结构
两者相比,当A=B时,用“as+面/adv.原级+as”来表示。如:
Jack runs as fast as Tom.杰克和汤姆跑得一样快。
双方相比,当A≠B,或指A的程度较低时,用“not as/so+adj./adv.原级+as”表示。如:
He does not work as/so hard as his sister.他不如他妹妹学习努力。
2.形容词或副词的比较级+than 、
当双方比较,A>B时,用“比较级+than”结构。当A不及B的程度时,用“less+adj./adv.原级+than”的结构。如:
①Blood is thicker than water.[谚]血浓于水。
②Health is better than wealth.[谚]健康胜过财富。
3.表示双方相比,一方超过另一方,并强调超出的程度和数量时,可在比较级前加表示程度的状语,如:even,much,very much,still,any,a lot,a bit,a little,far,yet,by far,a great deal,twice,three times,rather,slightly等,而very,quite,SO,fairly等词不可修饰形容词或副词的比较级
A car runs a great deal faster than a truck.小汽车比卡车快得多。
4.“the+比较级,the+比较级”结构表示“越……越……”
The more tickets you sell,the more money you will get.你卖的票越多,你得到的钱就会越多。
5.当三者或三者以上相比,表示最高程度时,用最高级这种句式中一般常有表示比较范围的介词短语;最高级可被序数词以及much,by far,nearly,almost,by no means,not
quite,not really,nothing like等修饰。如:
The building being built now is by far the highest in the city.目前在建的那座大楼是本市最高的大楼。
6.比较级表示最高级含义
(1)比较级+than any other+可数名词单数。如:
The Chang jiang River is longer than any other river in China.在中国,长江比其他任何一条河流都长。
(2)比较级+than all(the)other+可数名词复数。如:
China is larger than all the other Asian countries.中国比亚洲的其他国家都大。
(3)no/never/nothing…+比较级。如:
Nothing is more valuable than time.时间比任何东西都珍贵。
(4)“否定词+不定冠词+形容词的比较级+名词”或“否定词+副词的比较级”表示“从未……;未曾……”。如:
This film is very moving.I have never seen a better one.这部电影很感人,我从没有看过一部比它更好的。
考点2、 形容词修饰名词的位置
1.多个形容词作定语时的排列顺序
如果两个以上的形容词修饰一个名词,与被修饰的名词关系较密切的形容词靠近名词,如果几个形容词的密切程度差不多,则音节少的形容词在前,音节多的在后。它们的顺序是:限定词(冠词、物主代词、指示代词、不定代词)+数词(序数词,基数词)+描绘性形容词(nice,good,interesting,beautiful…)+特征形容词(大小、长短、高低、形状、年龄、新旧)+颜色形容词+国籍、出处+物质、材料+用途、类别+中心名词。我们可以用下面的一段顺El溜帮助
记忆:
限数描、大长高,形状年龄和新老。
颜色国籍出材料,作用类别往后靠。
在实际运用中,很少会同时出现这么多修饰词,但我们必须记住以上规则,此外,还应当多阅读,多体会,以增强语感。如:
another three English books另外三本英语书;a beautiful white Chinese military jeep一辆漂亮的白色中国军用吉普车
2.形容词作定语后置的几种情况
(1)当形容词修饰由some,any,all,every构成的复合词,如something,anything,nothing等时。如:
Is there anything new in today’S newspaper 今天的报纸上有什么新的东西吗
(2)当“形容词+介词/不定式”构成的短语作定语时。如:
There is a bag full of rice on his table.他的桌上有满满一袋米。
(3)当两个意义相反的形容词用both…and…,and,or或so连接在一起作定语时。如:
People in the village,young and old,men and women are fond of singing and dancing.村里的男女老幼都喜爱唱歌跳舞。
(4)当old,long,high,wide,deep等词附有数量词短语作定语时。如:
The peasants dug a well about fifty meters deep.农民们挖了一口约五十米深的井。
(5)有些表语形容词作定语时,如afraid,alone,awake,asleep,alive,ashamed,worth等。如:
Tom was the only boy awake at that time.汤姆是那时唯一醒着的男孩。
考点3 形容词、副词的辨析
1.形容词主要用来修饰名词,也可修饰something,nothing等不定代词,在句中作定语、表语、宾语补足语或状语。作状语时表示伴随、原因等,或是对主语进行解释,可以看成是“being+形容词”,位于句首、句中或句尾,表示伴随时通常用逗号与其他成分隔开
①He lay in bed,wide awake.他躺在床上,完全清醒着。
②He went to bed,cold and hungry.他上床睡觉,又冷又饿。
2.副词主要用作状语,修饰动词、形容词、从句或整个句子。修饰整个句子时,可置于句首、句中或句尾
Fortunately,he escaped from the fire.他幸运地从大火中逃了出来。
3.有些副词有两种形式,其中一种形式与形容词形式相同,另一种是在形容词后加ly。这两种形式的副词在意义上有所不同:不带ly的副词往往表示的是具体概念(也就是词的本义);加ly的往往表示抽象概念(也就是词的引申义)。close接近(指距离)_closely仔细地,密切地;free免费_freely自由地,自如地;deep深地_deeply深刻地,深入地;wide充分(张开)地,宽阔地_+widely广泛地;high高地_highly高度地,非常;late迟,晚一lately最近,近来;near邻近地_nearly几乎;most最一mostly主要地。如:
He jumped that high in the sports meeting in our school and is highly thought of by his classmates.他在我们学校运动会上跳得那么高,赢得了同学们的高度赞扬。
特别提示
一般说来,形容词+ly构成的是副词,如:deeply,highly,widely等;名词+ly构成的是形容词或名词,如:friendly,brotherly,lovely,weekly,monthly等。
4.rather,very,quite,fairly的区别
(1)rather常用来修饰贬义的形容词或副词,如bad,poor,badly等;fairly常用来修饰褒义的形容词或副词,如nice,well,clever等。如:
She is fairly clever,but does rather badly in her lessons.她很聪明,但她的功课做得相当差。
(2)如果修饰中性的形容词或副词,如easy,fast,thin等,fairly表示肯定的概念,即说话人的态度是赞美的、满意的;而rather表示否定的概念,即说话人是不满意的。如:
①The soup is fairly hot.这汤还算热。(表示喜欢热汤)
②)The soup is rather hot.这汤太烫了。(表示讨厌太烫的汤)
特别提示
rather可用在similar,different,too,介词like,以及形容词、副词的比较级之前,也可修饰动词,而fairly,quite则不能,但可以说quite better。如:
今天比昨天暖和得多。
【误】It is fairly warmer today than yesterday.
【正】It is rather warmer today than yesterday.
(3)quite表示的程度比fairly深,表示主观看法,可理解为“十分”。如:
The news is quite amazing.这个消息十分惊人。
(4)fairly只能用在不定冠词之后;而quite和rather用于不定冠词前、后皆可。如:
This is a fairly heavy/rather a heavy/a rather heavy/a quite heavy/quite a heavy job for US.对我们来说,这是一项相当繁重的工作。
另外,rather有时与褒义词尤其是表示“好”的词连用时,强调被修饰词的程度,可与fairly,quite互换。如:Your English is rather/fairly/quite good.你的英语相当好。
高考经常考查形容词的辨析和副词的辨析,所以我们在学习中要注意近义词的用法差异。以下是常见的几组近义词:alone,lonely;living,alive,live,lively;likely,possible,probable;no more than,not more than;no less than,not less than;too much,much too;no longer,no more;almost,nearly。
◆典型陷阱题分析◆
1. We don’t care if a hunting dog smells _____, but we really don’t want him to smell ____.
A. well, well B. bad, bad
C. well, badly D. badly, bad
2. “_____ do you think of your English teacher ” “Oh, he is an _____ man.”
A. What, interesting B. What, interested
C. How, interesting D. How, interested
比较:
All the children are interested. 所有的孩子都很感兴趣。
All the children are interesting. 所有的孩子都很有趣。
I read an interested expression on his face. 我看到他脸上露出一种感兴趣的表情。
I read an interesting expression on his face. 我看到他脸上露出一种有趣的表情。
再比较:
He is frightened. 他很害怕。
He is frightening. 他很吓人。
He has a frightened look on his face. 他脸上带有惊恐的神情。
He has a frightening look on his face. 他脸上带有吓人的神情。
3. The operation was successful, but I still felt _____.
A. very painful B. much painful
C. a lot of pain D. very paining
比较并体会:
他仍很痛苦。
正:He is still in pain. 误:He’s still painful.
你感到痛吗
正:Do you feel any pain 误:Are you painful
见到你这样生活我很痛心。
正:I am pained to see you living this way. 误:I am painful to see you living this way.
听到他的死讯,我们都很痛苦。
正:We were all pained to hear of his death. 误:We were all painful to hear of his death.
他眼睛痛。
正:He has painful eyes. 误:He’s painful in the eyes.
4. “Our team is _____ to win the match.” “Really But I don’t think so.”
A. easy B. difficult
C. possible D. sure
如:
他回答案这个问题很容易。
误:He’s very easy to answer this question.
正:It is very easy for her to answer this question. (用形式主语 it 作主语)
正:The question is very easy for her to answer. (主语为具体的事物,但它与其后不定式有动宾关系,即 to answer this question)
我们很难在半小时内完成这工作。
误:We are very difficult to finish the work in half an hour.
正:It is very difficult for us to finish the work in half an hour. (用形式主语 it 作主语)
对possible 来说,后接不定式时,其主语只能是 it,不能是具体的人或事物,即使该主语与其后的不定式有动宾关系也不可以。如:
我们可能会赢得这场比赛。
误:We are possible to win the match.
误:The match is possible for us to win.
正:It is possible that we will win the match.
正:It is possible for us to win the match.
5. I think he is _____ to tell us the secret, but I’m not sure.
A. possible B. likely
C. impossible D. certain
请看实例:
Are we likely to arrive in time 我们会及时赶到吗
It’s very likely that he will ring me tonight. 今晚他很可能会给我来电话。
They will very likely come by car. 他们很可能会坐汽车来。(该句中的likely为副词,而前两句中的likely为形容词)
6. Let’s make it at seven o’clock on Tuesday morning at my office if ________.
A. you’re convenient B. it is convenient for you
C. you feel convenient D. it is convenient with you
如:
Mary is convenient to see on Sunday. / It is convenient to see Mary on Sunday. 星期天去见玛丽较为方便。
The furniture is convenient to move. / It is convenient to move the furniture. 这家具搬起来很方便。
7. We were two hours late that day, which was due to the ______.
A. crowded traffic B. crowded traffics
C. busy traffic D. busy traffics
类似这样的在修饰语方面需特别注意的还有:
(1) 汉语的“绿茶”说成英语是green tea,但相应的“红茶”却是black tea 而不是 red tea。
(2) 可说thick soup(浓汤),但不说thick coffee (tea);要表示“浓咖啡(茶)”,可用strong coffee (tea)。
(3) 可说thin soup(稀汤),但不说thin coffee (tea);要表示“淡咖啡(茶)”,可用weak coffee (tea)。
8. Mary is very clever and _____ worth teaching, but her brother is not. Look, he is now _____ asleep in class.
A. very, very B. much, very
C. well, very D. well, fast
9. “Could I take your order now ” “Yes. One _____ tea and two _____ coffees.”
A. black, white B. red, white
C. black, green D. red, black
10. Entering the house we found him lying on the bed with his mouth _______ and eyes _______.
A. open, close B. opened, closed
C. opened, close D. open, closed
11. A ______ road goes ______ from one place to another.
A. straight, straight B. straightly, straightly
C. straight, straightly D. straightly, straight
◆精编陷阱题训练◆
1. It was _____ opportunity to miss.
A. too good an B. a too good C. too a good D. too good
2. I don’t like it at all. It can’t be _____.
A. better B. worse C. best D. worst
3. There was nothing special about this film — it was only ______.
A. particular B. average
C. interesting D. strange
4. She looks very _____ but I can’t remember her name.
A. similar B. familiar
C. friendly D. strange
5. He said he would return the money, and I was ______.
A. fool enough to believe him B. enough fool to believe him
C. fool enough believing him D. enough fool believing him
6. “This book is ______ more useful for us students.” “Yes, but it is _______ too difficult.”
A. quite, quite B. much, rather
C. rather, quite D. quite, much
7. The children all looked _____ at the broken model plane and felt quite _____.
A. sad, sad B. sadly, sadly
C. sad, sadly D. sadly, sad
8. The child dreamed that he had once lived in a _______ house in the forest.
A. wooden pretty little B. little pretty wooden
C. pretty little wooden D. wooden little pretty
9. He wanted to read more, so he asked his friends if there was _______ to read.
A. something easy enough B. something enough easy
C. enough easy something D. easy enough something
10. The doctor assured the patient that there was ______ with her, but she could not help worrying.
A. seriously wrong nothing B. nothing serious wrong
C. nothing seriously wrong D. serious nothing wrong
11. —How is your father
—He’s fine. He’s______ to play tennis every Sunday.
A. enough active still B. enough still active
C. still active enough D. still enough active
12. —Did you wash your new suit in hot water
—Of course not. I am not ______ foolish.
A. very B. that
C. very much D. too
13.—Which team is _______ to win the game
—I don’t know, but I’ve found _______ for ours to win.
A. probable; it unlikely B. likely; it possible
C. possible; it possible D. likely; it possibly
14. He didn’t understand the _______ question, so there was a ______ expression on his face.
A. puzzling; puzzled B. puzzling; puzzling
C. puzzled; puzzled D. puzzled; puzzling
15. She can speak _______ in front of Mack, but she can’t eat ______ in his restaurant.
A. free, free B. free, freely
C. freely, free D. freely, freely
16. It was raining heavily. Little Mary felt cold, so she stood ____ to her mother.
A. close B. closely
C. closed D. closing
17. Fred is second to none in maths in our class, but believe it or not, he _______ passed the last exam.
A. easily B. hardly
C. actually D. successfully
【试题放送】
(2013安徽卷)30. David is ______ animal fur, so he won’t visit anyone who has cats or dogs in the house.
A. curious about B. allergic to C. satisfied with D. food of
(2013安徽卷)33. It’s said that the power plant is now ______ large as what it was.
A. twice as B. as twice C. twice much D. much twice
(2013福建卷)25. The Forbidden City attracts a _____ stream of visitors every day, especially during national holidays.
A. constant B. main C. powerful D. shallow
(2013福建卷)31. Those poor and needy teenagers were excited to find a shop at the corner where they could buy ____ priced bikes.
A. competitively B. recently C. reasonably D. affordably
(2013湖北卷)27. People complain that decisions to approve or deny a permit are often ______ rather than based on fixed criteria.
A. appropriate B. conscious C. arbitrary D. controversial
(2013湖北卷)28. He didn’t selfishly keep for himself the money inherited from his uncle. Instead, he made a _________ contribution to help the community.
A. commercial B. generous C. comparable D. profitable
(2013湖北卷)29. Don’t defend him any more. It’s obvious that he ______ destroyed the fence of the garden even without apology.
A. accidentally B. carelessly C. deliberately D. clumsily
(2013江西卷)24. What a terrible experience ! ________, you’re safe now ------ that’s the main thing.
A. Anyway. B. Besides. C. Otherwise. D. Therefore.
(2013江西卷)26. There are a small number of people involved, possibly ______twenty.
A. as few as B. as little as C. as many as D. as much as
(2013辽宁卷)27. Everything seemed to be going ______ for the first two days after I moved to New York.
A. vividly B. generally C. frequently D. smoothly
(2013辽宁卷)33. This is by far ______ movie that I have ever seen.
A. an inspiring B. a much inspiring C. the most D. the more inspiring
【拓展】试比较以下两句:
This is the most interesting book that I have ever read. (理解同本题)
This book couldn’t be more interesting! 这本书太有意思了!
(形容词和副词的比较级,用于否定句,表达最高级含义)
(2013上海卷)28. It’s a ______ clock, made of brass and dating from the nineteenth century.
A. charming French small B. French small charming
C. small French charming D. charming small French
(2013天津卷)3. I think watching TV every evening is a waste of-- there are ______ meaningful things to do.
A. less B. more C. the least D. the most
(2013新课标II) 9. It may not be a great suggestion. But before ______ is put forward, we’ll make do with it.
A. a good one B. a better one C. the best one D. a best one
(2013新课标I卷)25. Tony can hardly boil an egg, still ________ cook dinner.
A. less B. little C. much D. more
(2013浙江卷)2. Mary worked here as a ______ secretary and ended up getting a full-time job with the company.
A. pessimistic B. temporary C. previous D. cautious
(2013浙江卷)6. If we leave right away, ______, we’ll arrive on time.
A. hopefully B. curiously C. occasionally D. gradually
(2013浙江卷)18. If what your friend comes up with surprises you, don’t reject it immediately. ______ , imagine that it is true.
A. Thus B. Besides C. Rather D. Otherwise
【2012北京卷】28. Many people have donated that type of blood; however, the blood bank needs _____.
A. some B. less C. much D. more
【2012全国II】13. Next to biology , I like physics ________.
A. better B. best C. the better D. very well
10【2012天津卷】The secretary arranged a(n)___________time and space for the applicants to have an interview.
A. important B. spare C. public D. convenient
【2012全国新课程】29. This restaurant wasn't that other restaurant we went to.
A. half as good as B. as half good as
C. as good as half D. good as half as
【2012福建卷】27. Anyone, whether he is an official or a bus driver, should be respected.
A. especially B. equally C. naturally . D. normally
【2012福建卷】32. — Can you lend me the book Gone with the Wind
— Sorry. I returned it to the library just now. Maybe it is still ____.
A. available B. affordable C. acceptable D. valuable
【2012浙江卷】18. Mike was usually so careful, ______this time he made a small mistake.
A. yet B. still C. even D. thus
【2012浙江卷】10.The research lacks____evidence, and therefore, its conclusions are doubtful.
A. solid B. fierce C. severe D. potential
【2012安徽卷】34.Queen Elizabeth Ⅱis often to be richest woman in the world. _______, her personal wealth seems rather small.
A. Besides B. Otherwise C. However D. Altogether
【2012安徽卷】23. Interest is as _____to learning as the ability to understand , even more so.
A. vital B. available C. specific D. similar
(2011江苏卷,25﹚In that school, English is compulsory for all students, but French and Russian are _________.
A.special B.regional C.optional D.original
(2011福建卷,30﹚Nowadays, there is a increase in children’s creativity, for they are greatly encouraged to develop their talents.
A.sharp B.slight C.natural D.modest
(2011安徽卷,31﹚_____, I managed to get through the game and the pain was worth it in the end.
A. Hopefully B. Normally C. Thankfully D. Conveniently
(2011浙江卷,9﹚The professor could tell by the ___________look in Maria’s eyes that she didn't understand a single word of his lecture
A. cold B. blank C. innocent D. fresh
(2011浙江卷,13﹚I’ve been writing this report____ for the last two weeks, but it has to be handed in tomorrow.
A. finally B. immediately C. occasionally D. certainly
(2011全国卷II,17﹚Mr. Stevenson is great to work for ——I really couldn't ask for a _______ boss.
A. better B. good C. best D. still better
(2011上海春招,28﹚You’d be exposed to a lot ______ pollution if you moved to a town with pure water and air.
A. more B. most C. less D. least
(2011四川卷,12﹚——How are your recent trip to Sichuan
——I’ve never had one before.
A.a pleasant B.a more pleasant C.a most pleasant D.the most pleasant
(2011陕西卷,17﹚The new stadium being built for the next Asian Games will be the present one。
A.as three times big as B. three times as big as
C. as big as three times D. as big three times as
(2011湖北卷,23﹚The old engineer’s eyes still shone bright in the wrinkled brown face and his step as he came across the room was________,though slow.
A. shaky B. heavy C. casual D. steady
(2011湖北卷,24﹚An unhappy childhood may have some negative effects on a person’s characters; however, they are not always_________,
A. practical B. avoidable C. permanent D. beneficial
(2011湖北卷,25﹚The state-run company is required to make its accounts as_________ as possible for its staff to monitor the use of money.
A. transparent B. reasonable C. secure D. formal
(2011江西卷24﹚——The film is , I have to say, not a bit interesting.
——Why It’s ______ than the films I have ever seen.
A. far more interesting B.much less interesting
C. no more interesting D.any less interesting
(2010上海﹚It took us quite a long time to get to the amusement park. It was journey.
A. three hour B. a three-hours C. a three-hour D. three hours
(2010安徽﹚_______, she is the sort of woman to spread sunshine to people through her smile
A. Shy and cautious B. Sensitive and thoughtful
C. Honest and confident . D. Lighthearted and optimistic
(2010湖南﹚Father goes to the gym with us although he dislikes going there.
A. hardly B. seldom C. sometimes D. never
(2010江西﹚Computers and mobile phones, though they are indeed making our life ___ and more ___, have reduced the need for face-to-face communications.
A easily; efficient B easier; efficient
C easy; efficiently D easily; efficiently
(2010山东﹚Mothers holding jobs outside the home should have _______ schedules to make it easier to care for their children.
A. heavy B. smooth C. flexible D. complex
(2010天津﹚People have always been about exactly how life on earth began.
A. curious B. excited C. anxious D. careful
(2010四川﹚The school was moved out of downtown as the number of students had grown too .
A. small B. few C. 1arge D. many
(2010全国Ⅰ﹚I’ll spend half of my holiday practicing English and _______ half learning drawing.
A. another B. the other C. other’s D. other
(2010陕西﹚Studies show that people are more to suffer from back problems if they always sit before computer screens for long hours.
A. likely B. possible C. probable D. sure
(2010全国Ⅱ﹚The island is__________attractive in spring and autumn because of the pleasant weather in both seasons.
A.partly B.merely C.nearly D.equally
(2010全国Ⅱ﹚Mr.Black is very happy because the clothes made in his factory have never been________.
A.popular B.more popular C.most popular D.the most popular
(2010 湖北﹚In this lecture, I can only give you a purely view of how we can live life to the full and make some suggestions about the future.
A. private B. personal C. unique D. different
(2010 湖北﹚Mistakes don’t just happen; they occur for a reason. Find out the reason, and then making the mistake becomes .
A. favorable B. precious C. essential D. worthwhile
(2010 湖北﹚If I find someone who looks like the suspect, my reaction will be to tell the police.
A. physical B. immediate C. sensitive D. sudden
(2010 湖北﹚I wasn’t blaming anyone; I said errors like this could be avoided.
A. merely B. mostly C. rarely D. nearly
(2010辽宁﹚Jim went to answer the phone. _______, Harry started to prepare lunch.
A. However B. Nevertheless C. Besides D. Meanwhile
(2010辽宁﹚We only had $100 and that was _______ to buy a new computer.
A. nowhere near enough B. near enough nowhere
C. enough near nowhere D. near nowhere enough
(2010浙江﹚I have been convinced that the print media are usually more and more reliable than television.
A. accurate B. ridiculous C. urgent D. shallow
(2010浙江﹚Do you think shopping online will take the place of shopping in stores
A. especially B. frequently C. merely D. finally
(2010浙江﹚Playing on a frozen sports field sounds like a lot of fun. Isn’t it rather risky, ____
A. though B. also C. either D. too